Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of 1 Thessalonians 2:1
For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain:
1. For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you ] entering in (R.V.), same word as in ch. 1Th 1:9; see note. And the “For” of this verse is parallel to the “for” of ch. 1Th 1:9: what “ they themselves (other people, strangers in different places) report of us” is confirmed by what “ you yourselves know” of the successful entrance the Gospel had won at Thessalonica. Both these fors, and all that the Apostle has written since 1Th 2:4 of ch. 1, go to sustain his assurance of God’s loving “choice” of the Thessalonian believers. We must not allow the artificial division of chapter and verse to break the thread of the writer’s thoughts.
The appeal made to the recollections and experience of the readers is characteristic of these letters, see 1Th 2:2 ; 1Th 2:5 ; 1Th 2:10-11; ch. 1Th 1:5, &c.; and comp. Introd. p. 35.
Concerning the “entrance” of the missionaries amongst them the Thessalonians know better than anyone else, that it hath not been found vain (R. V.). The Greek perfect tense (see note on ch. 1Th 1:8) implies a settled result: not merely did the coming of Christ’s servants produce a striking impression at the time; their work has proved thoroughly successful. Its fruit is permanent.
Vain is lit. empty, void of substance and power. So the apostles’ “labour” would “turn out,” if “the Tempter” should destroy the Thessalonians’ faith (ch. 1Th 3:5); so his “preaching” and his hearers’ “faith” at Corinth, if Christ’s resurrection were not a fact (1Co 15:14). “Not empty” echoes the “power” and “much fulness” of ch. 1Th 1:5.
This verse might be rendered somewhat more freely in English idiom: For you know of yourselves, brethren, that our coming amongst you has not proved vain.
Fuente: The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges
section ii
The Apostle’s Conduct at Thessalonica. Ch. 1Th 2:1-12
Analysis. The ministry of Paul and his colleagues at Thessalonica had been unmistakably genuine, 1Th 2:1. This appeared (1) by their boldness in the conflict amid which their work began, 1Th 2:2; (2) by their sincerity and freedom from personal ambition, 1Th 2:3-6; (3) by their gentleness and tender affection toward the Thessalonians, 1Th 2:7-8; (4) by their extreme and self-denying labours, 1Th 2:9; (5) by the purity of their life, 1Th 2:10; and (6) by the fidelity and high spiritual aim of their teaching, 1Th 2:11-12. Four words resume the whole: courage, purity, love, fidelity. Here is a mirror for ministers of Christ, and an ideal for all His servants. The service of Christ called into exercise in Paul and his companions the highest and finest qualities of mainly character. And this is still the case, especially on missionary fields of labour, where similar dangers are encountered and the same powers of leadership required.
This section is of the nature of a self-defence, called forth (see Introd. pp. 23, 24) by the calumnies of St Paul’s enemies at Thessalonica. But there blends with his self-defence the lofty strain of thanksgiving in which the letter commenced, and which breaks forth again distinctly in 1Th 2:13 and Is pursued to the end of ch. 3; so that this paragraph grows naturally out of the last.
The Apostle continues to identify Silas and Timothy with himself writing in the plural,
Fuente: The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges
For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you – notes, 1Th 1:9. Paul appeals to themselves for proof that they had not come among them as impostors. They had had a full opportunity to see them, and to know what influenced them. Paul frequently appeals to his own life, and to what they, among whom he labored, knew of it, as a full refutation of the slanderous accusations of his enemies; compare notes, 1Co 4:10-16; 1Co 9:19-27; 2Co 6:3-10. Every minister of the gospel ought so to live as to be able, when slanderously attacked, to make such an appeal to his people.
That it was not in vain – kene This word means:
(1)Empty, vain, fruitless, or without success;
(2)That in which there is no truth or reality – false, fallacious; Eph 5:6; Col 2:8.
Here it seems, from the connection 1Th 2:3-5, to be used in the latter sense, as denoting that they were not deceivers. The object does not appear to be so much to show that their ministry was successful, as to meet a charge of their adversaries that they were impostors. Paul tells them that from their own observation they knew that this was not so.
Fuente: Albert Barnes’ Notes on the Bible
1Th 2:1-2
For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain
Essential elements of success in preaching: Boldness
Outsiders testified of the success of the gospel; and the apostles could confidently appeal to the converts in confirmation of the report.
For yourselves, etc. Dr. Lillie observes: Pauls entrance was no easy, random, careless matter–not at all an affair of rhetoric or ostentation–no holiday diversion or intellectual pastime; but a fact of the utmost gravity for him and for that renowned city–a crisis, an epoch in the history of both. We trace in their ministerial endeavours four essential elements that are ever found in all successful preaching–boldness, sincerity, gentleness, moral consistency. Consider, first, their boldness.
I. This boldness manifested in the earnest declaration of the truth. We are bold in our God, etc.
1. Bold in their conception of the Divine origin and vast scope of the gospel, and its adaptation to the wants of man, they were not less hold in its faithful proclamation. Their deep conviction of the supreme authority of the truth gave them unusual courage. We see the same spirit in Paul, when his fearless words roused the ire of Festus, shook the conscience of the thoughtless Felix, or swayed the heart of Agrippa. We see it in Elijah as he rebuked the sins of the wicked Ahab or threw the baffled priests of Baal into maddening hysteria–himself the while unmoved and confident. We see it conspicuously in Him whose burning words assailed every wrong, and who denounced the leaders of a corrupt Church as serpents! generation of vipers!
2. With much contention–amid much conflict and danger. This kind of preaching provoked opposition, and involved them in great inward struggles. The faithful messenger of God fears not the most violent assault from without: but the thought of the fatal issues to those who obstinately reject and fight against the gospel fills him with agonizing concern.
II. This boldness no suffering could daunt. Even after that we had suffered before, etc. They had come fresh from a city where they had been cruelly outraged. But their sufferings only deepened their love for the gospel, and inflamed the passion to make it known. A German professor has lately made experiments with chalcedony, and other quartzose minerals, and he has demonstrated that when such stones are ground on large and rapidly revolving wheels, they exhibit a brilliant phosphorescent glow throughout their entire mass. So is it with the resolute worker. The more he is ground under the strong wheel of suffering and persecution, the more intensely will his character glow.
III. This boldness was Divinely inspired. In our God. It was not presumption or bravado; but tire calm, grand heroism of a profound faith in God. The prophet Jeremiah, in a moment of despondency, decided to speak no more in the name of the Lord; but when he could say, The Lord is with me as a mighty terrible One, his courage returned, and he obeyed implicitly the Divine mandate–Thou shalt go, etc. Similarly commissioned, Paul once exclaimed, I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me. Endowed with the like spirit Luther uttered his noble protest at the Diet of Worms–Here I stand; I cannot do otherwise; God help me! Lessons:
1. Boldness is indispensable in attacking the evils of the age–not in the mass, but in detail.
2. Boldness acquired only by studious and prayerful familiarity with God and His message. (G. Barlow.)
The true pulpit
I. Its sublime courage. We were bold in our God. True pulpit courage must not be con founded with that audacity, impudence, self-assurance, which, alas! is so prevalent. It is courage in God, and springs from–
1. Love for Gods character. Love is the soul of courage. Strong love absorbs all selfish fears and makes the soul heroic. Paul loved his God so strongly that he lost all selfish feelings in the passion.
2. Confidence in Gods gospel. Paul knew that the gospel he had received and that he preached was not of men, but of God. No infidel argument could shake his faith in this. It was to him a subject beyond question and debate, settled amongst the immoveable facts of his own consciousness. Boldness in God is what the pulpit wants now. Some preachers speak as if they were bold in their theology, in their sect, in their own capacities; but Paul was bold in God. He felt himself to be nothing.
II. Its transcendent theme. The glad tidings.
1. That God loves all men, although they are sinners. Nature shows that God loves all men as creatures; but the gospel alone reveals His love to sinners (Joh 3:16).
2. That Gods love for sinners is so great that He gave His only begotten Son. This is Gods gospel; and what a transcendent theme for the preacher! This Paul preached: not theology, science, philosophy, metaphysical theories. (D. Thomas, D. D.)
True courage
is cool and calm. The bravest of men have least of a brutal bullying insolence, and in the very time of danger are found the most serene and free. Rage, we know, can make a coward forget himself, and fight. But what is done in fury or anger can never be placed to the account of courage. (Shaftesbury.)
Ministerial boldness
Archbishop Whately once said, when a friend asked him whether he did not feel nervous about preaching, that he dared not; for nervousness implied thoughts of oneself, when we ought only to be thinking of Gods message. (J. Hutchinson, D. D.)
A minister without boldness
is like a smooth file, a knife without an edge, a sentinel that is afraid to let off his gun. If men will be bold to sin, ministers must be bold to reprove. (W. Gurnal.)
Influence of character
The daily influence of Christ-like ministers streams into the character of their people as the imponderable sunlight enters into the solid substance of vegetation. (Boston Review.)
Christian devotion
Rev. Mr. Johnson, a Baptist missionary in China, relates this fact of a native convert who, when trying to persuade his countrymen to give up their idols and believe in Christ, was ridiculed and scorned, and at last pelted with mud and stones till his face was red with the blood that flowed from the cuts in his temples. Mr. Johnson meeting him said, You have had bad treatment today. He smilingly replied, They may kill me if they will love Jesus.
A courageous preacher
Mr. Moody tells us that there was a celebrated preacher in one of the Southern States of America, who went to a place where they told him if he dared to speak they would rotten-egg him. But he went right on. He said he wanted to tell them a story. A man in Texas went to town and sold a drove of cattle; he put the money in his saddlebags, got on his horse and started for home, his dog with him. He got tired after awhile, and laid down under a tree and went to sleep, laying the saddlebags by him. After awhile he awoke, took up the bags, got on his horse and rode off. But his dog kept barking and running back, and would not go along with him and keep quiet. So he finally, in his anger, took out his revolver and shot the dog, and rode on. But the more he thought about what he had done, the more he was troubled. He turned his horse and rode back, and found that the dog had dragged himself along until he had reached the tree where he had slept. There he was, dying; but by his side was his masters bundle of money, which he had dropped and was going off without, and which his faithful dog had lost his life in trying to save. Now, said the minister, I am here like that dog, to tell you of the treasure you are losing. Rotten-egg me if you want to. But they didnt; they heard him gladly.
Not in vain
A young man was engaged in teaching a class of rather wild lads in a Sabbath school: He thought that he was not qualified to make any impression upon them, and got much discouraged. By the inducements of his fellow teachers and superintendent, he was prevailed upon to keep at the work for years, till at last he absolutely refused to continue it longer. Many years afterward an eminent missionary wrote home: Is that gentleman who taught in the Sabbath school still living? If he is, please let him know that there is at least one living who dates his conversion to Christ from the lessons received in his class. So you see that, although the teacher gave up his work because he saw no fruit, yet the seed sown was not lost; one soul, if not more, was saved, and used as Gods means for saving many others.
Fuente: Biblical Illustrator Edited by Joseph S. Exell
CHAPTER II.
The apostle sets forth how the Gospel was brought and preached
to the Thessalonians, in consequence of his being persecuted at
Philippi, 1, 2.
The manner in which the apostles preached, the matter of their
doctrine, and the tenor of their lives, 3-11.
He exhorts them to walk worthy of God, 12.
And commends them for the manner in which they received the
Gospel, 13.
How they suffered from their own countrymen, as the first
believers did from the Jews, who endeavoured to prevent the
apostles from preaching the Gospel to the Gentiles, 14-16.
St. Paul’s apology for his absence from them; and his earnest
desire to see them, founded on his great affection for them,
17-20.
NOTES ON CHAP. II.
Verse 1. Our entrance in unto you] His first coming to preach the Gospel was particularly owned of the Lord, many of them having been converted under his ministry. This consideration gave him a right to deliver all the following exhortations.
Fuente: Adam Clarke’s Commentary and Critical Notes on the Bible
For yourselves; autoi, which some read, they themselves, &c.; and then the words refer to the believers in Macedonia and Achaia, mentioned before, 1Th 1:9,10. Or, if we read, ye yourselves, he appeals to their own experience and knowledge.
Know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain; kenh, was not vain, or empty, without fruit; our very first preaching had great success. Though the gospel is always either the savour of life unto life, or of death unto death, yet if no good fruit spring from a mans ministry, it may be said to be vain; as the prophet complains: I have laboured in vain, Isa 49:4. Or, as some, our preaching was not about things vain and unprofitable.
Fuente: English Annotations on the Holy Bible by Matthew Poole
1. Forconfirming 1Th1:9. He discusses the manner of his fellow missionaries’preaching among them (1Th 1:5,and former part of 1Th 2:9) at1Th 2:1-12; and theThessalonians’ reception of the word (compare 1Th 1:6;1Th 1:7, and latter part of 1Th2:9) at 1Th 2:13-16.
yourselvesNot only dostrangers report it, but you know it to be true [ALFORD]”yourselves.”
not in vainGreek,“not vain,” that is, it was full of “power” (1Th1:5). The Greek for “was,” expresses rather”hath been and is,” implying the permanent andcontinuing character of his preaching.
Fuente: Jamieson, Fausset and Brown’s Commentary Critical and Explanatory on the Whole Bible
For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you,…. The apostle having observed in 1Th 1:9 that those persons to whom the report of the Gospel being preached at Thessalonica, and the success of it there was made, showed everywhere both what manner of entrance he and his fellow ministers had in that place, and the conversion of many souls there; he enlarges upon the latter, and here reassumes the former, and appeals to the Thessalonians themselves, who must know full well, and better than others, what an entrance it was; and which is to be understood not merely of a corporeal entrance into their city and synagogue, but of their coming among them, by the preaching of the Gospel, as the ministers of the word and ambassadors of Christ:
that it was not in vain; it was not a vain show with outward pomp and splendour, as the public entrances of ambassadors into cities usually are; but with great meanness, poverty, reproach, and persecution, having been lately beaten and ill used at Philippi; nor was it with great swelling words of vanity, with the enticing words of man’s wisdom, to tickle the ear, please the fancy, and work upon the passions of natural men, in which manner the false teachers came: but the apostle came not with deceit and guile, with flattering words or a cloak of covetousness, or with a view to vain glory and worldly advantage; nor was the message they came with, from the King of kings, a vain, light, empty, and trifling one; but solid and substantial, and of the greatest importance; the doctrine they taught was not comparable to chaff and wind; it was not corrupt philosophy and vain deceit, the traditions and commandments of men, but sound doctrine, the wholesome words of our Lord Jesus Christ: nor was it fruitless and without effect; the word did not return void and empty; but was powerful and efficacious to the conversion of many souls. Christ was with them both to assist them in their ministry, and to bless it to the salvation of men; nor was their coming to Thessalonica an human scheme, a rash enterprise, engaged in on their own heads, on a slight and empty foundation; but upon good and solid grounds, by divine direction and counsel; see Ac 16:9.
Fuente: John Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible
The Primitive Ministers. | A. D. 51. |
1 For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain: 2 But even after that we had suffered before, and were shamefully entreated, as ye know, at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God with much contention. 3 For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile: 4 But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God, which trieth our hearts. 5 For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloak of covetousness; God is witness: 6 Nor of men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome, as the apostles of Christ.
Here we have an account of Paul’s manner of preaching, and his comfortable reflection upon his entrance in among the Thessalonians. As he had the testimony of his own conscience witnessing to his integrity, so he could appeal to the Thessalonians how faithful he, and Silas, and Timotheus, his helpers in the work of the Lord, had discharged their office: You yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you. Note, It is a great comfort to a minister to have his own conscience and the consciences of others witnessing for him that he set out well, with good designs and from good principles; and that his preaching was not in vain, or, as some read it, was not fain. The apostle here comforts himself either in the success of his ministry, that it was not fruitless or in vain (according to our translation), or as others think, reflecting upon the sincerity of his preaching, that it was not vain and empty, or deceitful and treacherous. The subject-matter of the apostle’s preaching was not vain and idle speculations about useless niceties and foolish questions, but sound and solid truth, such as was most likely to profit his hearers. A good example this is, to be imitated by all the ministers of the gospel. Much less was the apostle’s preaching vain or deceitful. He could say to these Thessalonians what he told the Corinthians (2 Cor. iv. 2): We have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty, not walking in craftiness, nor handling the word of God deceitfully. He had no sinister or worldly design in his preaching, which he puts them in mind to have been,
I. With courage and resolution: We were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God, v. 2. The apostle was inspired with a holy boldness, nor was he discouraged at the afflictions he met with, or the opposition that was made against him. He had met with ill usage at Philippi, as these Thessalonians well knew. There it was that he and Silas were shamefully treated, being put in the stocks; yet no sooner were they set at liberty than they went to Thessalonica, and preached the gospel with as much boldness as ever. Note, Suffering in a good cause should rather sharpen than blunt the edge of holy resolution. The gospel of Christ, at its first setting out in the world, met with much opposition; and those who preached it preached it with contention, with great agony, which denoted either the apostles’ striving in their preaching or their striving against the opposition they met with. This was Paul’s comfort; he was neither daunted in his work, nor driven from it.
II. With great simplicity and godly sincerity: Our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile, v. 3. This, no doubt, was matter of the greatest comfort to the apostle–the consciousness of his own sincerity; and was one reason of his success. It was the sincere and uncorrupted gospel that he preached and exhorted them to believe and obey. His design was not to set up a faction, to draw men over to a party, but to promote pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father. The gospel he preached was without deceit, it was true and faithful; it was not fallacious, nor a cunningly-devised fable. Nor was it of uncleanness. His gospel was pure and holy, worthy of its holy author, tending to discountenance all manner of impurity. The word of God is pure. There should be no corrupt mixtures therewith; and, as the matter of the apostle’s exhortation was thus true and pure, the manner of his speaking was without guile. He did not pretend one thing and intend another. He believed, and therefore he spoke. He had no sinister and secular aims and views, but was in reality what he seemed to be. The apostle not only asserts his sincerity, but subjoins the reasons and evidences thereof. The reasons are contained, v. 4.
1. They were stewards, put in trust with the gospel: and it is required of a steward that he be faithful. The gospel which Paul preached was not his own, but the gospel of God. Note, Ministers have a great favour shown them, and honour put upon them, and trust committed to them. They must not dare to corrupt the word of God: they must diligently make use of what is entrusted with them, so as God hath allowed and commanded, knowing they shall be called to an account, when they must be no longer stewards.
2. Their design was to please God and not men. God is a God of truth, and requires truth in the inward parts; and, if sincerity be wanting, all that we do cannot please God. The gospel of Christ is not accommodated to the fain fancies and lusts of men, to gratify their appetites and passions; but, on the contrary, it was designed for the mortifying of their corrupt affections, and delivering them from the power of fancy, that they might be brought under the power of faith. If I yet pleased men, I should not be the servant of Christ, Gal. i. 10.
3. They acted under the consideration of God’s omniscience, as in the sight of him who tries our hearts. This is indeed the great motive to sincerity, to consider that God not only seeth all that we do, but knoweth our thoughts afar off, and searcheth the heart. He is well acquainted with all our aims and designs, as well as our actions. And it is from this God who trieth our hearts that we must receive our reward. The evidences of the apostle’s sincerity follow; and they are these:– (1.) He avoided flattery: Neither at any time used we flattering words, as you know, v. 5. He and his fellow-labourers preached Christ and him crucified, and did not aim to gain an interest in men’s affections for themselves, by glorying, and fawning and wheedling them. No, he was far from this; nor did he flatter men in their sins; nor tell them, if they would be of his party, they might live as they listed. He did not flatter them with fain hopes, nor indulge them in any evil work or way, promising them life, and so daubing with untempered mortar. (2.) He avoided covetousness. He did not make the ministry a cloak, or a covering, for covetousness, as God was witness, v. 5. His design was not to enrich himself by preaching the gospel; so far from this, he did not stipulate with them for bread. He was not like the false apostles, who, through covetousness, with feigned words made merchandise of the people, 2 Pet. ii. 3. (3.) He avoided ambition and vain-glory: Nor of men sought we glory, neither of you nor yet of others, v. 6. They expected neither people’s purses nor their caps, neither to be enriched by them nor caressed, and adored, and called Rabbi by them. This apostle exhorts the Galatians (ch. v. 26) not to be desirous of vain glory; his ambition was to obtain that honour which comes from God, John v. 44. He tells them that they might have used greater authority as apostles, and expected greater esteem, and demanded maintenance, which is meant by the phrase of being burdensome, because perhaps some would have thought this too great a burden for them to bear.
Fuente: Matthew Henry’s Whole Bible Commentary
For yourselves know ( ). This explanatory takes up in verses 1-12 the allusion in 1:9 about the “report” concerning the entrance (, way in, , ),
unto you ( ). Note repeated article to sharpen the point. This proleptic accusative is common enough. It is expanded by the epexegetic use of the clause
that it hath not been found vain ( ). Literally,
that it has not become empty . Second perfect active (completed state) of . Every pastor watches wistfully to see what will be the outcome of his work. Bengel says: Non inanis, sed plena virtutis. Cf. 1:5. is hollow, empty, while is fruitless, ineffective. In 1Cor 15:14; 1Cor 15:17 Paul speaks of ( empty the preaching ) and ( vain the faith ). One easily leads to the other.
Fuente: Robertson’s Word Pictures in the New Testament
Was not in vain [ ] . More accurately, hath not proved vain. Kenh is empty. Mataia, also rendered vain, is fruitless.
Fuente: Vincent’s Word Studies in the New Testament
The Model Servant and His Reward
1) “For yourselves, brethren know” (autoi gar oidate adelphoi) “Because brethren, ye yourselves know,” perceive or recognize, that our Mission to you was a success, as its results still show.
2) “Our entrance in unto you” (ten eisodon hemon ten pros humas) “our entrance or approach to you all; Paul’s approach in mission work was always in humility, sacrifice, and the power of the spirit, as expressed 1Co 2:1-5; 1Co 9:16; 1Co 9:19-27.
3) “That it was not in vain” (hoti ou kene gegonen) “That it has not been in vain,” empty or fruitless. The labors of a true witness, a true laborer, always brings forth some fruit, whether it be seen or unseen by the laborer, Psa 126:5-6; Isa 55:10-11; 1Co 3:8; 1Co 15:58.
Fuente: Garner-Howes Baptist Commentary
He now, leaving out of view the testimony of other Churches, reminds the Thessalonians of what they had themselves experienced, (520) and explains at large in what way he, and in like manner the two others, his associates, had conducted themselves among them, inasmuch as this was of the greatest importance for confirming their faith. For it is with this view that he declares his integrity — that the Thessalonians may perceive that they had been called to the faith, not so much by a mortal man, as by God himself. He says, therefore, that his entering in unto them had not been vain, as ambitious persons manifest much show, while they have nothing of solidity; for he employs the word vain here as contrasted with efficacious
He proves this by two arguments. The first is, that he had suffered persecution and ignominy at Philippi; the second is, that there was a great conflict prepared at Thessalonica. We know that the minds of men are weakened, nay, are altogether broken down by means of ignominy and persecutions. It was therefore an evidence of a Divine work that Paul, after having been subjected to evils of various kinds and to ignominy, did, as if in a perfectly sound state, shew no hesitation in making an attempt upon a large and opulent city, with the view of subjecting the inhabitants of it to Christ. In this entering in, nothing is seen that savors of vain ostentation. In the second department the same Divine power is beheld, for he does not discharge his duty with applause and favor, but required to maintain a keen conflict. In the mean time he stood firm and undaunted, from which it appears that he was held up (521) by the hand of God; for this is what he means when he says that he was emboldened. And, unquestionably, if all these circumstances are carefully considered, it cannot be denied that God there magnificently displayed his power. As to the history, it is to be found in the sixteenth and seventeenth chapters of the Acts. [Act 16:12.]
(520) “ Veuës et esprouuez;” — “Seen and experienced.”
(521) “ Soustenu et fortifié;” — “Sustained and strengthened.”
Fuente: Calvin’s Complete Commentary
SOME SATISFACTORY MODELS
1Th 1:1-4
THE Church at Thessalonica originated in the face of furious opposition. The report of it, as recorded in the seventeenth chapter of the Book of Acts, shows that Paul evinced great courage in entering in to the Jewish synagogue and for three Sabbath days reasoned with them out of the Scriptures, opening and alleging, that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again from the dead.
The fruit of this preaching was a certain number of Jewish converts and a larger number of Greek, and of the chief women not a few.
But the Jews which believed not, moved with envy, took unto them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort, and gathered a company, and set all the city on an uproar, and assaulted the house of Jason, and sought to bring them out to the people.
The consequence was that Paul and Silas, in order to end the uproar and create greater safety for the new believers, departed by night and went in turn to Berea and Athens and on to Corinth.
It is easy to understand how the Apostles heart would be ill at ease until he had heard how the uproar turned out, and knew the safety of his Christian brethren.
To that end he had sent Timothy from Athens to bring him a report; and now, to encourage the little body of believers, he writes this First Letter, probably in the year A. D. 54.
It had, as Scofield suggests, a threefold object: to confirm the new believers in the fundamental truths of Scripture, to exhort them to holy living, and especially to comfort them concerning some believers who had fallen asleep. Inasmuch as the time since his departure was short, in all probability, these believers had been put to sleep by the opposition.
The somewhat natural division of this First Epistle we shall attempt to follow in this discourse, and consequently talk to you on a Model Salvation, a Model Servant, and a Model Sanctification. However, we shall follow this outline of the Book with discussions devoted to the great Biblical doctrines of the Return, the Resurrection, and the Rapture, which are introduced into the fourth chapter.
Since framing the outline for this sermon we have discovered that Dr. Scofield, in the Scofield Bible, presents a similar, in fact, an almost identical, outline of the same.
We call attention first to
A MODEL SALVATION
His salutation completed (1Th 1:1-3), he addresses himself to this subject of salvation in the remainder of the chapter. What he has to say might be considered under the following suggestions: salvation as evidenced in consecration, as it existed in the form of ensamples, and as it sounded out the saving word.
It was evidenced in true consecration.
Our Gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance; as ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.
Paul was one of those preachers who needed not to make a defense of his own conduct, and required not from others a recommendation of character. His unselfishness in service, his consistency of conduct, his evident character, had all been as an open book, and friend and foe alike had seen in him, and heard from him, nothing that demanded explanation or required defense.
On the other hand, his very consecration to the cause which he had but recently espoused was in clear evidence of his sincerity in action. Robert Morrison, that great missionary, at the call of whose name the pulse of the Church of God is quickened, gives us an insight into his very soul in this circumstance. After his conversion he raised the question, Lord, where shall I serve? And he tells us how it was answered. I learn from Thy Word that it is Thy holy pleasure that the Gospel should be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations. Thou hast given commandment to Thy servants unto the end of the world to preach the Gospel to every creature promising them Thy presence. When I view the field, O Lord, my Master, I perceive that by far the greater part is entirely without laborers, or at best has but here and there one or two, whilst there are thousands crowded up in one corner. My desire is, O Lord, to engage where laborers are most wanted.
That was the spirit that sent him to the heathen land and made him a burning and a shining light against its blackness of darkness. And that is the spirit of conquest, wherever found in the Church.
Pauls salvation effected in him an ensample.
Ye became followers of us, and of the Lord, having received the Word in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Ghost.
So that ye were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia.
Herein is a twofold instance of ensample: to them, first, Paul had become an example, and second, they, in turn, became ensamples to all that were in all Macedonia and Achaia.
The business of the world is carried on largely by samples. The great factories of earth sell their products through samples; fruits of the earth are sold after the same manner, by samples. It is no wonder that Christianity is judged by samples. The overwhelming majority of men do not read the Prophets or the Apostles. The Letters of Paul are largely left, as it were, in unbroken envelopes. But they do read you, and they read me. We are the living epistles * * known and read of all men. If it were possible today to say of the church-members, as Paul said of the Thessalonian Christians, Ye were ensamples to all that believe, what spiritual power would be engendered thereby! Happy is he that condemneth not himself in that thing which he alloweth (Rom 14:22).
Chauncey M. Depew, writing of his personal experience when he was in his ninety-first year, in the form of a Holiday Greeting to the World, said among other things, The essence of happiness in this world, and salvation in the next, is to live in Christ, to absorb His spirit, His love, His all-embracing humanity.
That spirit will, if truly entertained, never fail. The woman, who gave birth to John Chrysostom and brought him up in the ways of truthfulness and piety, excited from a heathens lips these words, as he looked upon her and thought of her life, Oh, what wonderful women these Christians have.
The mother of Gregory, that spiritual giant of the fourth century, was seldom seen, we are told, except as she attended worship, or carried baskets of food or clothing to the poor, or went visiting the sick; while the Godly mother of Bernard is said to have trained him, giving him utterly to God, and in the eagerness of her impassioned devotion, to have inspired him with the highest spirit of service. You have all heard that story, that doubtless had a truthful origin, of how a Sunday School teacher put to her class the question, What is your favorite version of the Bible? One answered, The King James, Another, The American Revision, a third, Moffats New Testament. One lad, whose Christian mother justified his remark, said, I like my mothers version best; she lives it! The best exposition of sacred Scripture is a holy life.
Paul was a power with his converts in proportion as he could truthfully say to them, Be ye followers of me and the Macedonian Christians were effective with their unregenerate neighbors in proportion as they were ensamples to all that believe.
But, as faith without works is dead so Christianity demands more than a holy life. It demands an aggressive ministry; and I find a third point in this model salvation that requires emphasis:
It sounded out the saving word.
The Apostle says,
From you sounded out the Word of the Lord not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we need not to speak any thing.
For they themselves shew of us what manner of entering in we had unto you, and how ye turned to God from idols to serve the Living and True God;
And to wait for His Son from Heaven, whom He raised from the dead, even Jesus, which delivered us from the wrath to come (1Th 1:8-10).
It will be remembered that this was the chief characteristic of the Apostolic Church. When Saul of Tarsus raged in his persecution against the people of Christ, he succeeded in scattering the Church, not in silencing it. In fact, his opposition accomplished1 exactly the opposite result, for
They that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the Word.
Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them.
And the people with one accord gave heed unto those things which Philip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did.
For unclean spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were healed.
And there was great joy in that city.
Later this same Philip bore the word of testimony in the presence of the treasurer of the Ethiopians, a eunuch of great authority under Candace the queen, and preached unto him Jesus, and his baptism followed; and doubtless a church for Northern Africa was born out of that witness.
The greatest single need of the Church of God today is that of witnessing. In the language of the Word, the last affirmation of the ascended Christ was, Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me, both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. Would God that every man of us, and every woman member of the Church militant might be able to say with Catherine Hankey:
I love to tell the story Of unseen things above,Of Jesus and His glory,Of Jesus and His love.I love to tell the story,Because I know tis true;It satisfies my longings As nothing else can do.
I love to tell the story:Tis pleasant to repeat,What seems, each time I tell it,More wonderfully sweet.I love to tell the story:For some have never heard The message of salvation From Gods own holy Word.
I love to tell the story;For those who know it bestSeem hungering and thirsting.To hear it like the rest.And when, in scenes of Glory,I sing the new, new song,Twill be the old, old story That I have loved so long!
I love to tell the story;Twill be my theme in Glory,To tell the old, old story Of Jesus and His love.
But we pass to the second point in our study:
A MODEL SERVANT
Here we speak of Paul himself, and you will find in the Epistle a defense of our claim.
First of all, He was a courageous servant. This is evidenced in the statement,
For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain:
But even after that we had suffered before, and were shamefully entreated, as ye know, at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the Gospel of God with much contention.
For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile:
But as we were allowed of God to be put m trust with the Gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God, which trieth our hearts.
For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloke of covetousness; God is witness.
Nor of men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome, as the Apostles of Christ.
But we were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children:
So being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the Gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us (1Th 2:1-8).
It is impossible to follow the Apostle Paul through the assiduous labors recorded in Acts, or trace his steps, as those are revealed in these Epistles, without marveling at the courage of the man. He does not ask, as did Caleb in the Old Testament, for the hardest task to be assigned to any servant of God; but, like the true warrior, takes his way to the very spot where the fight is thickest, and there exposes his person to any danger incidental to victory. There can be little question that the martyrs of all the ages have been inspired and enheartened by the Pauline example. When he faced the block without fear, saying, as he drew nigh to that decapitation, I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the Righteous Judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His Appearing, he was clearing the path for martyrs who should follow, and was exhibiting a spirit of courage that would sustain them in kindred ordeals.
There is an echo of Paul in the experience of Latimer and Ridley. When you remember that their faith had been subjected to every conceivable indignity, made to endure every suffering that was possible to leave them life, including an attempt to freeze them to death in the tower of London, where they spent a winter without fire, and how at last they were led forth to be not only thawed out by the flame, but consumed in the same, joyfully they went, and the old man Latimer, cheerfully encouraged his friend by saying, Be of good cheer, Master Ridley, and play the man. We shall this day light by the grace of God such a candle in England as I trust shall never be put out.
One of the most popular hymns of modern times is known as Stand up, Stand up for Jesus. The hymn was written by Rev. George Duffield, a Presbyterian minister. It originated after this manner: one Sunday a young Episcopalian clergyman preached to five thousand men in Jaynes Hall, Philadelphia. His text was Exo 10:11. The sermon was said to be one of the most wonderful of modern times. All Philadelphia was deeply stirred by a very great revival. The preacher, young Dudley A. Tyng, threw himself into the work with great heartiness. He was one of the noblest, bravest, manliest of men. The following Wednesday, after preaching the great sermon, he left his study for a moments rest, going out to his barn. There was a mule at work there in the power machine, shelling corn. He paused to stroke the mules neck, when the sleeve of his silken gown caught in the cogs of the machine and his arm was literally torn out by the roots. Just before he died, his father at his bedside asked him if he had any message to send to the men in the great noon-day prayer-meeting and to the ministers associated in that work. Tell them, he said, to stand up for Jesus!
On the Sunday following his death, Rev. George Duffield preached from Eph 6:14 and read the verses of the hymn as he had written them the day before. The Superintendent of the Sunday School had them printed. Later a Baptist newspaper, publishing the same, music was found for the words, and the Church has joined heartily in the music ever since because of the inspiring sentiment that the words contain:
Stand up! stand up for Jesus!Ye soldiers of the Cross;Lift high His royal banner,It must not suffer loss.From victory unto victory His army shall He lead,Till every foe is vanquished,And Christ is Lord indeed.
Stand up! stand up for Jesus!Stand in His strength alone;The arm of flesh will fail you;Ye dare not trust your own;Put on the Gospel armor,And, watching unto prayer,Where duty calls or danger,Be never wanting there.
Stand up! stand up for Jesus!The strife will not be long;This day the noise of battle,The next the victors song.To him that overcometh,A crown of life shall be;He with the King of Glory Shall reign eternally.
The greatest needs of the Church of God, in this hour, is the courage to be a Christian.
He was a conscientious servant.
For ye remember, brethren, our labour and travail: for labouring night and day, because we would not be chargeable unto any of you, we preached unto you the Gospel of God.
Ye are witnesses, and God also, how holily and justly and unblameably we behaved ourselves among you that believe:
As ye know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you, as a father doth his children,
That ye would walk worthy of God, who hath called you unto His Kingdom and glory (1Th 2:9-12).
This language strangely contrasts a certain course of conduct characterizing these latter days. There is an enormous amount of complaint on the part of evangelists because so little work now opens for them. The failure of evangelism is not wholly due to the apostate condition of the Church. The professionalist may blame himself for much of it. His methods have broken the entire system down and have produced with the sanest and most spiritual of church people a certain antipathy to the whole procedure. In America, at least, evangelism has been commercialized, and because one man with the enormous backing of the churches of great cities was able, by the adoption of rather questionable methods, to secure enormous sums for a meeting of a few weeks, hundreds of others grew equally ambitious and commenced to ape in the matter and carry about with them a great company of salaried assistants, women workers, boy specialists, pianist, chorister, soloists, tabernacle men, book table women, and demand of those who sought their services what was known as an expense account of travel, entertainment and advertising, that together with the offering required at the end, would exceed a century outlay on the part of the early Christian church. In addition to this unscriptural and indefensible charge many of these professionals have exercised a ministry that has been fruitless so far as any definite results were concerned.
Two men, who have been much in the ascendant in recent years in America so far as crowds were concerned, one of them from over seas and the other native to the soil, are men, who though they address thousands through the co-operative endeavor of the churches that call them, have never been known to hold a meeting anywhere that added any considerable number of people to the churches thus engaged and burdened. The unfortunate result is that evangelism itself is discredited and faithful evangelists are finding it even more difficult to secure work than the faithless, since their methods are uniformly less spectacular and consequently less popular with the jazz-loving age.
In all this we are not attempting at all to say that all evangelists ought to labor as Paul and his companions did, night and day without charge to anybody, for we believe that the Church of God is often guilty of withholding more than is meet and suffering spiritual poverty as a result. But we are saying that the show of the spirit of sacrifice on the part of evangelists, and above all, a blameless behavior among them that believe, together with a ministry of exhortation and comfort and warning would result in a worthy walk on the part of them called unto the Kingdom and glory of Christ.
He was a commissioned servant.
For this cause also thank we God without ceasing, because, when ye received the Word of God which ye heard of us, ye received it not as the word of men, but as it is in truth, the Word of God, which effectually worketh also in you that believe.
For ye, brethren, became followers of the churches of God which in Judaea are in Christ Jesus: for ye also have suffered like things of your own countrymen, even as they have of the Jews:
Who both killed the Lord Jesus, and their own Prophets, and have persecuted us; and they please not God, and are contrary to all men:
Forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved, to fill up their sins alway: for the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.
But we, brethren, being taken from you for a short time in presence, not in heart, endeavoured the more abundantly to see your face with great desire.
Wherefore we would have come unto you, even I Paul, once and again; but Satan hindered us.
For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His Coming?
For ye are our glory and joy (1Th 2:13-20).
Paul here affirms afresh that he had originated no Gospel, but had passed on to them that which he had received, even the Word of God which effectually worketh also in you that believe. He reminded them that their experience was like others, the experience of suffering, and still more like that of their Lord and His Prophets, who had been killed, and now His Apostles who were suffering persecution. And yet, the great Apostle reminds them that these things are all forgotten in the joy and rejoicing over them as trophies through the Gospel.
Possibly one secret of Pauls power was his consciousness of a commission from the Lord associated as it was with His promised presence. We believe that there is such a thing as a daily commission and a daily direction of the Spirit. Each morning brings us new duties; each day makes its new demands, and both duties and demands require new guidance. But we have a sure promise from the ascended Lord, When He, the Spirit of Truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth; He shall receive of Mine, and shall shew it unto you. It is doubtful if Paul ever spent a day without the sense of Divine presence. Therein is the secret of the Apostles power, and therein is the measure of any spiritual success enjoyed by the present disciples of the Church of Jesus Christ. But our future study brings us to
A MODEL SANCTIFICATION
Wherefore when we could no longer forbear, we thought it good to be left at Athens alone;
And sent Timotheus, our brother, and minister of God, and our fellowlabourer in the Gospel of Christ, to establish you, and to Comfort you concerning your faith;
That no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto.
For verily, when we were with you, we told you before that we should suffer tribulation; even as it came to pass, and ye know.
For this cause, when I could no longer forbear, I sent to know your faith, lest by some means the tempter have tempted you, and our labour be in vain.
But now when Timotheus came from you unto us, and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity, and that ye have good remembrance of us always, desiring greatly to see us, as we also to see you:
Therefore, brethren, we were comforted over you, in all our affliction and distress, by your faith:
For now we live, if ye stand fast in the Lord.
For what thanks can we render to God again for you, for all the joy wherewith we joy for your sakes before our God;
Night and day praying exceedingly that we might see your face, and might perfect that which is lacking in your faith?
Now God Himself and our Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ, direct our way unto you.
And the Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another, and toward all men, even as we do toward you:
To the end He may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the Coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints.
Furthermore then we beseech you, brethren, and exhort you by the Lord Jesus, that as ye have received of us how ye ought to walk and to please God, so ye would abound more and more.
For ye know what commandments we gave you by the Lord Jesus.
For this is the will of God, even your sanctification, that ye should abstain from fornication:
That every one of you should know how to possess his vessel in sanctification and honour;
Not in the lust of concupiscence, even as the Gentiles which know not God:
That no man go beyond and defraud his brother in any matter; because that the Lord is the avenger of all such, as we also have forewarned you and testified.
For God hath not called us unto uncleanness, but unto holiness.
He therefore that despiseth, despiseth not man, but God, who hath also given unto us His holy Spirit.
But as touching brotherly love, ye need not that I write unto you; for ye yourselves are taught of God to love one another.
And indeed ye do it toward all the brethren which are in all Macedonia: but we beseech you, brethren, that ye increase more and more:
And that ye study to be quiet, and to do your own business, and to Work with your own hands, as we commanded you;
That ye may walk honestly toward them that are without, and that ye may have lack of nothing.
But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope.
For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him.
For this we say unto you by the Word of the Lord, that we which are alive, and remain unto the Coming of the Lord, shall not prevent them which are asleep.
For the Lord Himself shall descend from Heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first:
Then we which are alive and remain, shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.
Wherefore comfort one another with these words (1Th 3:1 to 1Th 4:18).
This sanctification voices itself in a steadfastness in obedience to the holy will and in an adequate objective.
Their steadfastness was the Apostles comfort.
Wherefore when we could no longer forbear, we thought it good to be left at Athens alone;
And sent Timotheus, our brother, and minister of God, and our fellowlabourer in the Gospel of Christ, to establish you, and to comfort you concerning your faith;
That no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto.
For verily, when we were with you, we told you before that we should suffer tribulation; even as it came to pass, and ye know.
For this cause, when I could no longer forbear, I sent to know your faith, lest by some means the tempter have tempted you, and our labour be in vain.
But now when Timotheus came from you unto us, and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity, and that ye have good remembrance of us always, desiring greatly to see us, as we also to see you;
Therefore, brethren, we were comforted over you, in all our affliction and distress, by your faith:
For now we live, if ye stand fast in the Lord.
For what thanks can we render to God again for you, for all the joy wherewith we joy for your sakes before our God;
Night and day praying exceedingly that we might see your face, and might perfect that which is lacking in your faith?
Now God Himself and our Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ, direct our way unto you (1Th 3:1-11).
It would be easy to go into history and bring abundant and beautiful illustrations of steadfastness both in the faith and in the service. Savonarola would be a fine subject for such an illustration. Knox and Calvin could scarcely be equalled. Their indomitable wills and their determined conduct would not only illustrate but embellish the whole discussion. But the average man might feel a fear of failure when such outstanding examples were set before him and secretly say in his own soul, I am not made of the same kind of stuff, and can never attain to the heights of faith or reveal the rock-ribbed stability of such exceptional and outstanding souls!
I bring you, therefore, an illustration from common life, one that will show the way to the humblest among us. It comes from The Treasury, and is related in the following words:
There is no use in keeping the church open any longer. You may as well give me the key, said the missionary in Madras, as he stopped at the door of a little house of God in a village where natives had once professed Christianity, but had declined in interest and quit attendance, returning to their idols. The woman to whom he addressed these words was poor in purse but steadfast in spirit, and she objected. The missionary added as he looked on her sorrowful face, There is a place of Christian worship in the village there, only three miles off, and those who want really to serve God can walk that distance!
Oh, sir, she pled most earnestly, do not take the key away. I at least will go to the church daily; I will sweep it. I will trim its lamp and keep it burning; and I will go on praying. Some day God may hear and a blessing may come.
So the missionary said, Oh, well, keep the key then, and went his way. Some years afterward he returned to that same village and to his surprise he found the church crowded with repentant sinners. A great harvest of souls had been reaped and the steadfastness of this Godly woman was the secret of the whole success.
Their sanctification was the will of God.
And the Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another, and toward all men, even as we do toward you:
To the end He may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the Coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints.
Furthermore then we beseech you, brethren, and exhort you by the Lord Jesus, that as ye have received of us how ye ought to walk and to please God, so ye would abound more and more.
For ye know what commandments we gave you by the Lord Jesus.
For this is the will of God, even your sanctification, that ye should abstain from fornication:
That every one of you should know how to possess his vessel in sanctification and honour;
Not in the lust of concupiscence, even as the Gentiles which know not God:
That no man go beyond and defraud his brother in any matter; because that the Lord is the avenger of all such, as we also have forewarned you and testified.
For God hath not called us unto uncleanness, but unto holiness.
He therefore that despiseth, despiseth not man, but
God, who hath also given unto us His holy Spirit (1Th 3:12 to 1Th 4:8).
The word sanctify conveys the idea of becoming morally or spiritually wholesome, pure. Such is the product of Christianity itself. Christ was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin. We are convinced both from Scripture and observation that the work of grace in the heart of the believer produces a holy life, and in proportion as life itself is surrendered to the government and guidance of the Holy Spirit, it is unblameable and effective.
There are a great many people who seem to think that sanctification is wholly an emotional experience and an end in itself, and they widely proclaim that they have received the baptism of the Holy Ghost and are wholly sanctified. But time will shortly prove whether there is anything in the profession. If they increase and abound in love toward one another and toward all men, if they behave in an unblameable way, if they walk uprightly, if they abstain from evil, if they defraud not their fellows, if they despise not men, but on the contrary set themselves assiduously to the tasks of a Christian and, day by day, by deeds that demonstrate their faith, prove their continued fellowship with the Father, then the sanctification which true Godliness would disclaim may yet be seen in them.
It is a fact as Rev. A. E. Barnes-Lawrence says, God is still seeking for men whom He can entrust with power. The Church of God is crying out for them, amazed at the feebleness of its own ministry and worship. The millions about us are looking for deliverance from their sin and misery, and the Holy Spirit is waiting to effect it by us. The gift of spiritual power is not less for all Christians to-day than at Pentecost. There was an opened Heaven thenis there not an opened Heaven now? There were opened hearts and opened lips thenwhy are there comparatively few opened hearts and opened lips now? If this gift is for all, then we Christians ought to possess it. If it is lacking, why is it lacking? These are questions each one of us should earnestly ask. It is not so much our usefulness that is at stake, as it is the glory of God and the hastening of His Kingdom.
Their spiritual success was the Apostles great objective.
But as touching brotherly love, ye need not that I write unto you; for ye yourselves are taught of God to love owe another.
And indeed ye do it toward all the brethren which are in all Macedonia: but we beseech you, brethren, that ye increase more and more:
And that ye study to be quiet, and to do your own business, and to work with your own hands, as we commanded you;
That ye may walk honestly toward them that are without, and that ye may have lack of nothing (1Th 4:9-12).
Such is the objective of the true Church to this hour, and such also is the desire of every genuine regenerated believer.
My gracious Lord, I own Thy right To every service I can pay,And call it my supreme delight To hear Thy dictates and obey.
What is my being, but for Thee,Its sure support, its noblest end?Tis my delight Thy face to see,And serve the cause of such a Friend.
I would not sigh for worldly joy,Or to increase my worldly good,Nor future days nor powers employ To spread a sounding name abroad.
Tis to my Saviour I would live,To Him who for my ransom died; Nor could all worldly honor give Such bliss as crowns me at His side.
His work my hoary age shall bless, When youthful vigor is no more;And my last hour of life confessHis saving love, His glorious power!
Fuente: The Bible of the Expositor and the Evangelist by Riley
CRITICAL AND EXPLANATORY NOTES
1Th. 2:1. Our entrance in was not in vain.The word for vain here is the same as that in the first half of ceno-taph. The entrance into Thessalonica, we might say colloquially, had something in it.
1Th. 2:2. Suffered before.Previously, that is, to our entrance to Thessalonica. And were shamefully entreated.The acute sense of suffering in mind shows how far St. Paul was from Stoicism. It is this same exquisite sensibility which makes possible the beautiful courtesy with which, in his letters, we are so familiar. With much contention.All the watchfulness required by one in the arena and all the danger incident to a false movement characterised St. Pauls work.
MAIN HOMILETICS OF THE PARAGRAPH.1Th. 2:1-2
Essential Elements of Success in Preaching. I. Boldness.
Outsiders testified of the success of the gospel, and the apostles could confidently appeal to the converts in confirmation of the report. For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you that it was not in vain (1Th. 2:1). In the first twelve verses of this chapter Paul is describing the special features of their ministry, the manner and spirit of their preaching; and what he denies is, not so much that their labours had been vain, fruitless, and without result, as he denies that those labours were in themselves vain, frivolous empty of all human earnestness, and of divine truth and force. We trace in their ministerial endeavours four essential elements that are ever found in all successful preachingboldness, sincerity, gentleness, moral consistency. Consider, first, their boldness.
I. This boldness manifested in the earnest declaration of the truth.We were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God with much contention (1Th. 2:2). Bold in their conception of the divine origin and vast scope of the gospel, and its wondrous adaptation to the wants of universal man, they were not less bold in its faithful proclamation. Their deep conviction of the supreme authority of the truth gave them unusual courage. We see the same intrepid spirit in Paul on other occasions, when his fearless words roused the ire of Festus, shook the conscience of the thoughtless Felix, or swayed the heart of Agrippa towards a wise decision. We see it in Elijah as he rebuked the sins of the wicked Ahab with withering invectives, or threw the baffled priests of Baal into maddening hysteriahimself the while unmoved and confident. We see it conspicuously in Him, who came in the spirit and power of Elias, whose burning words assailed every form of wrong, and who did not scruple to denounce the deluded leaders of a corrupt Church in the most scathing termsYe serpents! ye generation of vipers! How can ye escape the damnation of hell? With much contentionamid much conflict and danger. This kind of preaching provoked opposition and involved them in great inward struggles. The faithful messenger of God fears not the most violent assault from without; but the thought of the fatal issues to those who obstinately reject and fight against the gospel fills him with agonising concern.
II. This boldness no suffering could daunt.Even after that we had suffered before, and were shamefully entreated, as ye know, at Philippi (1Th. 2:2). They had come fresh from a city where they had been cruelly outraged. Though Roman citizens, they had been publicly scourged and, to add to their degradation, were thrust into the inner prison, and their feet made fast in the stockstreatment reserved for the vilest felons. But so far from being dismayed, their sufferings only deepened their love for the gospel and inflamed the passion to make it known. A German professor has lately made experiments with chalcedony and other quartzose minerals, and he has demonstrated that when such stones are ground on large and rapidly revolving wheels they exhibit a brilliant phosphorescent glow throughout their entire mass. So is it with the resolute worker. The more he is ground under the strong wheel of suffering and persecution, the more intensely will his entire character glow with the radiance of an unquenchable bravery.
III. This boldness was divinely inspired.We were bold in our God (1Th. 2:2). It was not the froth of a senseless presumption, not the wild, aimless effort of a reckless bravado; but the calm, grand heroism of a profound faith in the divine. They fell back completely upon God, and drew their deepest inspiration and mightiest strength from Him. The prophet Jeremiah, in a moment of despondency, decided to speak no more in the name of the Lord; but when he could say, The Lord is with me as a mighty, terrible One, his courage returned, and he obeyed implicitly the divine mandate, Thou shalt go to all that I shall send thee, and whatsoever I command thee thou shalt speak. Similarly commissioned, Paul once exclaimed, I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me. Endowed with the like spirit, Luther uttered his noble protest at the Diet of WormsHere I stand: I cannot do otherwise: God help me!
Lessons.
1. Boldness is absolutely indispensable in attacking, not simply in the mass, but in detail, the crying evils of the age.
2. Boldness is acquired only by studious and prayerful familiarity with Gods message and with God.
GERM NOTES ON THE VERSES
1Th. 2:1-2. The Preaching of the Gospel not in Vain.
I. It is not in vain as respects the end and object of the gospel itself.
1. Conversion.
2. Sanctification or edification.
3. Condemnation.
II. It was not in vain as respected the objects of the apostle.
1. His commission was to preach the gospel. He did it.
2. To gather in souls. He did so.
3. His reward was the approbation of Christ and seals to His ministry. He had both.
III. It was not in vain as respected the Thessalonians.They were turned from idolatry; their hearts glowed with new feelings; their characters shone with new graces.Stewart.
Fuente: The Preacher’s Complete Homiletical Commentary Edited by Joseph S. Exell
Text (1Th. 2:1)
1 For yourselves, brethren, know our entering in unto you, that it hath not been found vain:
Translation and Paraphrase
1.
For you yourselves, brethren, (saw and) know that our entering in unto you (when we came to Thessalonica to preach) was not fruitless (or useless).
Notes (1Th. 2:1)
1.
Letting in a fresh breeze of truth will usually soon blow out a room full of poisonous lies. After Paul left Thessalonica, some people, most likely Jews, had apparently accused him of being a flatterer, a deceiver, immoral, and money hungry. 1Th. 2:3; 1Th. 2:5.
2.
Therefore in this second chapter Paul takes up the matter of his good record among the Thessalonians. (This is the chapter topic.) Paul thoroughly demolishes all the insinuations against him. This really was not very hard to do. For, as he reminds the Thessalonians, they themselves knew all about what he had done among them.
3.
The type of entrance which Paul had unto the Thessalonians was a vindication of Paul himself and all he stood for. His record of accomplishment and conduct was good enough to silence any malicious accusers.
4.
In our outline, we have called the section 1Th. 2:1-12 Pauls work Among Them. It seems to be an elaboration of Pauls statement in 1Th. 1:5, Ye know what manner of men we were among you.
5.
In 1Th. 2:1, Paul picks up the thought of 1Th. 1:9, where he had mentioned what matter of entering in we had unto you. The word translated entrance here in 1Th. 2:1 is the same word that is translated entering in in 1Th. 1:9.
6.
Pauls visit to the Thessalonians had most certainly NOT been in vain. In vain (Gr., kenos) means empty, vain, devoid of truth, fruitless, without effect. (Thayer) The fact that Paul left a flourishing church there was proof that his visit was not in vain. The Thessalonians themselves could vouch for that fact.
Fuente: College Press Bible Study Textbook Series
II.
(1) For yourselves brethren, know.The writers purpose is practical, not didactic; they there-fore animate their converts with the stirring memories of their conversion. We need not go to these foreign witnesses for the tale of how we came to you; for you recollect it as if it were yesterday. The for (as in 1Th. 1:8) implies for in fact, for after all. The thought of 1Th. 1:5; 1Th. 1:9. is here resumed, but with a different purpose: there it was to prove that the work was Gods work; here, to stir up their pure minds by way of remembrance.
Not in vain draws a little too much attention to the result of their coming. It should be, not vaini.e., not purposeless and idle. This may be seen from the contrast drawn in the following words.
Fuente: Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers (Old and New Testaments)
Chapter 2
PAUL ON HIS DEFENSE ( 1Th 2:1-12 ) 2:1-12 You yourselves know, brothers, that our coming among you was not to no effect; but after we had–as you know–already undergone suffering and ill-treatment at Philippi, we were bold in our God to tell you the good news of God, and a sore struggle we had. Our appeal to you did not proceed from any delusion, nor from impure motives, nor was it calculated to deceive; but as we have been deemed worthy by God to be entrusted with the good news, so we speak, not as if we were seeking to please men, but rather as if we were seeking to please God, who tests our hearts. At no time, as you know, did we use flattering words; at no time did we use our message as a pretext for greed; God is our witness at no time did we seek reputation from men, either from you or from others, although we might well have claimed a place of weight, as apostles of Christ. But we showed ourselves gentle among you, treating you as a nurse cherishes her children. Yearning for you like this, we wanted to share with you, not only the good news of God, but even our very lives, because you had become very dear to us. For, brothers, you remember our labour and toil. It was while we were working night and day, so as not to be a burden to any of you, that we proclaimed the good news of God to you. You are our witnesses and so is God. How reverently and righteously and blamelessly we behaved to you who believed. As you know, as a father his children we exhorted and encouraged and solemnly charged each one of you to walk worthily of God who calls you to his Kingdom and his glory.
Beneath the surface of this passage run the slanders which Paul’s opponents at Thessalonica attached to him.
(i) 1Th 2:2 refers to the imprisonment and abuse that he had received at Philippi ( Act 16:16-40). There were, no doubt, those in Thessalonica who said that this man Paul had a police record, that he was nothing less than a criminal on the run from justice and that obviously no one should listen to a man like that. A really malignant mind will twist anything into a slander.
(ii) 1Th 2:3 has behind it no fewer than three charges.
(a) It was being said that Paul’s preaching came from sheer delusion. A really original man will always run the risk of being called mad. Festus thought that Paul was mad in later days ( Act 26:24). There was a time when Jesus’ friends came and tried to take him home because they thought that he was mad ( Mar 3:21). The Christian standards can be so different from the standards of the world that he who follows them with a single mind and a burning enthusiasm can appear to other men to be off his head.
(b) It was being said that Paul’s preaching sprang from impure motives. The word used for impurity (akatharsia, G167) often has to do with sexual impurity. There was one Christian custom which the heathen often and deliberately misinterpreted; that was the kiss of peace ( 1Th 5:26). When the Christians spoke of the Love Feast and the kiss of peace, it was not difficult for an evil mind to read into these phrases what was never there. The trouble often is that a mind itself nasty will see nastiness everywhere.
(c) It was being said that Paul’s preaching was guilefully aimed at deluding others. The propagandists of Hitler Germany discovered that if a lie is repeated often enough and loudly enough it will in the end be accepted as the truth. That was the charge which was levelled at Paul.
(iii) 1Th 2:4 indicates that Paul was accused of seeking to please men rather than to please God. No doubt that rose from the fact that he preached the liberty of the gospel and the freedom of grace as against the slavery of legalism. There are always people who do not think that they are being religious unless they are being unhappy; and any man who preaches a gospel of joy will find his slanderers, which is exactly what happened to Jesus.
(iv) 1Th 2:5 and 1Th 2:9 both indicate that there were those who said that Paul was in this business of preaching the gospel for what he could get out of it. The word used for flattery (kolakeia, G2850) always describes the flattery whose motive is gain. The trouble in the early Church was that there were people who did attempt to cash in on their Christianity. The first Christian book of order is called The Didache, The Teaching of the Twelve Apostles, and in it there are some illuminating instructions. “Let every apostle that cometh unto you be received as the Lord. And he shall stay one day and, if need be, the next also, but if he stay three days he is a false prophet. And when the apostle goeth forth, let him take nothing save bread, till he reach his lodging. But if he ask money, he is a false prophet.” “No prophet that ordereth a table in the Spirit shall eat of it, else he is a false prophet.” “If he that cometh is a passer-by, succour him as far as you can. But he shall not abide with you longer than two or three days unless there be necessity. But if he be minded to settle among you and be a craftsman, let him work and eat. But if he has no trade, according to your understanding, provide that he shall not live idle among you, being a Christian. But if he will not do this, he is a Christmonger: of such men beware.” (Didache, chapters 11 and 12). The date of The Didache is about A.D. 100. Even the Early Church knew the perennial problem of those who traded on charity.
(v) 1Th 2:6 indicates that Paul was accused of seeking personal prestige. It is the preacher’s constant danger that he should seek to display himself and not the message. In 1Th 1:5 there is a suggestive thing. Paul does not say, “I came to you.” He says, “Our gospel came to you.” The man was lost in his message.
(vi) 1Th 2:7 indicates that Paul was charged with being something of a dictator. His gentleness was that of a wise father. His was the love which knew how to be firm. To him Christian love was no easy sentimental thing; he knew that men needed discipline, not for their punishment but for the good of their souls.
THE SINS OF THE JEWS ( 1Th 2:13-16 ) 2:13-16 And for this, too, we thank God, that when you received the word of God which you heard from us, you accepted it, not as the word of men, but–as in truth it is–as the word of God, who also works in you who believe. For, brothers, you became imitators of the Churches of God which are in Judaea in Christ Jesus, for you too suffered the same things at the hands of your own fellow-countrymen as they did at the hands of the Jews; for they killed the Lord Jesus and the prophets, and they persecuted us, and they do not please God, and they are up against all men, and they try to stop us speaking to the Gentiles that they may be saved; and all this they keep on doing that they may complete the catalogue of their sins. But wrath to the uttermost has come upon them.
To the Thessalonians the Christian faith had brought not peace but trouble. Their new-found loyalty had involved them in persecution. Paul’s method of encouraging them is very interesting. It is in effect to say to them,
“Brothers, we are treading
Where the saints have trod.”
Their persecution was a badge of honour which entitled them to rank with the picked regiments of the army of Christ.
But the great interest of this passage is that in 1Th 2:15-16 Paul draws up a kind of catalogue of the errors and the sins of the Jews.
(i) They killed the Lord Jesus and the prophets. When God’s messengers came to them they eliminated them. One of the grim things about the gospel narrative is the intensity with which the leaders of the Jews sought to get rid of Jesus before he could do any more damage. But no man ever rendered a message inoperative by slaying the messenger who brought it. Someone tells of a missionary who went to a primitive tribe. He had to use primitive methods to get his message across; so he had a chart painted which showed the progress to heaven of the man who accepted Christ and the descent to hell of the man who rejected him. The message disturbed the tribe. They did not want it to be true. So they burned the chart and, having done so, thought all was well! A man may refuse to listen to the message of Jesus Christ but he cannot eliminate it from the structure of the universe.
(ii) They persecuted the Christians. Even although they themselves refused to accept the message of Christ, they ,night have allowed others to listen to it and, if they wished, to accept it. Let a man always remember that there are more ways to heaven than one; and let him keep himself from intolerance.
(iii) They did not try to please God. The Church’s trouble has often been that it has clung to a man-made religion instead of a God-given faith. The question men have too often asked is, “What do I think?” instead of, “What does God say?” It is not our puny logic that matters; it is God’s revelation.
(iv) They were up against all men. In the ancient world the Jews were, in fact, accused of “hatred of the human race.” Their sin was the sin of arrogance. They regarded themselves as the Chosen People, as indeed they were. But they regarded themselves as chosen for privilege and never dreamed that they were chosen for service. Their aim was that some day the world should serve them, not that at all times they should serve the world. The man who thinks only of his own rights and privileges will always be up against other men–and, what is more serious, he will be up against God.
(v) They wished to keep the offer of God’s love exclusively to themselves and did not wish the Gentiles to have any share in his grace. Someone has summed up the exclusive attitude in four bitter lines of verse,
“We are God’s chosen few;
All others will be dammed.
There is no room in heaven for you;
We can’t have heaven crammed.”
There is something fundamentally wrong with a religion which shuts a man off from his fellow-men. If a man really loves God that love must run over into love for his fellow-men. So far from wanting to hug his privileges to himself, he will be filled with a passion to share them.
OUR GLORY AND OUR JOY ( 1Th 2:17-20 ) 2:17-20 But, brothers, when we had been separated from you–in presence but not in heart–for a short time, we were the more exceedingly eager with a great desire to see your face. So we wished to come to you–I Paul longed for it once and again–but Satan blocked our way. For who is our hope or our joy or the crown in which we boast? Is it not even you, in the presence of the Lord Jesus Christ at his coming? For you are our glory and our joy.
First Thessalonians has been called “a classic of friendship,” and here is a passage where Paul’s deep affection for his friends breathes through his words. Across the centuries we can still feel the throb of love in these sentences.
Paul uses two interesting pictures in this passage.
(i) He speaks of Satan blocking his way when he desired to come to Thessalonica. The word he uses (egkoptein, G1465) is the technical word for putting up a road-block calculated to stop an expedition on the march. It is Satan’s work to throw obstacles into the Christian’s way–and it is our work to surmount them.
(ii) He speaks of the Thessalonians being his crown. In Greek there are two words for crown. The one is diadema ( G1238) which is used almost exclusively for the royal crown. The other is stephanos ( G4735) which is used almost exclusively for the victor’s crown in some contest and especially for the athlete’s crown of victory in the games. It is stephanos ( G4735) that Paul uses here. The only prize in life that he really valued was to see his converts living well.
W. M. Macgregor used to quote the saying of John when he was thinking of the students whom he had taught, “No greater joy can I have than this, to hear that my children follow the truth.” ( 3Jn 1:4). Paul would have said amen to that. The glory of any teacher lies in his students; and should the day come when they have left him far behind the glory is still greater. A man’s greatest glory lies in those whom he has set or helped on the path to Christ.
Anne Ross Cousin turned into verse the thoughts of Samuel Rutherford as he lay in prison in Aberdeen. In one verse she pictures him thinking of his old congregation in Anwoth:
“Fair Anwoth on the Solway
To me thou still art dear;
Even from the verge of heaven
I drop for thee a tear.
O! if one soul from Anwoth
Shall meet me at God’s right hand,
My heaven will be two heavens
In Immanuel’s land.”
Nothing that we can do can bring us credit in the sight of God; but at the last the stars in a man’s crown will be those whom he led nearer to Jesus Christ.
-Barclay’s Daily Study Bible (NT)
Fuente: Barclay Daily Study Bible
1. For Reverting back to the entering in of 1Th 1:9, of which this section 1Th 2:1-12 is a real unfolding.
Yourselves No empty boast of his own is this description, but a statement which their memories attest.
Entrance When he came, wounded and forlorn, from the jail and stripes of Philippi into the synagogue of Thessalonica to preach the come Messiah to the Jews, the devout Greeks, and the eminent ladies, not a few, there.
In vain Rather, empty, or inconsequential in its intrinsic character. It was an entrance of a momentous nature.
Fuente: Whedon’s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
‘For you yourselves, brothers, know our entering into you, that it has not been found vain.’
This is his first evidence of his genuineness, the wonderful results that followed his ‘entering into’ them. For the verb compare 1Th 1:9. He had ‘come in’ and the result had been the transformation of their lives (1Th 1:9-10) as they well knew. Thus his visit had not been a failure, it had not been found empty and useless, accomplishing nothing. It had indeed accomplished a great deal.
Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett
Paul’s Work of Faith in Thessalonica In 1Th 2:1-16 Paul describes his work of faith when he first visited the city of Thessalonica and preached the Gospel of Christ to them. In this passage of Scripture Paul refers to his work towards them (1Th 2:1-12), then to their response to him (1Th 2:13-16).
Outline Here is a proposed outline:
1. Paul’s Work in Bringing Them to Christ: Paul Defends His Conduct 1Th 2:1-12
2. The Believers’ Response to Paul’s Work of Faith in Thessalonica 1Th 2:13-16
1Th 2:1-12 Paul’s Work in Bringing Them to Christ: Paul Defends His Conduct In 1Th 2:1-12 Paul reminds the believers at Thessalonica of his first visit with them. In this passage there is a tone of apologetics as Paul defends his pure motives amidst what was probably criticism after his departure. They had received gifts from the church at Philippi while in Thessalonica. So, it was important that they appeared not as a group of wandering deceivers out for financial gain, but rather pious and sincere men who worked for their needs. Greece was probably infested with traveling philosophers who made a living by peddling their ideas to the simple-minded. Paul felt the need to defend his apostleship, not from the view of his divine calling, as he did with the churches of Galatia, but from a more practical standpoint.
Paul reminds them of the sacrifice he made in bringing the Gospel to them (1Th 2:1-2). He bases the defense of his apostolic authority on the fact he came to them with integrity (1Th 2:3-6), as a loving parent (1Th 2:7-12). He cared for them as a mother bestows love (1Th 2:7-8); he became an example before them in his labours (1Th 2:9-10); and he required of them discipline as a father does his children (1Th 2:11-12). A key factor in leadership is to walk integrity, to be genuine and not false, to love those whom one leads, and to be an example before them, and to require of them discipline. Otherwise, people lack respect for a leader.
1Th 2:1 Comments – In 1Th 2:1 Paul is speaking in a defensive mode, asking his readers to agree with his forthcoming argument.
1Th 2:3 Comments – In 1Th 2:10 note how Paul will contrast his godly conduct, in which he behaved “holily and justly and unblameably,” with his statement in 1Th 2:3 that his exhortation to them was “not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile.”
1Th 2:5 Comments – Paul says he did not come in order to please men, or did he covet other men’s things.
1Th 2:6 Comments – Paul says he did not come to receive praise of men, even though he could have asserted his authority as genuine apostles of Christ. He could have asserted his power and looked for their praise as an apostle.
1Th 2:7 Comments – A pastor must be as caring as a mother. He must love them as newborn babes by feeding them so that they can grow in the Lord. In 1Th 2:11 Paul says that he exhorted and comforted and charged them as a father doth his children, which refers to his efforts to direct them into maturity and divine service. A mother is always there to love and minister to her children, while a father leads.
1Th 2:9 “For ye remember, brethren, our labour and travail” – Comments – In his book God’s Armor Bearer: Book II, Terry Nance says that the Lord revealed to him the key to seeing the fulfillment of the call of God on his life. It is by intimacy, pregnancy, travail and birth. He explains that spiritual birth on this earth follows the same pattern as natural birth. As we become intimate with God, He plants within us a seed that we nurture and develop into His plan and purpose for our lives. As we labour and travail to follow this plan, we will see the manifestation of His plan for our lives. [70] Paul understood this principle, as he alludes to it in this verse. Paul refers to his labour and travail for the churches in other passages. Note:
[70] Terry Nance, God’s Armor Bearer: Book II (Tulsa, OK: Harrison House, Inc., c1994), 19-21, 25.
Gal 4:19, “My little children, of whom I travail in birth again until Christ be formed in you,”
2Th 3:8, “Neither did we eat any man’s bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day, that we might not be chargeable to any of you:”
1Th 2:9 “for labouring night and day, because we would not be chargeable unto any of you” – Comments – Paul used a divine principle of not taking “wages” from new converts, but working himself and taking help from other churches. Note also 2Co 11:7-11.
1Co 4:12, “And labour, working with our own hands: being reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we suffer it:”
1Th 2:9 Comments – These labours and travails that Paul and his companions demonstrated in the presence of the Thessalonians were simply outward manifestations of an inward heart of gentleness (1Th 2:7) and tender affections (1Th 2:8). It comes naturally when the heart is right. It is a heart of unselfishness.
Alexander Mackay, the famous missionary to Uganda, East Africa, worked daily among the native Africans, realizing it was his access to preaching the Gospel to a naturally lazy culture. These natives saw in him each day a sacrifice was made to serve them, which opened their hearts to the testimony of God’s love towards them through Jesus Christ.
“All through his mechanical work, building, turning, casting, carpentering, glazing, engrossed as he was with these crafts, and earning his bread literally by the sweat of his brow, Mackay’s burning desire was to lead the people to Christ. He grudged the time spent in these secular occupations and longed to give himself entirely to teaching and preaching. Indeed, he had serious thoughts of going home, and studying for ordination as a clergyman, in order that he might be able to baptize and administer the communion. But happily for the success of the Mission, and happily for Uganda, he was led to give up this idea of return. After studying the subject long, and with much prayer, he came to the conclusion that the sphere of working missionary was the one in which he had most influence, and to which God had called him. The example of hard work which he set was of great value to the natives, who were naturally lazy. Here was a man who taught that work was noble, and proved that he believed it, by himself working harder than any of them. They called him Mzunguwa-Kazi, which means ‘white man of work;’ for, from the time that he first came to their country, they had never seen him idle.” (C. T. Wilson, Alexander Mackay: Missionary Hero of Uganda, London: The Sunday School Union, 1893, p. 83)
1Th 2:10 Comments – In 1Th 2:10 note how Paul now contrasts his godly conduct, in which he behaved “holily and justly and unblameably,” with his previous statement that his exhortation to them was “not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile” (1Th 2:3).
1Th 2:11 Comments – A pastor should not only love like a mother (1Th 2:7), but challenge the mature believers to excel in divine service, as a father does his children. The mom ministers, the father leads.
Fuente: Everett’s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures
The Sanctification of Man’s Spirit: Work of Faith in Christ Jesus – The first aspect of sanctification that Paul discusses is the sanctification of the spirit of man (1Th 2:1 to 1Th 3:13). In 1Th 2:1-12 Paul will place emphasis upon God’s role in bringing the Thessalonians into their salvation through their faith in Jesus Christ by explaining how He divinely elected them. The office of the Holy Spirit in their justification is seen in Paul proclaiming to them the Gospel with pureness of heart amidst physical hardships; for he could only have completed this difficult task by the power and anointing of the Holy Spirit. Scholars see this passage as a defense by Paul of the genuineness of his ministry to the Thessalonians against the Jews who opposed his work in this city. Paul then emphasizes man’s role in his being justified by faith in Christ by explaining how they receiving the Gospel message (1Th 2:13-16). In 1Th 2:17-20 Paul returns to God’s role in establishing them in the faith by explaining his initial plans to visit them again in order to establish and comfort them in the faith, as is stated in 1Th 3:1, but he was hindered. Instead, he chose to send Timothy in his place (1Th 3:1-5). He then mentions their role as they responded to Timothy in faith and love (1Th 3:6-10). Paul closes this passage with a three-fold prayer that reflects the three-fold process of election in which Paul opens this epistle (1Th 3:2-10). He prayers a prayer of supplication to return to them in order to establish them in the faith (1Th 3:11), and for God to continue the process of sanctification in their lives (1Th 3:12), so that they would be established at the Coming of the Lord Jesus Christ (1Th 3:13).
Outline Here is a proposed outline:
1. Paul’s Work of Faith in Thessalonica 1Th 2:1-16
2. Paul’s Efforts to Return to Thessalonica 1Th 2:17-20
3. Paul Sends Timothy to Thessalonica 1Th 3:1-5)
4. The Thessalonians Encourage Paul by Receiving Timothy 1Th 3:6-10
5. Paul’s Prayer for the Thessalonians 1Th 3:11-13
Fuente: Everett’s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures
The Sanctification of the Believer – After opening his first epistle to the Thessalonians with a brief Salutation (1Th 1:1), and after introducing the work of divine election in the lives of the Thessalonians from the perspective of the Holy Spirit (1Th 1:2-10), Paul spends the entire body of the letter fully developing the three-fold aspect of divine election. He discusses the role of the Holy Spirit in sanctifying the believer by explaining the process of that a person goes through in order to be fully sanctified, spirit, soul and body (1Th 5:23).
Outline – Note the proposed outline:
A. Sanctification of Man’s Spirit 1Th 2:1 to 1Th 3:13
B. Sanctification of Man’s Body 1Th 4:1-12
C. Sanctification of Man’s Mind 1Th 4:13 to 1Th 5:11
1. The Rapture of the Church 1Th 4:13-18
2. The Day of the Lord 1Th 5:1-11
D. Commending Them Unto Their Leaders 1Th 5:12-13
E. Practical Examples of Sanctification 1Th 5:14-24
Fuente: Everett’s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures
Paul’s Manner of Working in Thessalonica. 1Th 2:1-12
He came with the humble desire to serve God:
v. 1. For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you that it was not in vain;
v. 2. but even after that we had suffered before, and were shamefully entreated, as you know, at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the Gospel of God with much contention.
v. 3. For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile;
v. 4. but as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the Gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God, which trieth our hearts.
v. 5. For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloak of covetousness; God is witness;
v. 6. nor of men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome, as the apostles of Christ. The apostle here takes up the thought which he had broached in chap. 1:9, of his first coming to Thessalonica: For yourselves know, brethren, our entrance to you, that it was not vain. He had, in the first chapter, spoken of the voluntary testimony which he heard from others as he continued his work in Achaia. Here he appeals to their knowledge of the situation, at the same time forestalling or removing any doubts that may meanwhile have arisen in the minds of the Thessalonians as to the soundness of the teaching which they had accepted and as to the wisdom of their having accepted the new doctrine so quickly. The thought may have been suggested to them that, after all, the name, the faith, the hope of the Christians was a thing of vanity, and that they, therefore, were suffering for it to no purpose. So Paul emphasizes that his visit to them was not a matter of foolishness and vanity, but a mission of vital success.
To drive this thought home, Paul now goes into historical details: But having before suffered and been insulted, as you know, in Philippi, we took bold confidence in our God to speak to you the Gospel of God with intense earnestness. These words of Paul substantiate the account of Luke in Act 16:1-40. Paul and Silas, although Roman citizens, had been grossly ill-treated by the rulers at Philippi, the so-called praetors, being both scourged and thrown into prison in opposition to Roman law. Of this insulting treatment the Thessalonians knew, the wounds of Paul and Silas having probably not yet been healed when they reached their city. In spite of this outrage, however, Paul had pushed forward, according to the command of the Lord, Mat 10:23, bringing the Gospel to other cities and to Thessalonica first of all. In doing so, Paul had made use of all boldness and courage in proclaiming the Gospel, relying, as he did, upon the power of God, not upon his own natural talents and fearlessness. With the most intense earnestness and zeal had he labored among them, even at the peril of his life. This is the spirit which should at all times actuate the ministers of the Gospel, making them willing to do all and bear all for the sake of the Master and His precious news of salvation.
There had not been so much as a tinge of selfishness in Paul’s ministry: For our appeal is not from fraud, nor out of uncleanness, nor in guile, but even as we have been tested by God to be entrusted with the Gospel, so we speak, not as pleasing men, but God, who proves our hearts. Paul’s appeal to men in the work of his ministry, his exhortation, his admonition, was free from impure, sinister motives. He himself was not the victim of fraud and error; he had not been deceived into becoming a servant of Christ; he was not the victim of a superstition, of a delusion. He was, moreover, not engaged in the work of the ministry from foul, impure motives, including covetousness and selfishness. Nor had he, in turn, made use of guile and cunning with the object of deceiving his hearers; all dishonest tricks of cheating and ensnaring were far from him. His mission was very emphatically not the outcome of self-seeking. But the situation was rather this: As God, who tests the hearts, had attested his fitness to be entrusted with the Gospel, so he was speaking the news of salvation, so he was preaching sin and grace, with no thought of pleasing men. It was God, who knows the hearts of men, that had chosen the apostle for his office. Paul did not assume any worthiness of his own, but he exalted the authority of God. See 1Ti 1:12. By reason of this commission he considered himself under obligations not to engage men’s minds by flattering proposals nor to adapt his preaching to their tastes, but to consult only the pleasure of God, who, as the Judge of hearts, would soon expose and judge impure motives and selfish objects.
The apostle enlarges upon this thought still more fully: For neither at any time did we indulge in talk of flattery, as you know, nor in pretense of self-seeking, God is witness, nor seeking praise from men, neither from you nor from others, although we might have been burdensome as the apostles of Christ. Flattering talk invariably indicates selfishness and a striving to gain private ends. In this respect he called upon the Thessalonians as witnesses; they knew that he had not used flattery, that he had not attempted to please them by such methods. For the other fact, in turn, that he made use of no pretense for the purpose of self-seeking, that he had no selfish aims in his heart, he calls upon God as witness, appealing to Him who tests hearts and minds. That there was no selfish ambition in his heart appeared finally from the fact that he did not seek praise and honor from men, as he pointedly says, neither from the Thessalonians nor from anybody else. This disinterestedness stands out all the more strongly, since Paul might well have been burdensome to the Thessalonians, he might have used his authority, he might have assumed the dignity which was his as the apostle of Christ, and demanded honoring recognition of his position, and that of Silas, from them. Note: All persons that hold positions of authority in the Church will do well to pattern after St. Paul in this respect, since it is only in exceptional cases that the dignity of their office receives the recognition which it deserves in the estimation of men.
Fuente: The Popular Commentary on the Bible by Kretzmann
EXPOSITION
CONTENTS.Paul turns from the reports of others to the experience of the readers. They themselves knew that his entrance was not powerless; although maltreated in Philippi, he was emboldened to preach the gospel at Thessalonica. His preaching did not proceed either from delusion on his part or from a desire to delude others. He felt approved by God, and was actuated by no improper motives: he sought neither their praise nor their money; so far from insisting on his apostolic rights, he was gentle among them, and conducted himself with the tenderness of a nursing mother toward her children; and so far from his ministry being a pretext for covetousness, he had labored for his own support; and thus he could confidently appeal to the Thessalonians as witnesses of the blamelessness of his conduct And as his entrance among them was not powerless, so he thanked God that it resulted in their reception of the gospel; they had embraced it as the word of God, and had not shunned persecution for its sake; they had in’ this become the imitators of the Churches in Judaea. The apostle then alludes to his earnest desires to see them; twice he had attempted to come to Thessalonica, and twice he had been prevented by the machinations of Satan. They were very dear to himthe objects of his tender affections, and the source of his rejoicing before the Lord Jesus Christ at his coming.
1Th 2:1
For yourselves, brethren; in contrast to other persons. Not only do strangers report the power and efficacy of our preaching among you, but you yourselves arc experimentally acquainted with it. Know our entrance in unto you; referring, not merely to the mere preaching of the gospel to the Thessalonians, but to the entrance which the gospel found into their heartsto its coming, not in word only, but also in power (1Th 1:5). That it was not in vain; not empty, useless, to no purpose,descriptive of the character of the apostolic entrance among them. Our entrance among you was not powerless, unreal; on the contrary, it was mighty, energetic, powerful. The reference is chiefly to the manner or mode in which Paul and his companions preached the gospel, though not entirely excluding the success of the gospel among the Thessalonians (comp. l Corinthians 15:14, “And if Christ be not risen, then is our preaching vain, and your faith is also vain”).
1Th 2:2
But even after we had suffered before, and were shamefully entreated. As the word here rendered “suffered before” does not in itself imply that the sufferings were unjust, the apostle adds, “and were shamefully entreated.” As ye know, at Philippi. We are informed, in the Acts of the Apostles, that Paul and Silas were publicly scourged and cast into prison; and scourging with rods was regarded as an ignominious punishment, and therefore was forbidden to be inflicted on Roman citizens, such as Paul and Silas were. “They have beaten us openly uncondemned, being Romans, and have cast us into prison” (Act 16:37). We were bold in our God to speak unto you. The word here rendered “bold“ denotes boldness or freedom of speech; and hence some render the clause, “We were bold of speech in our God, so as to speak unto you” (Ellicott). Perhaps, however, as the verb “to speak” follows, it is better to render the clause,” We were confident in our God to speak;” or “emboldened to speak” (R.V., “we waxed bold”). This boldness or confidence was in our God, that is, on account of our fellowship or union with him. The gospel of God. The genitive of origin, denoting, not merely that God was the Object, but that he was the Author of the gospel. With much contention; or, in much conflict (R.V.), alluding to the peril and danger with which Paul preached the gospel in Thessalonica.
1Th 2:3
For our exhortation. This word has a twofold signification, denoting both “exhortation” and “consolation;” when it refers to the moral conduct it denotes exhortation, but when it is an address to a sufferer it denotes consolation. In the gospel these two meanings are blended together. Was not of deceit. Not in the sense of guile, which would be tantological, but simply “error,“ without any direct evil intent; our gospel was not a delusionwe were not ourselves deceived. Nor of uncleanness; a word usually employed to denote sensuality, and in this sense the meaning isWe did not, like the heathen in their worship, give occasion to unclean practices: “We have corrupted no man” (2Co 7:2). The word, however, may be taken in a more general sense, as denoting impurity of disposition, impure motives: such as the impure desire of applause or of gain, to which the apostle afterwards alludes. Or of guile. As we were not ourselves deceived, so neither did we attempt to deceive others. The apostle did not adapt his religion, an. Mahomet, to suit the prejudices or passions of men; he did not employ any seductive or temporizing arts; but he boldly went in the face of the prevailing religions of the age, both of the Jews and of the Gentiles.
1Th 2:4
But; in contrast. As; according as. We were allowed. The old English for “approved.” Of God. The word rendered “allowed” signifies tried, tested as gold is tested in the fire, and hence also the result of that trial, “approved.” As we were esteemed worthy to be put in trust with the gospel; entrusted with its publication. Even so; in this condition of approval and trust. We speak, not as pleasing men, but God, that trieth. The same verb that is rendered “allowed” in the first part of the verse; hence “proverb,” or “approveth.” Our hearts. Not a general statement, “God who is the Discerner of the heart;” but “our hearts,” namely, of us, the publishers of the gospelPaul and Silas and Timothy; thus appealing to God, as the infallible Judge of their sincerity.
1Th 2:5
For; confirming the statement that the preachers of the gospel did not seek to please men, but God. Neither at any time used we flattering words; endeavoring to gain you by flattery and praise; we did not pander to your feelings; we did not soften the demands of the gospel. As ye know, nor a cloakor pretextof covetousness. We did not use the gospel as a pretext to mask our real motive, which was covetousness, pretending to seek your spiritual good, whereas in reality we sought our own advantage. Paul could with perfect confidence appeal to his converts, and say, “I have coveted no man’s silver, or gold, or apparel” (Act 20:33). He was free from all sinister motives. “He did not use words such as flattery uses, or pretexts such as covetousness” (Jowett). God is witness. Paul appeals to the Thessalonians themselves that he had not used flattering words; so now he appeals to God that the motive of his conduct was not covetousness. Men can judge the external conduct, they can hear the flattering words; but God only can know the motive of actionhe only can discern the covetousness.
1Th 2:6
Nor of (or, from) men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome. These words admit of two meanings. The apostle may refer to his refusal to seek maintenance from the Thessalonians, and in this sense become a burden to them. But such a meaning does not suit the context; and besides: this refusal of maintenance is afterwards alluded to by the apostle. The reference here is not to maintenance, but to glory: we did not seek glory from you, when we might have been burdensome, when we might have done so. Hence the word is to be taken in the sense of honor, importance; when we might have claimed honor. Asin virtue of our character asthe apostles of Christ. Paul does not speak of himself alone, but he includes Silas and Timothy, and therefore the word “apostles” is to be taken, not in its restricted, but in its wider meaning.
1Th 2:7
But. The apostle now describes iris conduct positively. We were gentle; a word used of the amiable conduct of a superior toward an inferior, as of a master toward a servant, a prince toward his subjects, or a father toward his children. “The servant of God must not strive, but be gentle toward all men” (2Ti 2:24). Some manuscripts read, “We were babes among you”the difference being only the addition of another letter. Among you; in our intercourse with you. Even as a nurse; or rather, a nursing mother, for the children arc her own. Cherisheth; the word employed for birds warming and cherishing their young. Her children. A stronger expression of tenderness and love could hardly be made. Even as a nursing mother dedicates her life for her infant; so, says Paul, we are willing to dedicate ourselves for you. Some important manuscripts read the verse thus: “But we were babes among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children;” but this arises from an obvious error of the transcriber.
1Th 2:8
So being affectionately desirous of you; a strong expression in the original: “being filled with earnest love for you.” We were willing. The word denotes a predetermination of the will: “we esteemed it good.” To have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls. An evident climax: not only were we willing to preach the gospel of God to you, but more than this, to sacrifice our own lives for your advantage. The word here rendered “souls” denotes lives; and the meaning is that the apostle was willing to submit to death for the sake of the Thessalonians. The plural “we” still implies Paul and Silas and Timothy. The thought isAs a nursing mother not only nourishes tier children, but is also ready to sacrifice her life for them; so the apostle not only nourished his spiritual children with the pure milk of the gospel, but was ready to sacrifice his own life for their spiritual maintenance; thus expressing in the strongest manner the womanly tenderness of the apostle toward his converts. Because ye were dear unto us.
1Th 2:9
For; a proof or confirmation of this dearness of the Thessalonians to the apostle. Ye remember, brethren; recalling to their recollection his conduct when he was with them. Our labor and travail. These two terms frequently occur together (2Co 11:27; 2Th 3:8), and can hardly be distinguished; “labor,” or” toil,” is active, denoting exertion; “travail” is passive, denoting weariness or fatigue, the effect of the exertion. For laboring; in its strict meaning chiefly used of manual labor. Paul here refers to his working for his own support as a tent-maker. Night and day. Night precedes according to the Jewish mode of reckoning. It does not denote that the apostle made up by labor at night the loss of time during the day which his higher duties, as a preacher of the gospel, occasioned; that he wrought at his trade at night, and preached during the (lay; but the phrase, “night and day,” denotes incessantly, continually. Because we would not be chargeable to any of you. Not a proof of the poverty of the Church of Thessalonica; but the reason of this unselfish conduct of the apostle was that no hindrance should arise on his part to the spread of the gospel; that no imputation of selfishness or covetousness should be laid to his charge. As he had done at Thessalonica so the apostle acted in other places. Thus at the time he was writing this Epistle he was working for his support at Corinth (1Co 4:12; 2Co 11:9). And such was also his practice at Ephesus; for in his farewell address to the Ephesian elders he could appeal to them: “Yea, ye yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me” (Act 20:34). We preached unto you the gospel of God. Thus freely, without charge.
1Th 2:10
Ye are witnesses, and God also; ye of the outward conduct, and God of the motives which actuated us. How holily and justly and unblamably; “holily” denoting the apostle’s conduct to God, “justly” his conduct to man, and “unblamably” the negative side of both particulars. We behaved ourselves among you that believe. The apostle here refers to his own personal demeanor and to that of Silas and Timothy among them, in order that the Thessalonians might realize the purity of their conduct, and so might continue steadfast in their attachment to the gospel which they taught, He men-lions specially “them that believe,” not that He acted otherwise among those that did not believe, but because believers were cognizant of his conduct.
1Th 2:11
As ye know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you, as a father doth his children. The translation of this verse is somewhat faulty; it ought to be, as in the R.V., as ye know how we dealt with each one of you, as a father with his own children, exhorting you, and encouraging you, and testifying. Paul here changes the image from that of a nursing mother to that of a father; because then he was speaking of his tender care for his converts, whereas here he speaks of the instructions and admonitions which he gave them; as a mother he nourished their spiritual life, and as a father he superintended their spiritual education. “Exhorting and comforting and charging;” representing three modes of the apostle’s instructions: “exhorting” denotes also encouraging and consoling; “comforting” denotes supporting and sustaining (“Comfort the feeble minded,” 1Th 5:14); and “charging” denotes testifying or protestinga solemn pressing home of the exhortation to the hearers.
1Th 2:12
That (or, to the end that) ye would walk worthy of God; so as to adorn the gospel of God. So in the Epistle to the Colossians: “That ye would walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing” (Col 1:10). Who hath called you; or, as the best attested manuscripts read, who calleth you. To his kingdom and glory. Not to be weakened as if it were a Hebraism for “his glorious kingdom,” or “the kingdom of his glory;” but the kingdom and glory are to be viewed as two different objects. “God called you to Ms kingdom,” namely, the Messianic kingdom which he has established on earth; and which will be completely realized at the advent. And “God called you to his glory,” namely, the glory which is in reserve for all the members of his kingdom.
1Th 2:13
For this cause. Not because God has called you to his kingdom and glory, but, referring to what follows, because of your reception of’ the gospel. We thank God. Although the reception of the gospel was in one sense the free and voluntary act on the part of the Thessalonians; yet in another sense it was the act of God who ordained them to accept the gospel; their belief was an operation of God in them. Without ceasing, because, when ye received the Word of God which ye heard of us; literally, because when ye receive, d from us the Word of hearing, which is of God. The gospel is called “the Word of hearing,” because it came by hearing; hence “the Word heard,” or “the Word of the message” (R.V.). It is further designated “of God”the Word whose Author is God. Ye received it not as the word of menas if it were of human originbut as it is in truth, the Word of Godof Divine originwhich effectually worketh. The pronoun may refer to God, “who effectually worketh,” or better to the Word of God, as the principal subject of the sentence. Also in you that believe. The gospel was powerful as respects the preachers, and effectual as respects the hearers.
1Th 2:14
For ye, brethren, became followers; or rather, imitators, namely, in the endurance of suffering for the sake of the gospel, not in intention only, but in reality. Of the Churches Of God which in Judaea are in Christ Jesus. These Churches arc mentioned as being at this early period the most prominent. The special mention of persecution by the Jews has its origin in the fact that it was by the unbelieving Jews that Paul was persecuted at Thessalonica. For ye also have suffered like things of your own countrymen. One of the proofs that the Church of Thessalonica was Gentile in its origin; as these countrymen were evidently Gentiles, being here distinguished from the Jews. From this it would seem that, after Paul and his companions had left Thessalonica, the persecution which arose against the Christians continued, and the Gentiles combined with the Jews in opposing the gospel. Even as theythe Churches of God in Judaeahave of the Jews. We learn from the Acts of the Apostles that the Jewish Christians in Judaea were exposed to severe persecution from their unbelieving countrymen: Stephen was put to death, and Paul himself, in his unconverted state, was a chief among the persecutors.
1Th 2:15
Who both killed the Lord Jesus; emphatic, to point out the greatness of their wickedness. And their own prophets; or, as some manuscripts read, and the prophets. This crime was often laid to the charge of the Jews: thus, by our Lord, “Ye are witnesses unto yourselves, that ye are the children of them which killed the prophets” (Mat 23:31); and by the protomartyr Stephen, “Which of the prophets have not your fathers persecuted?” (Act 7:25.) And have persecuted us; literally, driven us out, as Paul and Silos were expelled from Thessalonica. And they please not God, but are contrary to all men. The hatred and contempt which the Jews bore to other nations is noticed by Tacitus, Juvenal, and other heathen writers. Thus Tacitus writes of them: “They are faithful to obstinacy, and merciful toward themselves, but toward all others are actuated by the most irreconcilable hatred (odium humani generis).” And Juvenal says, “They will not show the road to one who was not of their religion, nor lead the thirsty person if uncircumcised to the common spring.” Perhaps, however, the apostle refers here, not to the enmity of the Jews to the human race in general, though perfectly cognizant of their bigotry and intolerance; as this enmity was a perversion of their peculiar distinction as he people of God; but rather to their opposition to his preaching the gospel to the Gentilesto their extreme reluctance that the Gentiles along with themselves should be admitted into the kingdom of God.
1Th 2:16
Forbidding usby contradicting, blaspheming, slandering, laying snaresto speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved. Not that the Jews were averse to the proselytism of the Gentiles, provided they were circumcised -rod kept the Law of Moses; on the contrary, Judaism at this period was a proselytizing religion; but their great objection to the preaching of the gospel was that the preachers did not insist on the Gentiles becoming Jews before they became Christians. And, accordingly, we learn from the Acts of the Apostles that the unbelieving Jews were the most violent and implacable enemies of the gospel. Of the numerous persecutions mentioned in the Acts, there were only two, namely, those at Philippi and Ephesus, which were not occasioned by the Jews. To fill up their sins always; so that the measure of their iniquity became full to overflowing. Their forbidding the apostles to preach to the Gentiles was the last drop which caused the cup of their iniquity to overflow (cutup. Gen 15:16, “The iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full”). The remark of Professor Jowett is well worthy of notice: “In the beginning of sin and evil it seems as if men were free agents, and had the power of going on or of retreating. But as the crisis of their fate approaches, they are bound under a curse and the form in which their destiny presents itself to our minds is as though it were certain, ‘rod only a question of time how soon it is to be fulfilled.” For the wrath; that wrath which was predicted and is merited by them. “Wrath” is here used for punishment, which is the effect of wrath. Is come upon them to the uttermost; literally, to the end. The apostle here refers to the judgments of God, which were impending on Jerusalem and the Jewish people; judgments which were fearfully executed in the awful sufferings they endured in the Jewish war, and in the destruction of their city by the Romans.
1Th 2:17
Here a new chapter ought to have commenced, passing on to another subject, the apostle’s desire to visit the Thessalonians. But we, brethren, being taken from you; literally, being bereaved of you (R.V.). For a short time; literally, for the space of an hour. And yet it was several years before the apostle revisited Thessalonica; but he here speaks of the short perioda space of six monthswhich had already separated them; not, as some suppose, that his mind was so full of the ideas of eternity that he overlooked all divisions of time. In presence, not in heart. Similar expressions are common in Paul’s Epistles, denoting his love for his converts; thus: “Though I be absent in the flesh, yet I am with you in the spirit” (Col 2:5). Endeavored the more abundantly to see your face with great desire; because our separation has been so short. As has been well observed, “Universal experience testifies that the pain of separation from friends and the desire to return to them are more vivid, the more freshly the remembrance of the departure is on the mind” (Lunemann).
1Th 2:18
Wherefore we would have come unto you, even I Paul. Paul distinguishes himself, because in all probability his companions, Silas and Timothy, had been at Thessalonica after he had left it. Once and again. Not used indefinitely, but referring to two separate attempts which Paul made to revisit the Thessalonians. But Satan hindered us; denoting, not the enemies of Christianity, but the devil, the author of all the hindrances in the kingdom of God. Paul here recognizes the personality of Satan, as the author of all evil, the great opponent of God and Christ. We are not informed by what instrumentality this hindrance of Satan took place. It may refer to the various persecutions against Paul, which prevented him returning to Thessalonica, and especially to that persecution raised against him in Beraea by the Jews of Thessalonica (Act 17:13). In one sense, indeed, the hindrances arose in the way of God’s providence, for under its direction all the journeys of Paul were placed, and Satan could not have hindered him from preaching the gospel in any quarter, unless by the Divine permission (comp. Act 16:7; Rom 1:13).
1Th 2:19
For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? or, glorying. The apostle calls the Thessalonians his “hope,” not because he anticipates any reward from their conversion, or because their conversion would counterbalance his former persecution of the Christians, but because he hoped to meet them in glory; he calls them his “joy,” because he would rejoice with them in their final salvation; and he calls them his “crown of rejoicing,” because he regards them as trophies of the victory of the gospel which he preached. Similarly he calls the Philippians “his joy and crown” (Php 4:1). Are not even ye; or rather, are not ye also?ye as well as other Christians? In the presence ofbeforeour Lord Jesus Christ at his coming; at the restoration of his Messianic kingdom.
1Th 2:20
For ye are our glory and joy. Some refer this verse to the present, and the former verse to the future; not merely at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but even now ye are our glory and joy. But there is no reason for this distinction; the words are merely confirmatory, and added from the fullness of the apostle’s emotions.
HOMILETICS
1Th 2:5, 1Th 2:6 – Motives of action,
Man judges us by our outward conduct; God by our internal disposition. The apostle appeals to God as a witness of the purity of his motives. He asserts that he was free from all desire of personal fame or interest. Can we make the same appeal and the same assertion?
1. Are we influenced by unworthy motives? Is covetousness, the desire of fame, or the love of power, the mainspring of our life?
2. Or are we influenced by worthy motives? Do we seek to please, not man, but God? Is the glory of God in Christ Jesus the chief end of our life and actions?
1Th 2:7, 1Th 2:11, 1Th 2:19 – The true pastorate.
1. Its qualities. Paul compares himself to a nursing mother and a father. A minister should resemble the one in his tenderness and loving sympathy, and the other in his wisdom and firmness.
2. Its mode: exhorting, comforting, and. charging.
3. Its reward:
(1) conversion of the hearers;
(2) a joyful meeting with them at the coming of the Lord.
1Th 2:12 – Our high and holy calling.
We ought to walk worthy of God, so as:
1. To obey God’s laws.
2. To imitate God’s moral perfections.
3. To enjoy God’s fellowship.
4. To adorn God’s gospel.
5. To promote God’s cause.
6. To live to God’s glory.
1Th 2:13 – The gospel a Divine revelation.
1. Negatively. The gospel is not the word of man; not the result of man’s wisdom; does not spring from a development of human thought; its doctrines are not within the sphere of the human intellect.
2. Positively. The gospel is the Word of God. This seen from its origin, its contents, and its efficacy.
1Th 2:16 – Beware of opposing the gospel.
The Jews did so. They endeavored to prevent the apostle preaching to the Gentiles, and wrath came upon them to the uttermost; and so will all opposition made to the gospel terminate (Psa 2:6, Psa 2:9). If we ourselves will not embrace the gospel, let us beware of throwing obstacles in the way of those who would. Especially let parents beware how they act toward their children when under religious impressions.
1Th 2:18 – The opposition of Satan to the gospel.
“Satan hindered us.”
I. THE PERSONALITY OF SATAN. Christ and Satan, the heads of two opposite empiresthe one the kingdom of light, and the other the kingdom of darkness; the one the source of all that is good, and the other the source of all that is evil.
II. THE AGENCY OF SATAN. He hindereth the spread of the gospel. He worketh in the children of disobedience. Mode of his operation; the instruments which he employs.
III. THE FINAL VICTORY OF CHRIST OVER SATAN. Though Satan hindereth the gospel, yet it is only for a season. “The God of peace shall bruise Satan under our feet shortly” (Rom 16:20).
HOMILIES BY T. CROSKERY
1Th 2:1-4 – Effectiveness of the gospel.
Entrance into Thessalonica. It was not necessary, however, to depend upon foreign testimony for the facts of the case, for the Thessalonians themselves were the best witnesses. “For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain,” but an effective living reality, a great and gracious success. The proof of the fact is contained in two circumstances.
I. THE BOLDNESS OF THE THREE PREACHERS, “But even after that we bad suffered before, and were shamefully entreated, as ye know, at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God with much conflict.” The insulting treatment the apostle had received at Philippi had not the effect of scaring him away, or of leading him to withdraw into Asia, leaving Europe to its fate. Such treatment would have deterred men of a different stamp. His boldness was not mere stoical courage, but based on faith, for he was “bold in our God,” and was equal to present perils as well as to past persecutions; for he spoke the gospel of God “in much conflict,” caused, as we know, by the league of violence which the Jews of Thessaionica formed with “lewd fellows of the baser sort” against the gospel.
II. THE SPIRIT AND METHOD OF THEIR MINISTRY. “For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile.” The matter is exhibited first negatively, and then positively.
1. Negatively. His persuasive exhibition of the truth was not
(1) “of deceit.” He was not deceived himselfbe had not “followed cunningly devised fables”neither did he design to deceive others, for he preached the truth as it is in Jesus. Therefore there was all the greater force and fervent and directness in his teaching.
(2) “Nor of uncleanness.” There were no impure or sinister ends in his teaching, implying love of gain; nor any disposition to tolerate those subtle forms of temptation which sometimes manifest themselves even under the guise of piety.
(3) “Nor in guile,” for he was straightforward and sincere in his methods, with “no cunning craftiness,” no maneuvers, no strategy; for they had” renounced the hidden things of dishonesty, not walking in craftiness, nor handling the Word of God deceitfully” (2Co 4:2).
2. Positively. The method of his preaching met with the Divine approval. “But as we were approved of God to be put in trust with the gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God, who trieth our hearts.”
(1) The gospel is a solemn trust, a rich treasure. There are many human trusts which men would rather shirk, but the apostle is not unwilling to accept this trust for the good of the world.
(2) He claims no independent worthiness for so sacred a trust. God gave him any worthiness or sufficiency he possessed. “Our sufficiency is of God, who also hath made us able ministers of the New Testament” (2Co 3:5, 2Co 3:6).
(3) He discharged his trust
(a) with a perfect disregard for men’s opinions about him (1Co 4:3);
(b) and with no desire to catch the favor of men. “Not as pleasing men; “for” as of sincerity, as of God, in the sight of God, speak we in Christ” (2Co 2:17). Not sacrificing truth [o the fancies or prejudices of men in order to secure their favor. If “he pleased men, he should not be the servant of God” (Gal 1:10).
(4) He had supreme and final regard to the all-seeing God, “who trieth the hearts,” who knows the springs of all actions, discovers all artifices, and brings all hidden things to light, lien look on the outward appearance. God “spares all beings but himself that awful sighta naked human heart.” He “seeth not as man seeth.” It is vain, therefore, to appear other than we are.T.C.
1Th 2:5-8 – The spirit and method of apostolic labor.
The apostle sets it forth under two aspects.
I. NEGATIVELY. “For neither at any time were we found using words of flattery, as ye know, nor a cloak of covetousness, God is witness; nor seeking glory of men.”
1. The apostle and his colleagues did not attempt to win their way by flattery, either by setting forth high views of human nature, or by holding men’s persons in admiration for the sake of advantage; for their gospel tended rather to humble man and subdue his pride. Flattery is a gross dishonor both to God and man, for it implies untruthfulness, and may become fatal in its results to easily deluded sinners. The apostle appealed to the Thessalonians in confirmation of his statement.
2. They did not use their position as a cloak of covetousness, as God could testify, who knows the heart. The apostle might say now, as he afterwards said to the elders of Ephesus, “I coveted no man’s silver, nor gold, nor apparel.” The false teachers were chargeable with covetousness, for “through covetousness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you” (2Pe 2:1, 2Pe 2:3). How emphatically the apostle insists upon ministers of the gospel being free from this vice! “Not greed, of filthy lucre.”
3. They were not fond of vain-glory. “Nor seeking glory of men, neither from you, nor from others, when we might have been burdensome as apostles of Christ,” or might have stood on their dignity as apostles of Christ. There is no allusion here to his claim to ministerial support, but rather to the position of magisterial dignity he might have assumed, with all its pomp and peremptoriness and sternness. His spirit at Thessalonica was not that of lordship over God’s heritage.
II. POSITIVELY. “But we were gentle in the midst of you, as when a nurse cherisheth her own children.”
1. They were gentle in their intercourse with their converts; unassuming and mild, with no haughty or imperious airs, challenging honor and homage. They acted in the very spirit of the good Shepherd. Long afterwards the apostle could remind one of his present colleagues that “the servant of the Lord must not strive, but be gentle to all men, apt to teach, patient, in meekness instructing those that oppose themselves” (2Ti 2:24-26). This gentleness, which is at once a fruit of the Spirit (Gal 5:22) and a characteristic of the “wisdom from above” (Jas 3:17), becomes all the more impressive when it is linked with the highest strength of character.
2. They were most affectionate in their intercourse with their converts. “Even so, being affectionately desirous of you, we were well pleased to impart to you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were become very dear to us.”
(1) Their yearning love was manifest:
(a) In their imparting the gospel to them. As their spiritual parents they travailed in birth till Christ was formed in them, and then they fed them thereafter with the sincere milk of the Word.
(b) In their readiness to risk their lives for the sake of their children in the faith. They verily carried their lives in their hands.
(2) This apostolic solicitude on their behalf sprung out of their deep love for the Thessalonians, as being at once the trophies of their ministry, and as being pre-eminently docile in their attitude toward the gospel and its preachers. There is hardly any stronger tie in this world than that which links together a spiritual father and his converts.T.C.
1Th 2:9 – A retrospect of his disinterested and self-sacrificing labors.
He next recalls the circumstances of his ardent and laborious ministry amongst them. “For ye remember, brethren, our labor and travail: working night and day, that we might not burden any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God.”
I. THE MINISTRY OF THE APOSTLE WAS ALWAYS LABORIOUS. He could say to the Corinthians that “he had approved himself as the minister of God in labors;” that “in labors he was more abundant” (2Co 6:4, 2Co 6:5; 2Co 11:23); exhausting his strength daily in his eager anxiety to reach the people with the gospel of God. If ever man went to the edge of his possibility, it was the Apostle Paul. The labor might be exhausting in itself, or on account of the obstacles thrown in his way, but it became the habit of his daily life.
II. IT WAS DOUBLY LABORIOUS AT THESSALONICA ON ACCOUNT OF THE NECESSITY HE IMPOSED UPON HIMSELF OF WORKING FOR HIS LIVING. Occupied in preaching or teaching through the day, he devoted his nights to his craft as a tent-maker.
1. The necessity in question was not imposed by either the Mosaic or the Christian Law. He showed to the Corinthians that alike natural justice, the Mosaic ordinance, and positive law, as announced by our Lord himself, required them to support the ministers of the gospel (1Co 9:1-27.). “They who preach the gospel shall also live of the gospel.”
2. It was a necessity based upon a high Christian expediency. At Corinth he thought good “not to use his power in the gospel,” and therefore preached the gospel there “without charge.” The malignity of Jewish enemies led him to avoid even the appearance of covetousness, or of attempting to “make a gain” of the Corinthians. We do not know under what circumstances he was led to pursue a similar course at Thessalonica. It may have been from similar accusations, or from a tendency he had observed among certain saints in the city to forswear work and go about as “busybodies.” But his policy was exceptional, and affords no rule in modern times unless the circumstances should again become exceptional.
3. It was a necessity cheerfully accepted for the good of the Thessalonians. He had but two means of support in the city.
(1) He was not supported by super natural means, like Elijah in the desert.
(2) He was occasionally helped by the thoughtful kindness of the Philippians. “I robbed other Churches,” he tells the Corinthians, “taking wages of them to do you service.” He tells the Philippians, “For even in Thessalonica ye sent once and again to my necessities” (Php 4:15-17).
(3) He had to supplement these occasional-gifts by “working with his own hands.” Every Jew had to learn a trade. The apostle thus dignifies common industry.T.C.
1Th 2:10-12 – Appeal alike to man and to God respecting his personal and his official work at Thessalonica.
This double appeal attests his profound sincerity.
I. CONSIDER HIS PERSONAL DEPORTMENT. “Ye are witnesses, and God, how holily, and justly, and unblamably we behaved ourselves among you that believe.” He touches on the twofold relationship of the Christian life toward God and toward man, for he had always exercised himself” to have a conscience void of offence toward man and God,” and strove “to give no offence in anything, that the ministry be not blamed” (Act 26:16; 2Co 6:3). He had striven to walk circumspectly in a world prone to suspect sinister ends even in the best of men. The apostle’s walk was on high, even as his calling was high.
II. CONSIDER HIS OFFICIAL DEPORTMENT. It was manifest in his method of dealing with his converts, and in the end which he kept steadily in view in all his ministry.
1. His method of dealing with his converts. “As ye know how we exhorted and comforted, and testified to each one of you as a father doth his children.”
(1) Mark the varieties in his mode of dealing with his converts.
(a) He exhorted them, for their position of persecution and temptation demanded that he “should give them much exhortation (Act 20:2).
(b) He comforted them, m the presence of many disquieting circumstances in their condition.
(c) He testified to them, exhibiting gospel truth with all urgency.
(2) Mark the affectionate spirit of his dealing with them: “As a father doth his children;” for he combined a father’s unwearying love with his power of direction and authority.
(3) Mark the individualizing interest in their welfare: “Each one of you.” Whether they were rich or poor, few or many, he passed by none of them. They all had a place in his heart.
2. The aim of all his affectionate and individualizing interest in their welfare. “That you would walk worthy of God, who calleth you into his kingdom and glory.” The duty here enjoined, “Walk worthy of God.” This implies
(1) conformity to his revealed will;
(2) adornment of the gospel by a holy walk;
(3) supreme regard to the obligations involved in the high calling of Godthese being necessitated by
(a) the nature of the call, which is not external, but spiritual;
(b) by the consideration of him who calls us;
(c) by the holy ends of the call;
(d) by the consideration of their high destiny:
for they are called to “his own kingdom and glory.” This kingdom is that which is established in the mediation of Christ, into which we enter by the gate of regeneration, and which reaches its full and final development in the second coming of Christ. The glory is that which he impresses upon his people here, and which receives its full manifestation hereafter.T.C.
1Th 2:13 – The Thessalonian reception of the truth.
The apostle had spoken of his own part in the work of grace; he now speaks of the manner in which his converts accepted the truth. “Ye are my witnesses; now I am yours.” His immediate ground of thankfulness was that they had received, not man’s word, but God’s, and that the Word was so thoroughly efficacious. “For this cause also thank we God without ceasing, because when ye received the Word of God which ye heard of us, ye received not the word of men, but as it is in truth, the Word of God.”
I. THEY APPRECIATED THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE WORD OF MEN AND THE WORD OF GOD.
1. They first heard it no doubt with interest and docility of spirit. “Faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the Word of God.” The Word was not read but heard in the preaching of the apostles; it was no discovery of their own mind.
2. They received it as an external fact made known to them by man.
3. They welcomed it with the inner acceptance of faith. It was “mixed with faith in them that heard it” (Heb 4:2). It was “the joy and the rejoicing of their heart” (Jer 15:16).
4. Their glad acceptance of it was conditioned upon its Divine origin. It was not man’s word, representing a new speculation in philosophy or ethics; it was “the Word of God” (Rom 10:14). It was therefore
(1) an infallible Word;
(2) bearing the impress of Divine authority;
(3) and therefore to be received with reverence and love.
II. THEY MANIFESTED THE POWER OF THE TRUTH IN THEIR LIVES. “Which effectually worketh also in you that believe.”
1. This effectual operation is conditioned upon their faith. “The Word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it” (Heb 4:2). The gospel is only to the believer “the power of God to salvation” (Rom 1:16).
2. Its power was manifest in quickening, enlightening, sanctifying, and comforting under all afflictions and persecutions.T.C.
1Th 2:14-16 – The evidence of the effectual working of the Divine Word.
They were able to imitate the patience and constancy of the Judaean Churches under great persecutions. These Churches were referred to probably because they were the oldest Churches, and the most severely persecuted.
I. IT IS A HIGH HONOR AS WELL AS PRIVILEGE FOR CHURCHES TO BE SELECTED AS PATTERNS OF PATIENCE TO OTHER CHURCHES. “For ye, brethren, became followers of the Churches of God which in Judaea are in Christ Jesus.” We are first to be imitators of Christ, then of all who follow in his steps, who keep on “looking to Jesus” (Heb 12:2). There were many Churches in Judaea, for Christianity was founded by Jews; its first converts were Jews; its first martyrs were Jews; and the Churches among them rejoiced in the fellowship of Christ, as the Source of their life and comfort.
II. THE PATH OF THE THESSALONIANS WAS ONE OF SEVERE TRIAL AND CONTINUOUS PERSECUTION. “For ye also have suffered like things from your own countrymen, even as they from the Jews.”
1. They had received the Word “in much affliction.” (1Th 1:6.) The first outbreak of violence against them occurred after their conversion (Act 17:5). They belonged to one of those Churches of Macedonia of which the apostle long afterwards wrote to the Corinthians as “enduring a great trial of affliction.” It came from their heathen countrymen.
2. Their trials attested the genuineness of their conversion. The heathen would have had no quarrel with a dead faith. The Thessalonians did not “sleep as did others.” They discovered by sharp experience that “all that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution” (2Ti 3:12).
3. Their trials involved the precious experience of a “fellowship in Christ‘s sufferings.” (Php 3:10.)
4. Their trials manifested at once the strength of their faith and their Christian constancy.
III. IT WAS SOME COMFORT TO THE THESSALONIANS TO KNOW THAT THEY WERE NOT THE ONLY SUFFERERS FROM THE FURY OF PERSECUTORS. “Even as they have of the Jews: who both killed the Lord Jesus, and their own prophets, and drave us out.” This terrible invective against the Jews illustrates the saying that the apostle often “goes off at a word.” It recalls the language of Stephen before his murderers (Act 7:52). The malignity of the Jews against their believing countrymen was extreme.
1. The Jews were murderers of Jesus and the prophets. Though the Savior was executed by the Romans, the responsibility of the terrible deed rests on the Jews, who “fur envy” delivered him up, and “killed the Prince of life.” They likewise killed their own prophets, whose very sepulchers they afterwards built and garnished. What wonder, then, that the Thessalonian converts should escape!
2. The Jews, though zealous for God, did not please him. “They pleased not God,” but rather provoked him to anger by their unbelief and their wickedness.
3. They were at cross-purposes with all mankind. They were “contrary to all men.” They were anti-social, exclusive, and bitter, so that the heathen Tacitus could describe them as “holding an attitude of hostility and hatred to the human race.” But it was specially manifest in their resistance to the calling of the Gentiles”forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they may be saved. The Acts of the Apostles supply abundant evidence of this fact.
4. The end to which all this wickedness toward God and man was tending. “To fill up their sins at all times.”
(1) God often allows nations to complete the sum of their wickedness before bringing upon them final retribution. “The iniquity of the Amorites was not yet full” (Gen 15:16).
(2) The judgment upon the Jews was at hand”but the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.” “There is now nothing between it and them.” The destruction of Jerusalem was still future, but “the days of vengeance were already come.” The fire was already burning, which would never be quenched till the vengeance was complete. The apostle seems to regard the moment of the rejection of the Messiah as marking the outpouring of the Divine wrath. The history of the Jews from that moment is a significant commentary on the passage.T.C.
1Th 2:17, 1Th 2:18 – The apostle’s anxiety to visit the Thessalonians.
His departure had been very sudden, but he had never ceased to regret his separation from them.
I. HIS GRIEF AT THE SEVERANCE OF PERSONAL INTERCOURSE WITH THEM. “But we, brethren, being bereaved of you for a short season in presence, not in heart.” The term is expressive of the orphan-feeling felt by children deprived of their parents, or of parents bereaved of their children. He seems to say like Jacob, “If I am bereaved of my children, I am bereaved.”
1. His grief was a proof of his deep affection for them. Grace intensifies all right human affections.
2. Absence, instead of weakening, rather strengthened his desire to see them again face to face. Neither time nor distance could diminish his interest in them.
II. THE SEPARATION WAS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWED BY SEVERAL ATTEMPTS TO REVISIT THEM. “We endeavored the more exceedingly to see your face with great desire.” The difficulties were great, but he tried once and again to get back to Thessalonica, probably in the period when Silas and Timothy were temporarily gone from him.
III. THE OBSTACLES TO HIS RETURN. “But Satan hindered us.”
1. The apostle believed in the existence of a personal evil spirit as well as in his steadfast resistance to the kingdom of God in all its interests. He was “not ignorant of Satan’s devices.”
2. The obstacles may have arisen through Satan inciting evil men to raise conflicts and tribulations round the apostle, so as to allow of no leisure for the projected visit.
IV. THE GROUND OF HIS ANXIETY TO REVISIT THEM. “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye before our Lord Jesus at his coming?” He did not desire to have his labor in vain.
1. They were closely identified with his own future honor and happiness, by the hope that they would not be “ashamed at Christ’s coming,” but would be “his joy and crown of rejoicing.” He would then “rejoice in the day of Christ that he had not run in vain, neither labored in vain” (Php 2:15, Php 2:16). Therefore he longed to be near to them that “he might impart to them some spiritual gift,” and watch over the walk of his spiritual children.
2. It‘s wish implies
(1) that there will be degrees of glory in heaven according to the measures of a minister’s usefulness;
(2) that he will be able to identify his converts in heaven.T.C.
HOMILIES BY B.C. CAFFIN
1Th 2:1-12 – The characteristics of St. Paul’s preaching at Thessalonica.
I. APPEAL TO THE RECOLLECTION OF THE THESSALONIANS.
1. His first appearance among them had not been in vain. Others had borne witness to its results. That testimony was true; the Thessalonians knew it themselves. The apostle appeals to them in all the confidence of Christian simplicity. Perfectly sincere and single-hearted himself, he knew that as a body they had appreciated the purity of his motives. They could bear testimony (he knew that they would gladly do so) that his preaching from the beginning had not been empty talk, but full of energy and life and fire. It is a blessed thing, this mutual confidence between a pastor and his flock.
2. His previous sufferings had not abated his zeal He had been cruelly treated at Philippi; he bore the marks of the lictors’ rods when he entered Thessalonica. It did not damp his ardor. His Lord had endured the cross, despising the shame, for the joy that was set before him. For the same joy, the great joy of saving souls, St. Paul was content to suffer, and, if need be, to die. Troubles soon came upon him in Thessalonica. He preached amid much conflict, but he was full of courage.
3. His courage was of God. We were bold in our God. It was he who gave them boldness, he who taught them what to speak; they felt that it was not they, but the Spirit of God who spoke in them. They abode in him, in his encompassing, irradiating presence, within the sphere of his gracious influence; hence came their utterance, their boldness of speech.
4. For their gospel (our gospel, he calls it in 1Th 1:5) was the gospel of God. They were the messengers, but he had given the message. It was his glad tidings; it came from him, and it brought tidings of him, of his will, of his justice, of his love; it told men of a Creator, a Savior, a Sanctifier. It was a high mission to preach that blessed gospel; the sense of its unspeakable preciousness inspired their burning words.
II. WHAT THEIR PREACHING WAS NOT. The Jews had tried to poison the minds of the Thessalonians against the apostle; they imputed low, earthly motives to him. St. Paul repudiates their insinuations.
1. There was no mixture of selfish motive. Their preaching was not of error or of deceit. They were not deceived themselves, they did not deceive others. They did not belong to the crowd of wandering impostors like Simon Magus, or Elymas the sorcerer. They knew certainly the truth of their mission. St. Paul had seen the Lord; what he delivered to the Thessalonians he had first received of the Lord. He knew this from the sure evidence of experience. His own truthfulness was manifest; the mighty change that had come over his life, the greatness of his sacrifices proved it. There was no uncleanness (as, perhaps, some of his enemies maliciously suggested), no impurity of any kind, attaching to his exhortation or his conduct. None who knew him could charge him with such things. But a life of self-sacrifice for the sake of souls was unexampled. He was the first missionary who had traversed Asia Minor, and now came to Europe for that lofty purpose. The mass of men, whether Jews or heathens, could not understand his noble character; it was high above them. They judged him by themselves. They were incapable of such self-denial for the sake of others; they could not believe in it; they had- no faith in love, in purity, in high religious motive. Such a life, too, if real, if genuine, was a rebuke to them. It angered them. They could not bear to think of its contrast with their own life; it was like light and darkness. And so they believed, or forced themselves to believe, that it was not genuine. A true life like St. Paul’s seemed to them above human natureimpossible, inexplicable. And they said that it was not true; they attributed his actions to vulgar motives, to low selfish designs.
2. There was no covetousness. His life was not one of pretences, fair words serving to conceal the covetousness which (so said his enemies) was his real motive. But his treasure was in heaven. He had suffered the loss of all things for Christ. He had in him a hidden treasure, a pearl of great price, for which he was content to count all else as loss. He could not covet earthly gold who had the true riches. But he had to endure this among other slanders. It was said of him at Corinth (2Co 12:17; 2Co 7:2). He was obliged to take with him delegates of the Churches to assist him in the administration of alms, that he might avoid blame (2Co 8:20, 2Co 8:21). What a sad proof of the meanness of human nature that such a motive should be attributed to such a man!
3. There was no desire of glory. They did not seek to please men, but God. They knew that God tried the hearts, and, knowing that, they sought only to approve their inner and outer life to him. We labor, said St. Paul (2Co 5:9), it is our ambition to be well pleasing unto him. God had proved them; he had entrusted them with the gospel.
It was a high privilege. St. Paul counted it so; he magnified his office. He sought for nothing else. The great work of winning souls was, he well knew, of all works the highest and the noblest. God was proving their hearts now. He, the Searcher of hearts, knew their work through and through. He knew the inner Ere of thought and motive, as well as the outer life of word and action. They fully recognized this great truth. They knew that their motives were pure and unselfish. God knew it too. It was all they wanted. They sought not praise of men. They had no pleasure in flattery; they did not flatter others. That the Thessalonians knew. God knew the purity of their motives. “God is witness,” they could say. How blessed that life must be which could thus appeal to his all-seeing eye! They were apostles of Christ; St. Paul in the highest sense, Silvanus and Timotheus in the more extended meaning of the word. St. Paul may, indeed, be using the plural number of himself only; more probably in this place he includes his companions. They might have claimed honor for themselves; they might have made men feel the weight of their apostolic dignity. But they sought not glory from men. They had overcome that temptation which is so strong in most men, the “last infirmity of noble minds,” the desire of earthly glory.
III. WHAT THEIR PREACHING WAS.
1. They were gentle. There is very strong manuscript evidence for nh&pioi, babes. If that is the true reading, St. Paul means that their character was one of childlike simplicity, free from selfish motives; they were babes in malice, but men in understanding (1Co 14:20). But “gentle” suits the context better. “The servant of the Lord must not strive, but be gentle unto all men.” St. Paul adduces the most touching type of human tendernessthe nursing mother cherishing her own children, warming them in her bosom. Such had been his gentleness among his children after the faith. He had sought to win them by gentle words. He had told them of the gentleness of Christ. He had set before them the attractive picture of the Savior’s tender love. Gentleness wins more hearts than sternness. The apostle knew the terrors of the Lord. He could remind his converts of the awful things beyond the grave. “We must all appear before the judgment-seat of Christ.” But he knew that love is a more powerful motive than fear. “Perfect love casteth out fear.” The cross of Jesus Christ draweth all men to the Savior, because it is the manifestation of that love that passeth knowledgethe love of Jesus Christ.
2. They u, ere actuated by the strong love of souls. The Thessalonians had become very dear to them. They had not known them long, but they recognized them as sheep of that little flock which the Lord Jesus bids those who love him to feed for his love’s sake. Thus loving them, they were affectionately desirous of their salvation. They were ready to give them not only the blessed gospel, but their own selves, their own lives, in humble imitation of the good Shepherd who laid down his life for the sheep. They had exposed themselves to the greatest dangers for the work’s sake; for that work they were ready, if need be, to die. The love of souls is the essential requisite for real success in the sacred work of the ministry. Other qualifications may win the praise of men; but the true work of winning souls can be wrought only by those who have learned from the blessed Savior something of that holy love which burned in the sacred heart of Jesus.
3. They were absolutely disinterested. They would not be burdensome to their new converts. The Philippian Church had twice sent help to the apostle during his residence at Thessalonica (Php 4:16). That help he had accepted; it was unasked, freely given. He welcomed it for the sake of the givers, as an evidence of their love. But the gifts, though very precious as a proof of Christian charity, were probably small in themselves; the Philippian Church was very poor. It seems also to have been a season of scarcity; times were bad. The missionaries had to labor for their livelihood. St. Paul’s craft, weaving tent-cloth of goats’ hair, was hard, wearisome, ill-paid work. He had to labor night and day. Yet he achieved those great results. He had but the sabbath to himself. Three sabbath days he spent in reasoning with the Jews, and preaching Jesus in the synagogue at Thessalonica; other days he had to work, to work hard and long, for his daily bread. The Greeks despised manual labor; they called it vulgar; they left such work to slaves. The apostle teaches by his own example the dignity of honest labor, the dignity of true Christian independence. Probably the Thessalonians could have helped him. “Not a few of the chief’ women” had become Christians. They must, one thinks, have been willing. St. Paul must have had reasons for declining their aid, as he afterwards declined the aid of the Corinthians (2Co 11:9, 2Co 11:10). How these thoughts increase our admiration of the great apostle! Amid all these difficulties, all these cares, all this engrossing labor, he preached with power, with perseverance, with success such as only an ardent love of souls, only the presence of God the Holy Ghost, could give.
4. They set a high example. The Thessalonians saw their outward life; God could read the secrets of their hearts. That life was pure and holy towards God, just and righteous in its relations to men. The Christians of Thessalonica knew that they were blameless. Others might, perhaps, be busy with their insinuations; unbelievers might suggest this or that unworthy motive. The Christians had learned to know St. Paul and his companions. They knew the sincerity, the purity of their lives. Nay, St. Paul could fearlessly appeal to a higher Witnessto the all-seeing God. Example is a mighty aid in preaching the gospel. Deeds are more persuasive than words. A holy life is an evidence of the reality of those spiritual facts which the preacher describes in words.
5. They taught their converts individually. They were not contented with preaching in the synagogues every sabbath day; they taught from house to house. The converts were many, we read in the Acts of the Apostles. Chrysostom wonders at their zeal in omitting no one in so great a multitude. They sought out each, caring for each separate soul, sharing the angels’ joy over one sinner that repenteth. They tried all means of winning souls. They exhorted, stirring the souls of men with burning words, suggesting nobler views of human life and destiny; they comforted, encouraging the afflicted, the despondent, the penitent, by the glad tidings of pardon, peace, and hope; they testified, urging their converts by every constraining motive to persevere in the Christian life. And all this they did with such earnestness, with such affectionate interest, with such love as a father shows towards his own children. A bright example of the pastor’s work.
6. The purport of their exhortation. God was calling them; they must walk worthily of that high calling. He was calling them into his kingdom now, into the kingdom which Christ had come to foundhis Church. They had become children of the kingdom. He was calling them higher yet, to his glory, to the beatific vision, that the Savior’s prayer might be fulfilled, “I will that they whom thou hast given me be with me where I am, that they may behold my glory which thou hast given me.” Their walk in life must show the reality of their hope. Walk implies movement, change of place and scene. As they move hither and thither in the course of their daily lives, in their business, in their amusements, they must ever think of that high calling, and live according to their hopes. Their religion was not to be confined to the sabbath, to the synagogue, to the hours spent on their knees in private prayer; they must carry it everywhere with them; it must guide, stimulate, comfort, encourage in all the varying circumstances of daily life. Their life must be worthy of their calling. They must show its influence; they must adorn the doctrine of God their Savior in all things.
LESSONS.
1. Study the lives of St. Paul and other holy men.
2. Let not that study end in admiration; act upon it.
3. In such lives is seen the manifest workings of the grace of God.
4. The sight of such lives confirms the faith of the wavering, kindles the desire of the lukewarm.
5. True Christians are the light of the world; they must let their light shine before men.
6. But not for their own glory; they must seek only the glory of God.B.C.C.
1Th 2:13-16 – The effects of the gospel.
I. ITS RECEPTION BY THE THESSALONIANS.
1. They believed that it came from God. Paul and Silas and Timotheus brought the message; the Thessalonians recognized it as the message of God. They felt that it came from him.
(1) Their words were such as never man untaught of God could speak. The gospel was utterly unlike anything that had been heard or read before. It stood alone, unique, separate from all other histories. No human imagination could have pictured it; no human genius could have thought it out. It must be of God; it could have no other source. It bore within itself the evidence of its inspiration, of its Divine origin. And
(2) they felt its energy within their hearts. It did not lie dormant there; it was living and powerful It wrought within them with a mighty working, drawing them by a strange constraining power away from their old self-pleasing lives into the new life of faith and love and self-denial. That living force showed that it was the Word of God. No mere human words could so stir the heart. The preaching of the cross might be a stumbling-block to the Jews, it might seem foolishness to the Greeks; but to those who had the precious gift of faith, it was “the power of God and the wisdom of God.”
2. They showed their faith by their works. The infant European Churches imitated the oldest Churches, those of Judaea. All alike belonged to God; all were in Christ Jesus, living branches in the true Vine. The new converts sought to live like the first Christians. “Then had the Churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria, and were edified; and walking in the fear of God, and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost, were multiplied.” They imitated them in active holiness, and they imitated them in patient endurance.
II. THE OPPOSITION OF THE WORLD.
1. The Gentile opposition. It first appeared in Macedonia. In Philippi the evangelists were for the first time brought before Gentile magistrates. The politarchs of Thessalonica had more sense of justice than the so-called praetors of Philippi. They contented themselves with taking security from the Christians who were brought before them. But the converts were exposed to great persecution in both places from the first. In his letters to both Churches, St. Paul again and again mentions their sufferings. In writing to the Corinthians he speaks of the “great trial of affliction” which beset the Macedonian Christians. The Thessalonians had to suffer much at the hands of their own countrymen. But they had been taught that those who would live a godly life must suffer persecution, and so they thought it not strange. It had been so from the beginning of Christianity. They looked to the example of the earliest Churches.
2. The Jewish opposition. The Jews had slain the prophets; they had slain the Lord Jesus; they had chased the apostle from city to city. They were St. Paul’s own countrymen. He loved them dearly. He could find no words strong enough to express his intense longing for their salvation (see Rom 9:1-3). But they were constantly thwarting his workthat work of saving souls on which his whole heart was set. They were doing so now at Corinth, opposing themselves and blaspheming (Act 18:6). St. Paul could not restrain his feelings of holy indignation. They call themselves (he says) the peculiar people of God; but they please him not. He willeth that all men should be saved, and they are contrary to all men. In that hatred of the human race which heathen writers attribute to them, they tried to hinder the apostle from preaching to the Gentiles. Nothing angered them more than the proclamation of a free salvation offered to Jew and Gentile alike (see Act 22:21, Act 22:22). This wicked jealousy filled up the measure of their sins. Their sin was its own punishment. That hardened heart was the beginning of the judgment that was coming.
Learn:
1. To reverence the Gospel as the Word of God.
2. To look for its inner working in the heart.
3. To imitate the saints of God in patient endurance.B.C.C.
1Th 2:17-20 – St. Paul’s love for his converts.
I. HIS LONGING DESIRE TO SEE THEM.
1. His efforts to return to Thessalonica. He had not been long away. He was at Corinth now. Perhaps the jealousies, the dissensions, the sin which encompassed him there made him long all the more for the simple faith and love of his Macedonian friends. He was with them even now in heart, thinking of them in the hour of prayer, remembering them in his thankgivings. But there was a feeling of bereavement, almost of desolation, when he thought of their absence. So very dear they had become to him during the short time which he spent at Thessalonica. We feel, as we read these words, the depth of St. Paul’s affection; we feel the power of Christian love.
2. What hindered him from coming. It was Satan, Satan the adversarythat awful being whose presence in God’s world is so great a mystery, but whose personality is so clearly taught in Holy Scripture, whose power and malice we have all so often felt. Twice the apostle purposed to revisit Thessalonica; twice the hindrance came. The visit would have given him great comfort. Satan envied him that comfort, that sweet communion with his Christian friends. Satan hinders us, we may be sure. He tries to rob us of the consolations of religion, of the sweetness of Christian sympathy. His agency is more widespread than we think. He is the accuser of the brethren, their adversary in the religious life. But God sitteth on high. He will not suffer us to be tempted above that we are able. He will make all things, even the temptations of the evil one, work together for our good if we abide in his love.
II. HIS EXPRESSIONS OF AFFECTION.
1. They are his glory and his joy. They are so now. He had few joys in this world, few earthly comforts. His life was spent in hard labor amid dangers and privations. It was relieved by very few pleasures. The natural beauty, the historical associations of the places which he visited in his travels, seem to have given him no enjoyment. His one joy was to save souls; his one pleasure was the loving sympathy of his converts. He sought no earthly glory; fame was nothing to him. The souls won to Christ by his preaching were his glory.
2. They would be his crown at the last. Not they only, others saved by his preaching at Damascus, at Antioch, in Cyprus, in Asia Minor, were his hope and joy; but none were more tenderly loved than the Christians of Macedonia, none are addressed with more endearing words. He. ever looked forward to the coming of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ; the great day was always in his thoughts. What joy would it be to present these happy souls to Christ, as a chaste virgin to the heavenly bridegroom! This was his hope; this would be his crownthe crown of glory that fadeth not away, which the chief Shepherd shall give in that day to those faithful presbyters who have fed the flock of God willingly and of a ready mind, being themselves ensamples to the flock.
LESSONS.
1. True Christians will delight in the society of those like-minded with themselves.
2. We must remember the restless energy of Satan. We must trust in God. He is stronger than the strong man armed.
3. We must pray for grace to love the saints of God as St. Paul loved them.B.C.C.
HOMILIES BY R. FINLAYSON
1Th 2:1-12 – The manner of the preachers; or, self-portraiture.
I. WHAT THE THESSALONIANS HAD FOUND THEIR PREACHING TO BE.
1. Not void of power. “For yourselves, brethren, know our entering in unto you, that it hath not been found vain.” “For” goes back to the first of the two divisions given at the close of the previous chapter. This is indicated by the recurrence of the leading Greek word translated “entering in.” It was said, “For they themselves report concerning us what manner of entering in we had unto you.” There is an advance to a further point. Not only did the people in the various places report, but they themselves had the evidences in their possession. The evidences are regarded as extending down to the time of the Thessalonian letter being received. Taken hold of at that moment, and addressed as brethren, they are asked this question, “What has the entering in of us preachers been found to be?” And, having had ample time to estimate the entering in, they are confidently expected to give this testimony, “It hath not been found vain.” The epithet “vain” might mean empty of result; but that thought falls under the second division, which is taken up at 1Th 2:13. It must, therefore, mean empty of all that it ought causally to containempty of purpose, and earnestness, in a word, of evangelical power.
2. Characterized by fortitude. “But having suffered before, and been shamefully entreated, as ye know, at Philippi, we waxed bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God in much conflict.” This is so far confirmed by the Acts of the Apostles, where the narrative of the entering in to Thessalonica is immediately preceded by the narrative of the rough treatment received at Philippi. The feature of the suffering before referred to here is there presented as imprisonment. It was imprisonment with aggravated circumstances. Paul and Silas were dragged into the market-place before the magistrates, by whose orders they were beaten with rods. After many stripes had been laid on them they were cast into the inner prison, and their feet made fast in the stocks. This was shameful treatment, not because they were there in Philippi on an errand of mercy, which heathen magistrates could not appreciate, but because their rights were not respected. It was an irregularity to lay stripes on them at all as Roman citizens. It was a further irregularity to punish so hastily in obedience to clamor, and without an opportunity of defense being granted. All this was known to the Thessalonians. So far the statement here supplements the narrative in the Acts of the Apostles. We read, further, that Timothy accompanied Paul from Lystra, and again that he was left behind at Beraea, but there is nothing said of him in the interval. We learn from this notice that he was co-operating with Paul and Silas both in Philippi and in Thessalonica, although, we may understand, not so prominent an object of attack as the others, who were his seniors both in age and in service. The three were not intimidated by this treatment in Philippi. On the contrary, proceeding to Thessalonica, they waxed bold in their God to speak unto the Thessalonians the gospel of God. It was the gospel of God, inasmuch as it came as a glad message from God. They looked to God as their God, who had commissioned them to deliver his message. As commissioned by God to deliver his message, they did not flee, like Jonah, through fear, but they emboldened themselves in their God, that he would give them his protection and support. It did not fare with them in Thessalonica differently from what it did in Philippi. Their message brought them into conflict with the powers of unbelief. It was a conflict of a formidable nature. But the fact that they were able to stand forth and speak the gospel of God in the face of strong opposition was evidence of the very highest value that their entering in to Thessalonica was not vain.
II. THEIR GENERAL HABIT AS PREACHERS.
1. They were not like the idolatrous priests.
(1) They did not preach out of error. “For our exhortation is not of error.” There was not much of what is here called exhortation in the ministrations of the idolatrous priests. They did not lay themselves out to influence men by suasion to what was considered to be the right belief and the right life. The old translation in this place, “deceit,” was objectionable. Such men were not impostors to begin with. They believed in their system. It was what they had received by tradition from their fathers. Nevertheless it was a system of error, literally, “wandering.” Heathenism was a wandering from God, whether objects of worship were sought in the stony world, in the silence of vegetable life, behind the hieroglyphics of the brute creation, or behind the human form. Out of such error they ministered to man. Paul and his companions, on the other hand, ministered out of truth. They had the true conception of God and of human life. Their exhortation had its inspiring cause in Christianity. As moved themselves by its soul-cheering truth, they sought to move others.
(2) They did not preach out of uncleanness. “Nor of uncleanness.” This was the general character of heathen ministrations, but, as denied here, it would seem, from the context, to refer more particularly to the impure love of gain. Those who ministered in heathen temples were in the habit of receiving gifts from the worshippers. And there was the danger, and, in the absence of better influences, the likelihood of gain becoming the end, in which their ministrations had motive power. This was not the end in which the apostle and his companions found motive for their way of exhortation.
(3) They did not resort to unworthy methods in preaching. “Nor in guile.” Heathen priests could not but be conscious of much imposture. Conscious of no inflatus, of no extraordinary knowledge possessed by them, they yet professed to tell the future from the position of the stars, from the flight of birds, from the entrails of animals. They had to do with unrealities in many forms, in order to keep up their influence with the worshippers. The apostle and his companions, as their end was the salvation of souls, so they only sought it by the use of means which their conscience could approve.
2. They realized their responsibility. “But even as we have been approved of God to be entrusted with the gospel, so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God which proveth our hearts.” There are two ideas in a trust. The first is acting for another. He who makes over the trust does not act himself by reason of death, or by reason of infirmity, or by reason of absence (as in the analogy that is made use of in Luk 19:12). The trusteehe to whom the trust is made overacts in his name and for his interest. The second idea is acting apart by one‘s self. The trustee may have directions to guide him, and ample resources to draw upon in the management of the trust. But otherwise he acts independently. He is left there alone with the trust; in responsibility it is his and not another’s if it is managed well; it is his and not another’s if it is mismanaged.
(1) What their trust was. “So we speak.” A minister must not be devoid of thoughts, and must also be able to give clear expression to them. He has also to stand up before his fellow-men, and to speak to them face to face with a practical aim. That, with the speaking of which he is entrusted, is the gospel. “The gospel of the glory of the blessed God, which was committed to my trust.” The gospel is properly the glad tidings of salvation to all people. It begins with the message of pardon to the guilty, of adoption into the family of God of the disowned and disinherited. It is, in its gladsome breadth, the promise of the communication of the Divine life and happiness to our being. It is this which the minister has to speak with a view to its acceptance. It is not meant that he is only to speak this. For he has the whole Bible to open up as he can. He has other important truth to present, even the terrors of the Law in its bearing on the gospel. Neither is he to confine himself in his illustrations to the Bible. For as all roads led to Rome, so all things can legitimately and usefully be made to lead to the gospel. Only nothing is to be dilated upon or brought in which has not the effect of making prominent the gospel proper, or the glad message from God to man.
(2) Their being chosen for the trust. “As we have been approved of God.” “It was requisite,” it has been said of the Athenian priesthoods, “that all priests should be of legitimate birth, without bodily defect, and of unblamable life and conversation. These particulars were ascertained by a dokimasia.” It cannot be said of all who are in the office of the ministry that they have received the Divine approval There must be a certain aptitude in natural gifts for preaching the gospel. There must especially be aptitude in the moral state of the preacher. God has seen fit, by saved men, to save men. He employs, in the preaching of the gospel, those who have sympathy with the gospel. In this light Paul and Silas and Timothy were no pretenders, but had received the Divine stamphad been pronounced fit, from their gifts and experiences, to be employed in the saving of souls.
(3) The spirit in which they fulfilled their trust. Danger they avoided. This was man-pleasing. There is a certain pleasing of men which is not to be avoided by the preacher of the gospel. He is to seek to interest men by all legitimate methods. But this pleasing cannot be exalted into a law universal. We are not to please men as though we were responsible to them. We are not to please men as though we had to consult their false tastes, their natural dislike to the gospel. On the contrary, all man-pleasing is to be repudiated where it interferes with the main design of the gospel, which is to effect a change upon the heart. Excellence they cultivated. This was God-pleasing. This is a safe rule to follow in every case. For he is infinite excellence, and he who seeks to please him follows no low or variable standard. It is the fit thing to do in the position in which we are placed. He has entrusted us preachers with the gospel; it is therefore simply our duty to please him who has given us so solemn a trust. If we have been approved of God to be entrusted with the gospel, that is so far well. But there is an approval that we have to look forward to at the end of our labors. And shall it then be seen that we have stood the test? Shall we then receive the word of approval, “Well done, good and faithful servant”? Paul and Silas and Timothy claimed that, in accordance with the fact of their having been approved, they spake pleasing God. And this is heightened by the consideration that God is regarded as proving their hearts. They preached as under the eye of the heart-trying God. They preached as if asking God to remove from their hearts all that unfitted them for dealing with the gospel. They preached with some consciousness in the depth of their being that their single aim was to find acceptance for the good message.
III. THEIR HABIT TOWARD THE THESSALONIANS.
1. Denial of selfishness.
(1) In the form of flattery. “For neither at any time were we found using words of flattery, as ye know.” In proof of what was their general habit, an appeal is made to what their habit was particularly toward the Thessalonians. At no time were they found using speech whose contents were flattery. Having denied generally the method of deceit, they now deny, toward the Thessalonians, the method of flattery. It is a method commonly resorted to by deceivers. It may seem removed from selfishness, inasmuch as it is a way of pleasing men. In that respect it is not so odious as a habit of detraction. But the flatterer is essentially selfish. He professes affection he does not feel; he bestows praises beyond what he considers to be deserved. He thus goes against the person he seeks to flatter, who has a right to have presented to him what a man really is, and not what he assumes to bea true face, and not a mask. And be further goes against him, inasmuch as he would have him think of himself as different from what he really is. Paul and his companions were not slow to let the real affection of their heart be known, and to bestow praises where they were deserved. But they disclaimed flattery, appealing, in support of their truthfulness in doing so, to the experience of the Thessalonians.
(2) In the form of covetousness. “Nor a cloak of covetousness, God is witness.” The idea of deceit is carried forward in the word “cloak.” It is something worn under which, or, to keep nearer to the Greek word, “woven before” (“pretext”), behind which the real design is concealed. Covetousness is doubly degrading in connection with sacred service. It is laid down as one of the qualifications of a minister that he is not to be greedy of filthy lucre. Paul and his companions did not use great profession of godliness, or of affection and esteem for the Thessalonians, as a pretext fur getting their money. They were conscious to their own minds of purity in this matter, and, feeling the vast importance of being thoroughly cleared from such an imputation, they solemnly call God to witness that they were stating the truth. This form of confirmation”God is witness” approaching to the oath, is only to be used in a matter of great moment, and especially where hidden motive is concerned.
(3) In the form of a desire for honor. “Nor seeking glory of men, neither from you, nor from others, when we might have been burdensome, as apostles of Christ.” This is an alternative to covetousness. Following the method of deceit, they might have been seeking, not money, but glory. Christ says, “I receive not glory from men.” And he declares this to be an obstacle to believing. “How can ye believe, which receive glory one of another, and the glory that cometh from the only God ye seek not?” Paul and his companions had not sought glory which had its origin in men, neither more immediately from them nor from others. They had not done this when, as the meaning would seem to be, they might have claimed honor as the apostles of Christ. The idea of “burdensomeness” seems out of keeping with the immediate context, the preceding thought being “glory,” and the succeeding thought being “gentleness.” It seems better, then, to adopt the other meaning which the words equally well bear: “When we might have claimed dignity, assumed consequence.” They had an honorable status as apostles of Christ, that designation being taken widely. The honor connected with it came, not from men, but from Christ. It was a great honor to hold a commission from Christ. But they did not put forward their official position; they did not exact a recognition of it from men.
2. On the positive side their motherly unselfishness. “But we were gentle in the midst of you, as when a nurse cherisheth her own children: even so, being affectionately desirous of you, we were well pleased to impart unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were become very dear to us.” So far from being mere officials taken up with their dignity, they were gentle in the midst of them. Their whole bearing in the midst of the Thessalonians was like that of a parent in the midst of his children. Nay, that does not suffice to bring out the nature of the gentleness. It is not the father who is taken; but, as expressing greater tenderness, the mother. In another place (Gal 4:19) Paul also makes use of the motherly: “My little children, of whom I am again in travail until Christ be formed in you.” Here he not only takes the mother, but the mother at the time when she is nursing. As when a nurse cherisheth her own children. It is then that the motherly feeling is most active in her. It is then that she uses the sweetest expressions, holds her child with the greatest fondness and solicitude. But the nursing mother is not only the picture of gentleness; she is also the picture of unselfishness. She does not think of receiving from her child; she thinks only of giving. She gives from herself, and, if that child’s life were in danger, she would not hesitate to give her own life. So the motherly was very active in them at Thessalonica. They were affectionately desirous of the Thessalonians. Desire has a certain contrary nature to affection. Desire draws in; affection gives out. It is giving out that is referred to here. It would seem, therefore, better to translate, “Having a fond affection for you.” In the working of this affection they gave to the Thessalonians the milk of the Wordhere called the gospel of Godwhat was given them by the great and tender Giver to give to the new-born. And such was the unselfishness of their affection that they had the willingness, if it had been necessary, to give their very lives for the Thessalonians, because, in their craving for the Word, they were felt to be very clear.
3. Striking exemplification of unselfishness. “For ye remember, brethren, our labor and travail: working night and day, that we might not burden any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God.” The apostle and his companions “practically gave up their existence” to the Thessalonians. Those addressed as brethren are called upon to call to mind the labor and travail undergone for them. The second word serves the purpose of intensification. There was giving out of strength in “heralding” the gospel of God. A herald does not spare himself; as gospel heralds they did not spare themselves in soul or body. This work of heralding was by itself labor and travail; but it was added to by the circumstances under which they heralded. They felt themselves under the necessity of workingPaul, no doubt, at the work of tent-making. That also was labor and travail; for it was night and dayas we would say, day and night; not completed with daylight, but extending into the night. There was no reason for his not receiving from the Philippians as he did at Thessalonica. There was reason for his not receiving from the Thessalonians. The reason given is, the desire not to burden any of them. His not feeling free to burden any of them, whatever determined it, raised him now above the suspicion of being covetous among them. He had only been a giver, like a nursing mother.
4. What their behavior generally was toward the Thessalonians. “Ye are witnesses, and God also, how holily and righteously and unblamably we behaved ourselves toward you that believe.” Their behavior is defined as being toward the Thessalonians as believers. We may think of Paul as speaking for himself and his companions. How did he bear himself toward these believers?
(1) Holily, i.e. with love and reverence toward God in them.
(2) Righteously, i.e. with due consideration for their position. This must be taken to include their position as believers. There was what was suitable for them, as adopted into the family of God through faith.
(3) Unblamably, a strong word which is used not infrequently by the apostle. It is the negative side of the two positions that have been given. Here there is a concentration of the self-praise, as it may seem, that pervades the paragraph. How could he act so holily and righteously toward the Thessalonians as to incur no blame from them or from God? But that is not all: he makes an appeal to them as witnesses, and, the second time in the paragraph, he makes a solemn appeal to God as Witness even of his inward disposition. It cannot be understood that he lays claim to perfection; for it is he who says in another place, “Not that I have already obtained, or am already made perfect.” But it must be understood that he claimed to be sincere, and sincere in no ordinary degree, in seeking the good of the Thessalonians. In claiming this he was not really praising himself; but he was making clear what was fitted to influence powerfully the Thessalonians in their fidelity to the gospel. He points to them as believers, because, it may be, they were fitted to appreciate the spirituality of his bearing. He points to them as believers, chiefly as showing that they worthily responded to what his bearing was.
5. Their fatherly dealing. There are frequent allusions to fatherhood in God in Scripture. One of the allusions to motherhood in God is in Isa 66:13, “As one whom his mother comforteth, so will I comfort you.” Both meet in God, forming a complete conception.
“No earthly father loves like thee,
No mother e’er so mild.”
So they must meet in the servant of God. Paul has already in this paragraph referred to himself as acting the motherly part; he now supplements it by referring to himself as acting the fatherly part.
(1) Individual dealing. “As ye know how we dealt with each one of you, as a father dealeth with his own children.” It is the part of a father to have his children under his eye. He is acquainted with their little histories and peculiar dispositions. And he does not deal with all alike, but studies their various ways, and deals with them accordingly. So it is the part of a minister not only to make a general declaration of the gospel, but also, father-like, to deal with his people individually, according to what he knows of their circumstances and needs.
(2) Three words descriptive of the nature of fatherly dealing. “Exhorting you.” It is the part of a father not merely to tell his children their duty, but also to exhort them, to urge them warmly to duty, especially from his own experiences of life. So it is the part of a minister not only to hold up Scripture precept for instruction, but also, father-like, warmly to recommend its observance, especially from his own spiritual experiences. “And encouraging you.” It is the part of a father to hold out encouragement to the performance of duty. Nothing can be more fatal to the young than a discouraging tone. So it is the part of a minister not to be harsh, censorious, despondent, but, father-like, to catch a geniality and hopefulness from his message which may be said to have come from the fatherhood of God. “And testifying.” The word can bear a stronger meaningcharging, conjuring. There are times when a father addresses his children as with his dying breath, conjures them by all that he counts dear and sacred, by a consideration of their best interests, not to give way to temptation, but to follow in the path of duty. So there are times when it is becoming for a minister to concentrate his earnestness and to address his people as with his dying breath, conjuring them by the authority of God, by the love of the Spirit, by the blood of Christ, by the dreadful issues at stake, by the solemnity of judgment, not to allow themselves to be cheated out of happiness, but to make sure of Christ as their everlasting Portion.
(3) To what the fatherly dealing is to be directed. “To the end that ye should walk worthily of God, who calleth you into his own kingdom and glory.” It is the part of a father to endeavor to hold the children to what is noble. For this purpose he loves to tell them of the good name their family has borne, of the call which that addresses to them to follow out a good career. And so he exhorts, encourages, conjures them. Let them not stain that noble name, let them not stop short of that noble career. So it is the part of a minister, father-like, to tell his people of their high dignity and destiny, of their being called by God into his own kingdom, of their being called in that kingdom to share with God in his glory. And so he exhorts, encourages, conjures them. Let them prove worthy of having place and honor in God’s kingdom. Let the royal stamp be on all their conduct.R.F.
1Th 2:13-16 – Response of the Thessalonians to the proclamation of the gospel by Paul and his companions.
I. THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORD. “And for this cause we also thank God without ceasing, that when ye received from us the word of the message, even the Word of God, ye accepted it not as the word of men, but, as it is in truth, the Word of God, which also worketh in you that believe.” With this commences the second of the divisions indicated at the close of the first chapter. Our attention is turned away from the preachers to the hearers. It is confusing to join “also” to “we,” and to suppose the meaning to be, with Lunemann, “We as well as every true Christian who hears of your conduct,” or, with Ellicott, “We as well as you who have so much to be thankful for.” It makes an easier transition to join “also” to “thank,” making the subject of thanksgiving something additional to the earnestness of the preachers. We may translate freely, “Having this as an antecedent, we have this in addition as a consequent for which to thank God.” Here, then, is a falling back into the thankful strain with which the Epistle commenced. The very word translated “without ceasing” is caught up. Having given out their strength in preaching, they had unceasing cause of thanksgiving to God in the result. In setting forth the result, the word is described from the point of view of the Thessalonians in relation to the preachers. The nearest translation is “the from-us-heard-word.” This they received in the outward ordinance of preaching. Having thus received it, they next accepted it or received it into their inmost being. They gave this inner reception to it, as being, in their estimation, not the word of man. It was indeed delivered by men, It was a word of human salvation. In its very humanness it was fitted to reach men. But their estimation of the word rose above it as a mere human word to what it really was (as attested here), the Word of God. It was a Word given under Divine direction. It was a Word that came from the heart of God. It was a Word of the overflowing of Divine love. It was a Word, moreover, that was accompanied with the Divine efficacy. In harmony with its being the Divine Word, it is described as working in them that believe. Faith is the organ for our reception of the Word. We may receive the Divine Word in the outward ordinance of preaching, but if there is not this organ of inner reception it must remain inoperative. On the other hand, if there is faith, and in proportion as there is faith, does the mighty power of the word pass into us, even up to the full extent of our capacity and need. It is, therefore, our duty to see that we present no obstacle of unbelief to the efficacy of the Word in us. “That the Word may become effectual to salvation we must attend thereunto with diligence, preparation, and prayer; receive it with faith and love, lay it up in our hearts, and practice it in our lives.”
II. THE ACCEPTED WORD WROUGHT IN THEM TO GIVE THEM CHRISTIAN HEROISM. “For ye, brethren, became imitators of the Churches of God which are in Judaea in Christ Jesus: for ye also suffered the same things of your own countrymen, even as they did of the Jews.” There were, to appearance, other Churches of God in Judaea. It was, therefore, necessary to distinguish Christian Churches in Judaea. It is not to be understood that the Thessalonian Christians were designedly imitators of the Judaean Churches. In result they were imitators. In similar circumstances they exhibited a similar spirit. Judaea was notably the quarter where Christian heroism was most required. The Jews there were filled with deepest rancor against Christ. By their numbers they were more to be considered by the Roman power, and were able to go to greater lengths against the Christians. It could be said of the Thessalonian Christians that they were not behind the Judaean Churches in Christian heroism. They suffered the same things of their own countrymen. We are, therefore, to understand that they were subjected to severe persecution in Thessalonica. We know that the Jews had to do with the persecution as instigators, but, as they had little in their power without the action of the Gentile authorities, their own countrymen are referred to as those at whose hands the Thessalonians suffered. A position was held for Christ at Thessalonica as in Judaea. And, in recording this to the praise of the Thessalonians, they warm toward them and address them as brethren.
III. FOR THEIR ENCOURAGEMENT IN HEROISM THE JEWS ARE PRESENTED IN THEIR TRUE CHARACTER.
1. Their past conduct.
(1) Worst manifestation. “Who both killed the Lord Jesus.” In the Greek the mind is first made to rest on the word “Lord.” Then there is brought into neighborhood and sharp contrast with it the word “killed.” The “Lord” of the Old Testament Scriptures to whom Divine attributes are ascribedwhom David owned as his Lordthey did not own or submit to; but, going in the opposite direction as far as they could go, him they murdered. They did this not only to him who was the Impersonation of authority, but was also the Jesus is third Accomplisher of the loving, saving purpose of God. “For” added as a word. This the Jews did as a nation. They said in effect, through their constituted authorities, “This is the heir; come, let us kill him.” In thus charging guilt home upon the Jews, Paul was charging it home upon himself. For wherever he was at the time of the crucifixion, in his then state of mind he was in full sympathy with the action of the rulers. And it is right that we should see here not only the blackness of the Jewish heart, but the blackness of the human heart. This was what we did to our Lord when he came on an errand of mercy to our earth. We laid hands on him and put him to death. For this let us be deeply humbled before God. Let us say with Job, in nearer contact with God, “I abhor myself, and repent in dust and ashes.”
(2) Manifestations leading up to the worst. “And the prophets.” What the Jews did to their Messiah was net an isolated act. It was only of a piece with what their previous conduct had been. “Which of the prophets,” said Stephen, “did not your fathers persecute? and they killed them which showed before of the coming of the Righteous One; of whom ye have now become betrayers and murderers.” The treatment they gave to God’s messengers, whose work it was to prepare the way for the Messiah by rebuke and prediction, led up to the treatment they gave their Messiah. In his pro-Christian state Paul was well entitled to be called “son of them that slew the prophets;” and so are all who abuse and thwart, or stand aloof from, those who are seeking to advance the cause of God in the world.
(3) Manifestation subsequent to the worst. “And drave out us.” The reference seems to be to the driving of the apostles out of Judaea. This was overruled by God for the proclamation of the gospel beyond Judea; but none the less was it culpable. It showed that the spirit of penitence had not passed over them for the heinous crime of which they had been guilty. They were still holding to the words, “His blood be upon us, and upon our children.”
2. Condemnation of their conduct.
(1) It was against God. “And please not God.” The Jews thought they were pleasing God in what they did to Christ and also to the prophets and apostles. This is denied of them. They were really, in their anti-Christian position, setting themselves against the Divine ends. They were setting themselves against the whole meaning of their existence as a nation, against the teaching of their oracles, against the design of their rites. They were setting themselves against the evidence of miracles, and against the stronger evidence of a goodness which should have carried conviction to every honest heart. If they could be so far mistaken, have not we reason to be on our guard? We may think that we are pleasing God when we have never learned the alphabet of the Divine teaching, have never subjected ourselves to the Divine control.
(2) It was against man. “And are contrary to all men; forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they may be saved.” Their condemnation manward is as strong as their condemnation Godward. They were contrary to all men, is the language used; and the proof which is given is conclusive. The gospel is the offer of salvation to all men. But the universality, which is its glory, was to them its defect. They had the idea of keeping salvation to themselves. They had the idea that they were blessed the more, the fewer they were that were blessed. And when the apostles spoke to the Gentiles, and thus preached the larger salvation, as if the blessing were being taken away from them, they forbade them in such manner as they could, by contradiction, calumnies, laying snares for their life. If this was their fall, let us beware lest it should be ours. The first saved (for as Christians we stand where the Jews stood) must understand it to be their duty, not to draw the line at themselves, but to reach forth in blessing to all the unsaved.
3. Final result of their conduct.
(1) In guilt. “To fill up their sins always.” There is here a reflection f our Lord’s words, “Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers.” The Jews were on their trial as a nation. In this trial they should have filled up the measure of their good actions, of service to the world. That would have been their vindication before God. Instead of that, they filled up the measure of their sins. There is significant language used in Gen 15:10, “But in the fourth generation they shall come hither again; for the iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full.” It is a sad thing that it could be said of the Jews with Divine helps, as of the Amorites without Divine helps, that they were filling up their sins. They were filling up their sins always. It was a course which they did not alter by a genuine deep conformed repentance as a nation. The general tendency of their conduct, both before Christ, at the time of Christ, and after Christ, was to fill up their sins. They obstinately put away God from them, disregarded the Divine calls and warnings. And the ultimate result of such conduct, in the working out of the eternal purpose, could only be as here set down, the bringing of the measure of their sins up to the full.
(2) In punishment. “But the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.” This is in contrast with the filling up of their sins, in their opposition to God and man. The wrath of God, which is here mentioned for the second time in the Epistle, is to be thought of as the predestined or the merited wrath. It is a wrath which descends upon nations as well as upon individuals. As the measure of their sins is thought of as being brought up to the full, so the wrath is thought of as reaching its utmost limit, when it must discharge itselfwhen, instead of probationary dealing, there must be inflictive judgment. The inspired writers here had words of our Lord on which to proceed. “That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed on the earth, from the blood of Abel the righteous unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachiah, whom ye slew between the sanctuary and the altar. Verily I say unto you, All these things shall come upon this generation.” The apostolic words were written within fifteen years of the destruction of Jerusalem, when the Jews were finally rejected as a nation. There is hope of their conversion at some future period; but it cannot be said that to this day the wrath of God, for their long course of disobedience, has been removed.R.F.
1Th 2:17-20 – Great desire to see the Thessalonians.
With this another chapter might fitly have commenced.
I. THEIR DESIRE WAS ALL THE GREATER THAT THEY WERE ORPHANED OF THE THESSALONIANS. “But we, brethren, being bereaved of you for a short season, in presence, not in heart, endeavored the more exceedingly to see your face with great desire.” Very different were Paul and his associates from the Jewish persecutors. They had the most tender feelings toward the Thessalonians, whom they acknowledge as brethren. The principal statement is that they were orphaned. It is a word which is usually applied to children who are bereaved of their parents. It is here adopted as a strong word to express the great pain which those apostolic men felt in being separated from their loved converts. They have already called themselves father and mother to the Thessalonians. Now it is rather the Thessalonians who are father and mother to them, of whom they have been bereaved, by whom they have been left desolate. Two mitigating circumstances are added. It was separation for a short season, literally, “the season of an hour.” It is the language of emotion. It was but the season of an hour, compared with the time they would be together in the better world. Then it was separation in presence, not in heart. Still, with these mitigating circumstances, they were in an orphaned state. All the more exceedingly, then, were they zealous to see their face with great desire. This reference to the effect of absence is a touch of nature which the Thessalonians could well appreciate.
II. PAUL WAS HINDERED IN HAVING HIS DESIRE TO SEE THEM GRATIFIED. “Because we would fain have come unto you, I Paul once and again; and Satan hindered us.” They would fain have come unto them. Having said this, Paul (correctively so far) refers to two definite occasions on which his plans were to proceed to Thessalonica. The statement did not pertain to Silas and Timothy, as they were probably not with him. By necessity of fact he therefore detaches himself from the others: “I Paul once and. again.” And once and twice Satan hindered him. There is distinct testimony here to Paul’s belief in a personal tempter. Satan appears here in his real character as adversary of God’s people. Repeatedly he actually succeeded in hindering Paul in his good intentions. Though only a secondary agent, he has a wide range in the use of means. We are to think of the means here not as sickness (which was allowed in the case of Job), nor as other work needing to be done elsewhere, but as difficulties caused by the working of evil in the minds of persecuting enemies or unfaithful friends. The language is, “Satan hindered us;” for there was not only a hindering of Paul, but of Silas and Timothy as well, who were interested in the advancement of the cause in Thessalonica.
III. ESTEEM WAS THE REASON FOR DESIRING TO SEE THE THESSALONIANS. “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of glorying? Are not even ye, before our Lord Jesus at his coming? For ye are our glory and our joy.” The use of the plural, which begins with the preceding word, illustrates the humility and generosity of the apostle. As in the next statement of fact he has to slide again into the singular, he might naturally have preserved the singular in this intermediate burst of feeling. But he will not exclude Silas and Timothy when it is possible to include them. These apostolic men had their hope. Without hope it is not possible to endure existence. And if the future is not really bright, it is made to appear bright with false colors. They had not only their hope, but their joy; i.e. they were joyful in view of what they hoped for, which again was a crown of glorying. As Christian athletes they looked forward to their wreath of victory. This is thought of as the Thessalonian converts, they among others. These conquerors were not to appear alone before our Lord Jesus at his coming. But their converts in the various places were to be as a wreath of victory around their heads. It is faith that brings us into a fundamentally right relation to Christ; but within that relation there is room for greater or less activity. The teaching here is that we are to aim at not appearing before Christ alone at his coming. Christian parents and Christian ministers ought to be in a position to say then, “Behold I, and the children whom the Lord hath given me.” There is incidentally a comforting thought in the language used. It is implied that Paul would know his converts at Christ’s coming. We may, therefore, feel certain that Christian friends will know each other in the future state. And what a stimulus is this to be unremitting in our prayers and labors, so that all who are dear to us shall appear in that happy company at last, not one wanting! It is added, “For ye are our glory and our joy.” As woman is said to be the glory of the man, so converts are here said to be the glory of ministers. The Thessalonian converts were a halo around the heads of their teachers. They were also their joy, a source of deep satisfaction, as theft wreath of victory at the looked-for coming.R.F.
HOMILIES BY W.F. ADENEY
1Th 2:2 – Boldness in declaring the gospel.
I. THERE ARE CIRCUMSTANCES THAT MAKE THE DECLARATION OF THE GOSPEL AN ACT OF BOLDNESS. St. Paul had been “shamefully entreated” at Philippi. Danger threatened also at Thessalonica. But the apostle was nothing daunted, not even holding his life dear in the prosecution of his great mission. Similar dangers beset the missionary now, and no one has a right to undertake mission work who is not prepared to endure hardship as a good soldier of Jesus Christ. Moral courage is not less requisite in outwardly peaceful circumstances. The discouragement of indifference, the chilling influence of ridicule, and even the hindrance of direct opposition, will meet us if we are faithful to our duty of declaring the gospel where it is most needed.
II. IT IS THE DUTY OF THOSE WHO ARE ENTRUSTED WITH THE GOSPEL NOT TO SHRINK FROM DECLARING IT IN SPITE OF ADVERSE CIRCUMSTANCES. It is a trust, and the trust must be discharged even if the steward die at his post. The world needs the gospel most when it is most opposed to it. For the sake of the very men who mock or resist us we must faithfully discharge our message. Others also need it who must not be kept out of their lawful privileges by our weak fears. Moreover, the glory of God must be sought above all considerations of personal safety. How strangely that passion of devotion to Christ which inspired the apostles to preach him at the peril of their lives contrasts with the selfish, comfort-loving habits of many who have undertaken to discharge the duties of the same stewardship in our own day!
III. A BOLD, DECIDED DECLARATION OF THE GOSPEL IS ALWAYS NECESSARY. Christianity is no religion for cowards. It is a gross error to suppose that it unmans its followers. The greatest heroes of the first century were the Christians. A manly courage is much needed in the present day. The gospel should always be declared clearly, positively, and confidently by those who have a sure faith in it themselves. It is a great mistake to think that a timid, apologetic tone will be more conciliatory. We have no need to be thus timidly apologetic for the gospel, if it is true; but if it is not true, we have no right to defend it at all. In either case a weak, half-hearted advocacy is culpable. Enmity is best overcome and ridicule shamed by courage. It is most foolish for the Christian advocate to be afraid of boldly stating his beliefs before his skeptical opponent. Let us, however, distinguish true boldness from heedless provocativeness on the one hand, and from mere insolence on the other. Christians are to be wise as serpents, to be courteous, and as far as in them lies to live peaceably with all men.
IV. THE SOURCE OF CHRISTIAN BOLDNESS IS IN GOD. This boldness is a very different thing from mere brute daring. It is spiritual, sober, thoughtful. It has to lace spiritual as well as carnal foes. It comes, like other Christian graces, as an inspiration from the Spirit of God. They who are most deeply in communion with God when by themselves will be most thoroughly brave when in the world. Thus Joshua was made courageous by his vision of the “captain of the host of the Lord” (Jos 5:14).W.F.A.
1Th 2:4. Entrusted with the gospel.
I. THE GOSPEL IS A TRUST.
1. The gospel is of great value. If property is put in trust it is presumably valuable. We carefully guard what we prize highly. God’s message of reconciliation is a charter of liberty, a covenant of grace, a promissory note of future blessings.
2. The gospel needs to be guarded and administered. It is in danger of being lost, forgotten, perverted, and corrupted. Trustees are required in order to preserve it in its integrity and to give it forth to those who need it.
3. The gospel is entrusted to men. There are those who are put in trust with the gospel. Men are to trust God; God also trusts men. He confides in the honor and devotion of his people. As the steward is entrusted with his master’s estate, the servant of God receives a trust of the rich treasures of the gospel. The treasure is committed to earthen vessels. Thus does God honor his children and use them for his good purposes.
II. THE TRUSTEES OF THE GOSPEL ARE CHOSEN AND APPROVED OF GOD. God called the prophets, and Christ called the apostles. Every true Christian minister is called of God. The Church is God’s chosen company of trustees of the gospel. Christian nations are providentially appointed for its custodianship. Certain qualifications are required in the trustees, in order that they may be approved of God.
1. They must hold the truth themselves. “Not of error” (1Th 2:3). The first requisites are an understanding of and a belief in the gospel.
2. They must live in accordance with the truth. “Nor of uncleanness.” The trustee of the holy gospel must be a regenerate man. Otherwise his conduct will damage the gospel which he holds.
3. They must be honest in the discharge of the trust. “Nor in guile.” No self-seeking, double-dealing, or men-pleasing can be permitted in the trustees of the gospel. They must be sincerely devoted to the truth that is entrusted to them.
III. THE TRUSTEESHIP OF THE GOSPEL IMPOSES IMPORTANT DUTIES.
1. The gospel must be preserved in its integrity. The trustees are not permitted to tamper with the trust. We have no right to add to or to detract from the gospel as it is given to us in the New Testament. It is a matter of honor that one who holds office in a Christian Church should net avail himself of the advantages of his position to advance private views which in any way militate against what is contained in the gospel charter on which the Church is founded. The New Testament is a trust-deed, and its provisions must be studiously observed, or the trusteeship implied by any active work in the Church must be resigned. Any other course is dishonest.
2. The trust of the gospel must be discharged for the benefit of those for whom it is designed. The trustees must study the interests of the beneficiaries. Trustees of the gospel are teachers of the gospel. This truth of God is not to be wrapped up in a napkin, but made use of for the good of mankind. The Jews were entrusted with the oracles of God that ultimately the Gentiles might receive those oracles from their hands. The Church is entrusted with the gospel that she may convey it to the world. The trust of the gospel carries with it the obligation of undertaking missionary enterprises.
3. The trust of the gospel must be discharged to the approval of God. It is his trust. He will call the stewards to account. Their aim, therefore, must be, not to please men, but “God which proveth our hearts.”W.F.A.
1Th 2:7, 1Th 2:8 – The use of affectionateness in commending the gospel.
It is very interesting to observe what a wealth of affection St. Paul poured out upon the Churches which came under his care. He was not satisfied with declaring the facts of the gospel and demonstrating the truth of them to the conviction of his hearers. He was very different from a cold philosopher who simply aims at establishing a certain thesis. Deep feeling entered into his work. A touching gentleness and affectionateness may be felt as the pervading tone of his treatment of his converts. He does not behave as a master who is ambitious to lord it over the heritage of Christ. He is like a nurse with her children. The example of the great apostle is worthy of the study of all Christian teachers.
I. THE GOSPEL IS BEST COMMENDED BY AFFECTIONATENESS IN THE CHRISTIAN PREACHER. The gospel bases its first claims on its own truth and reasonableness, and it is necessary that men should be convinced on these points if due respect for the rights of the human intellect is to be observed. Nevertheless the most persuasive power is not to be found in hard reason; nor does it reside in the splendors of eloquence. It is much more effective when it comes from simple, natural affectionate-ness. Men are more vulnerable in the heart than in the head. The Christian teacher must attack both strongholds; he will be foolish indeed if he neglect the more accessible one. It is often seen in experience that affectionateness conquers where convincing logic falls dead, and where glowing rhetoric only dazzles the hearers.
1. The influence of the preacher depends chiefly on his affectionateness. His relations with his hearers are personal. He is more than the herald. He is the shepherd of the flock, the father or brother of the family, the nurse of the babes in Christ. Thus ties of love between pastor and people not only make the association in Church life happy; they also afford the greatest aids to the work of the ministry.
2. The truth of the gospel is best revealed through affectionateness. The gospel is no dreamy dogma, no hard law, no pompous manifesto. It is a message from a father to his children, and a story of love in death. The Bible is a most human book, homely, brotherly, pathetic in its affectionate character. But this character of the Bible and of the gospel is marred and almost lost to view when harsh language and cold feelings accompany the preaching of it. The gospel of love should be offered in a kindred spirit of love.
II. A RIGHT FEELING OF THE SPIRIT OF THE GOSPEL WILL LEAD TO AFFECTIONATENESS IN THE CHRISTIAN PREACHER. It is most important that the desired affectionateness should be genuine. The pretence of it is mere hypocrisy. Affectionate language which does not spring from a heart of love is a mockery. It is better to have an honest hardness than this assumed unctuousness. It is important, also, that the affectionateness should be healthy and manly, and should not degenerate into effeminate sentimentality. The gospel itself should inspire the right affectionateness.
1. The spirit of the gospel being love, if we truly receive the gospel it will inspire love. The greatest change which it produces in men is to cast out selfishness, and to give a heart of love to God and man.
2. We best show our love to Christ by loving our brethren. We love Christ in them. He who loves Christ warmly will have the spirit which St. Paul manifested to the Churches under his care.W.F.A.
1Th 2:12 – Worthy of God.
I. TO BE WORTHY OF GOD IS THE HIGHEST AIM OF SPIRITUAL ASPIRATION. It is so high an aim that it seems to be hopelessly out of our reach. Are we not in everything unworthy of God? Our sinfulness is direct ill-desert, our unbelief, weakness, and imperfection dishonoring to Divine grace, our very virtues and good deeds of no absolute worth, because at best we are unprofitable servants, who have but done that which it was our duty to do. Nevertheless:
1. We should aim at the highest attainment, though as yet we may be far from reaching it.
2. We may become increasingly less unworthy of God.
3. We may truly honor God by our character and deeds.
4. We may hope at last to be worthy of God in the sense that we shall be fit to dwell with him; no disgrace to his Name when we bear it, and able to take our position as members of his family.
II. TO BE WORTHY OF GOD IS TO BE LIVING IN A RIGHT COURSE OF DAILY LIFE. This is expressed by the word “walk.”
1. It must be a continuous course. To have passing phases of very pure spiritual thought is not to be so worthy of God as to walk continuously in obedience to his will though on a much lower plain.
2. It is to be striven after in daily life. We do not want angels’ wings wherewith to soar into unearthly altitudes. We can walk on the lowly earth and yet be worthy of God. The worthiness depends on the spirit of our conduct, not on the sphere in which we live. With coarse surroundings, in toilsome drudgery, by humble tasks, the soul can so live as to be worthy of God.
III. IT IS THE DUTY OF ALL CHRISTIANS TO BE WORTHY OF GOD. The requirement does not belong to a counsel of perfection which a few rare souls may adopt at their will. It is laid upon all Christians as a duty. The special ground of the obligation is in what God has done for his people. He has called them “into his own kingdom and glory.”
1. Gratitude requires us to walk worthy of God. His gifts and his promises reveal love and sacrifice on his part which naturally call for love and devotion on ours.
2. The future destiny of Christians also demands this conduct. The heir should behave as befits his future position. “Prince Hal” was an unworthy prince in his youth, especially because he disgraced himself in view of an exalted future. Christians are heirs of God’s kingdom. Therefore they should walk worthily of him who has called them into it.
IV. IT IS THE OBJECT OF CHRISTIAN PREACHING TO LEAD MEN TO BE THUS WORTHY OF GOD. If the aim of the spiritual life must be high, so also must be that of its guide and teacher. The preacher’s work is not done when a soul is first turned from the slavery of sin to the service of Christ. Then follows all the education and training of the new life up to the perfect worthiness. Hence the need of affectionate influence and all graces of persuasion.W.F.A.
1Th 2:13 – The Word of God.
I. ST. PAUL CLAIMED TO BE A TEACHER OF THE WORD OF GOD.
1. He did not admit that his teachings were merely human speculations on religious subjects. His position was entirely different from that of the most gifted philosopher, more exalted since he stood forth as the apostle of superhuman truth, and also more humble since he subordinated his own private ideas to the message of which he was but the bearer.
2. St. Paul did not profess to be simply a witness of the facts of the gospel. That was the position of the first Christian teachers. St. Peter and his companions of the day of Pentecost presented themselves as witnesses of the great transactions of the life of Christ, and chiefly of his resurrection. They narrated what they had seen and heard (Act 2:32; 1Jn 1:1). St. Paul had not been a companion of our Lord. But he had something higher than the knowledge of experience and observation. He did not learn his gospel of men; it was revealed to him in the solitudes of Arabia.
3. St. Paul claimed to be inspired with a Divine revelation. It was not his thought, nor even his testimony of Divine facts, but the Word of God that he proclaimed. It is plain that the apostle used his own language, and spoke in a characteristic and individual style. He also reasoned with his own intellect; for inspiration does not simply breathe through a man as through a mechanical instrument. But his language and thought and whole being were illumined and elevated by the Spirit of God, so that he saw the truth of God and was able to speak the Word of God.
II. THE THESSALONIANS ACCEPTED ST. PAUL‘S MESSAGE AS THE WORD OF GOD.
1. They admitted the fact. They did so, no doubt, first because the power and personal influence of the apostle impressed them; then because they were convinced by his arguments; then because they must have felt the inherent beauty and greatness of what he taught; and lastly because they saw the good effects of his gospel. By these four gradations we are led on to a more and more consistent belief in the Divine authority of the gospel; viz. by authority, by argument, by the excellency of the gospel itself, and by its fruits.
2. The Thessalonians received the message as befitted its Divine origin.
(1) They believed in its truth. God only speaks what is true. To establish a message as the Word of God is to prove its truth.
(2) They submitted to its authority. There may be many things in the gospel which we cannot account for. Our faith in God should be implicit.
(3) They yielded to its influence. Thus they let it work in them. The Word of God is a word of grace and a word of command. To accept it aright we must avail ourselves of the grace and obey the command. To receive a word of pardon as from a king is to leave the prison when the door is open. To receive a message as from a master is to carry out the order.
III. ST. PAUL‘S TEACHING PROVED ITSELF TO BE THE WORD OF GOD BY ITS EFFECTS. It was found to be working in the Church at Thessalonica. The Word of God is powerful (Heb 4:12). Christ’s words were spirit and life (Joh 6:63). This Divine Word is no barren revelation of far-off celestial curiosities. It is a message concerning human and earthly as well as heavenly affairs. Like the first creative word, when God spake and it was done, the message of the new creation is a word that effects. God’s words are deeds. But that they may be deeds in us it is necessary for us to receive them in faith. And in proportion to our faith will the energy of God’s Word work in us.W.F.A.
1Th 2:16 – Fullness of sins.
“To fill up their sins always.” This is a terrible and mysterious expression. Some light may be gained by considering it in relation to the history of the Jews, as it is of these people that it is here written. They had accumulated sin upon sin in slaying Christ and the prophets, in expelling the apostles from their communion, and finally in hindering the Gentiles from receiving that gospel which they had rejected for themselves. But there was to come an end to this tale of wickedness. The time was drawing near when the Jews would no longer have power to hurt the cause of Christianity, and when swift punishment for their accumulated iniquities would descend in the destruction of their city and nation. They were hastening to fill up the sins, which must issue in this fearful doom.
I. THE GREATEST SIN IS THAT OF SINNING WITHOUT RESTRAINT. It is a mistake to speak of every sin as of infinite guilt, or of all sins as equally guilty. Such an assertion is not only false, it tends either to despair or to reckless excess in sinning. However far one has gone in sin, it is better to stop than to go on to greater enormities. To be adding sin to sin, and to be sinning “always,” are signs of reckless, abandoned depravity.
II. THERE IS A FULLNESS OF SINS WHICH BRINGS ITS OWN PENALTY. When sin reaches this point the penalty can no longer be stayed. The cup once full flows over in wrath and ruin. It is as though forbearance and guilt were in the scales. When guilt is full the balance dips. There is an end to all possible long-suffering. The more men go on in excesses of sin, the faster do they approach the inevitable day of reckoning. The sooner the sin is filled up to the measure which passes endurance, the sooner must the stroke of doom fall.
III. FULLNESS OF SINS MUST LEAD TO FULLNESS OF PUNISHMENT. They who fill up their sins always will have the wrath “come upon them to the uttermost.” The worst debtor must be made to pay the last farthing. The swifter the rush downhill, the greater the crash at the bottom. The more tares that are sown in spring, the more bundles to burn in harvest. He who fills the present life with sins will have the next life filled with wrath.
IV. THERE SEEMS TO BE A LIMIT TO SINS. There is a fullness of sins. There is no fullness of virtues; these can be developed indefinitely. The good man is growing up to a perfection. The bad man is being corrupted, not to a perfection, but to a fullness. Evil has limits; goodness has none. Satan is let loose for a time. God restrains the wrath of the wicked. Sin, through rebellion against God, cannot break away from all Divine control. Sins are limited by several means:
1. Capacity. We have a limited power of sinning.
2. Time. God sometimes cuts the sinner off in the midst of his days, and brings the guilty nation to destruction.
3. Providential control. The fullness of sins is not the amount which God predestines to be committed, for God is not the author of sin, nor does he will or permit it. This fullness is the measure beyond which God stays the evil from proceeding. When the tide of iniquity, driven onwards by rebellious powers, reaches this fullness, God says, “Here shall thy proud waves be stayed,” and the storm beats itself out in impotent fury.W.F.A.
1Th 2:18 – Hindered by Satan.
St. Paul tells his friends at Thessalonica that he was anxious to revisit them, and that he made the attempt to do so more than once, but that he was hindered by Satan. The direct impediment may have been the opposition of his enemies (Act 17:13, Act 17:14); or it may have been bodily sickness”a thorn in the flesh, a messenger of Satan.” Whatever this immediate and visible hindrance was, the point of interest to us is that St. Paul attributed it to Satan. Let us consider the hindrance thrown in the way of good work by Satan.
I. SATAN HINDERS THE WORK OF THE GOSPEL.
1. The hindrance is to be seen in all times. Doors are shut; enemies are raised up; misunderstandings throw mission work into confusion.
2. The source of the hindrance may be discovered by its character. “By their fruits they shall know them.” The excuse may be the preservation of order, the restraint of excesses, or conservative respect for old ways. That the real source of opposition is Satanic may be known when
(1) bad men are the agents,
(2) a good moral reformation is frustrated.
3. This hindrance converts mission work into a warfare. The Church becomes an army. The forces of light and darkness are drawn up in battle array. New territory cannot simply be claimed by planting the standard of the cross upon it. It must be fought for and won in conquest.
II. SATAN‘S HINDRANCE IS INDEPENDENT OF THE CHARACTER OF THE CHRISTIAN LABORERS. Of course, if these men receive Satan into their hearts, so much the more effectually will their mission be frustrated. They become traitors who destroy their own cause by opening the gates of the citadel to the foe. Sin indulged by the servant of Christ is treason. This is a certain and fearful hindrance to success. But the Christian laborer may be faithful and may stilt be hindered by Satan. In the old tradition Satan dared to oppose the archangel Michael Shall we be surprised that he opposes a man? Satan resisted and tempted Christ. He hindered St. Paul. Therefore do not let us think that all difficulties will vanish if only we are true and faithful. Satan may hinder us, though we are innocent, through the wickedness of other men.
III. SATAN‘S HINDRANCE IS OVERRULED BY GOD‘S PROVIDENCE. Here St. Paul writes of Satan hindering him. In the Acts St. Luke tells us how, when the apostle and his friends “assayed to go into Bithynia… the Spirit of Jesus suffered them not” (Act 16:7). Is it not possible that sometimes the two influences may have concurred in effecting the same results though originating in the very opposite sources and prompted by contradictory motives? Thus the messenger of Satan that was sent to buffet St. Paul was the means of applying a wholesome discipline and of saving him from undue self-exaltation. Thus, too, though Satan troubled Job, with the object of showing him to be a hypocrite; the great trial proved to be for the glory of God as well as for the honor of his servant. Satan tempted Christ, and so made him the better High Priest for us. Satan compassed the death of Christ, and thereby led to the redemption of the world. Satan’s hindrance to our work may be overruled for its more full accomplishment in the end, just as the east winds of early spring help to secure a good fruit harvest by checking the too-early development of bud and blossom. Moreover, all this hindrance is but temporary. Satan’s reign is for a season only. And when the hindrance is removed the final result will not have suffered for the delay. Perhaps it will even come the quicker for the temporary hindrance, as, when once it bursts its bounds, the stream rushes out with the more vehemence for having been dammed up. Let us not be impatient. Remember that God has all eternity to work with.W.F.A.
Fuente: The Complete Pulpit Commentary
1Th 2:1. Was not in vain:This may be rendered, was not vain. Dr. Heylin translates it, was not without success.
Fuente: Commentary on the Holy Bible by Thomas Coke
1Th 2:1 is referred by Grotius to a thought to be supplied after 1Th 1:10 : Merito illam spem vitae aeternae retinetis. Vera enim sunt, quae vobis annuntiavimus. Arbitrarily, as , emphatically placed first, yea, you yourselves , must contain a contrast of the readers to other persons ; and, besides, this view is founded on a false interpretation of (see below). Also 1Th 2:1 cannot, with Bengel, Flatt (who, besides, will consider 1Th 1:8-10 as a parenthesis), Pelt, Schott, and others, be referred to 1Th 1:5-6 ; nor, with Hofmann, “extending over ” (1Th 1:4 ) to (1Th 1:2 ), the thought being now developed, “what justification the apostle had for making the election of his readers the special object of thanksgiving to God.” But must, with Zanchius, Balduin, Turretin, de Wette, Bloomfield, Alford, and others, be referred back to 1Th 1:9 . For to 1Th 1:9 points (1) , by which the Thessalonians themselves are contrasted to the strangers who reported their praise; (2) , even by its similarity of sound refers to (1Th 1:9 ); (3) the greater naturalness of referring (1Th 2:1 ) to the preceding last independent sentence. The relation of this reference is as follows: in chap. 1Th 2:1 the apostle refers to 1Th 1:9 , in order to develope the thought expressed there which certainly was already contained in 1Th 1:5-6 by an appeal to the consciousness of the readers. But the thought expressed in 1Th 1:9 was twofold (1) a statement concerning Paul and his assistants, namely, with what energy they preached the gospel at Thessalonica ( ); and (2) a statement concerning the Thessalonians, namely, with what eagerness they received the gospel ( . . .). Both circumstances the apostle further developes in chap. 2.: first, and most circumstantially, the manner in which he and his assistants appeared in Thessalonica (1Th 2:1-12 ); and, secondly, the corresponding conduct of his readers (1Th 2:13-16 ). But the description of himself (1Th 2:1-12 ) was not occasioned by the calumniations of the apostle, and a diminution of confidence in him occasioned thereby (Benson, Ritschl, Hall. A. Lit. Z. 1847, No. 125; Auberlen); also, not so much by the heartfelt gratitude for the great blessings which God had conferred on his ministry at Thessalonica, as by the definite design of strengthening and confirming , in the way of life on which they had entered, the Christian church at Thessalonica, which, notwithstanding their exemplary faith, yet consisted only of novices, by a vivid representation of the circumstances of their conversion. How entirely appropriate was the courageous, unselfish, self-sacrificing, and unwearied preaching of the apostle to exhibit the high value of the gospel itself , seeing it was capable of inspiring such a conduct as Paul and his companions had exhibited!
] yea , or indeed . See Hartung, Partikellehre , I. p. 463 ff.
The construction: , where we , according to our idiom, would expect , . . . is not only, as Schott and others say, “not unknown” to classical writers, but is a regular construction among the Greeks. See Bernhardy, Syntax , p. 466.
] denotes here nothing more than our entrance among you .
] is the opposite of , and denotes empty, void of contents, null.
] Grotius (whom Hammond follows) translates this by mendax, fallax ( ), and gives the sense: non decepturi ad vos venimus. But although often forms the contrast to (see also Eph 5:6 ), yet it obtains only thereby the meaning falsus, never the meaning fallax; also 1Th 2:2 would not suit to the meaning fallax, because then the idea of uprightness would be expected as a contrast. Oecumenius finds in 1Th 2:1-2 the contrast of truth and falsehood: . But he obtains this meaning only by incorrectly laying the chief stress in 1Th 2:2 on ( ). Similarly to Grotius, but equally erroneously, Koppe (veni ad vos eo consilio et studio, ut vobis prodessem, non ut otiose inter vos viverem) and Rosenmller (vani honoris vel opum acquirendarum studio) refer to the design of the apostle, interpretations which are rendered impossible by the perfect . With a more correct appreciation of , Estius, Piscator, Vorstius, Turretin, Flatt, and others give the meaning inutilis, fructu carens, appealing to the Hebrew . This meaning is in itself not untenable, but it becomes so in our passage by the contrast in 1Th 2:2 ; for 1Th 2:2 does not speak of the result or effect of the apostle’s preaching at Thessalonica, but of the character of that preaching itself. For the sake of this contrast, therefore, is equivalent to , (Chrys.: ), and the meaning is: the apostle’s , entrance, among the Thessalonians was not weak, powerless, but mighty and energetic. Pelt, Schott, Olshausen, de Wette, and Bloomfield erroneously unite with this idea of the idea of the success of the apostle’s , which is first spoken of in 1Th 2:13 ff.
Fuente: Heinrich August Wilhelm Meyer’s New Testament Commentary
1Th 2:1-12
3. a. The Thessalonians are themselves witnesses, that the Apostles was no vain entrance, but one of Divine power (1Th 2:1-2). As he exercises his ministry generally, with no impurity of purpose or method, but, as one put in trust by God, before the eyes of God (1Th 2:3-4), so in Thessalonica also he appeared in no flattering or selfish spirit (1Th 2:5-6), but with the most generous love (1Th 2:7-8) and self denying labor (1Th 2:9). They themselves and God are his witnesses, that he had shown himself throughout unblamable towards the believers, whilst he was careful about nothing else but, as a father, to exhort every individual to a walk worthy of God (1Th 2:10-12)
1For yourselves, brethren, know [yourselves know, brethren,][1] our entrance in [entrance, ] unto you, that it was not in vain [hath not been vain]2; 2but even after that we had suffered before and were shamefully entreated [but having before suffered, and been shamefully treated],3 as ye know, at [in, ] Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God with 3[in, ] much contention. For our exhortation was [is],4 not of deceit [delusion]5 4nor [yet]6 of uncleanness, nor7 in guile; but as [according as, ] we were allowed of God [have been approved by God]8 to be put in trust with the gospel, even so [so, ] we speak; not as pleasing men, but God,9 which trieth [who proveth]10 our hearts. 5For neither at any time used we words of flattery, as ye know; nor a cloak of covetousness, God is witness; 6nor of men sought we [sought we of men]11 glory, neither of [from, ] you, nor yet of [nor from, ] others, when we might have been burdensome [or: have used authority],12 as, the apostles of Christ [Christs apostles, ]; 7but we were [were found]13 gentle14 among you [in the midst of you, ], even as a nurse 8cherisheth her children [as a nurse would cherish her own children];15 so [,]16 being affectionately desirous17 of you, we were willing to have imparted [to impart] unto you not the gospel of God only [not only the gospel of God],18 but also our own souls, because ye were [became]19 dear unto us. 9For ye remember, brethren, our labor [toil, ] and travail: for laboring [working]20 night and day, because we would not be chargeable [that we might not be burdensome, ] to any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God. 10Ye are witnesses, and God also [and God], how holily and justly [righteously, ] and unblameably we behaved ourselves among you that believe [to, or for you, 11who believed];21 as [even as, ] ye know how we exhorted, and comforted [encouraged],22 and charged [adjured]23 [you, ] every one of you, as a father 12doth his children [as a father his own children],24 that ye would walk [should walk]25 worthy [in a manner worthy, ] of God, who hath called [calleth]26 you unto [into, ] His [His own, ] kingdom and glory.
EXEGETICAL AND CRITICAL
1. (1Th 2:1.) For yourselves know.For the confirmation and clearer elucidation () of the statement of the foreign brethren regarding his entrance at Thessalonica (1Th 1:9), the Apostle now appeals at length, as he had done cursorily at 1Th 1:5, to the recollection of the Thessalonians themselves on the subject. Hence the same expressions, We might call 1Th 2:1-12 an explanation of the 1Th 1:9, just as the is then carried out in 1Th 2:13-16. The third testimony, that of the Thessalonians themselves, serves to establish the second, that of the strangers, just as the latter serves to establish the first (comp. on 1Th 1:8, Note 1). That 1Th 2:1 begins with the same as 1Th 1:9 is, of course, accidental; our does not stand opposed to that as such (that, indeed, has quite another reference, to of 1Th 2:8), but to strangers generally, as in the sequel of 1Th 2:13 corresponds to it.The details that follow are, in fact, intelligible only on the supposition, that the Apostle has to confute certain aspersions on his person and ministry. Merely to strengthen the Thessalonians (Calvin, Lnemann, and most), he would not expatiate so much at large on the excellencies of his service amongst them, least of all with such solemn protestations (1Th 2:5; 1Th 2:10) and such frequent appeals to the recollection of the readers (1Th 2:2; 1Th 2:5; 1Th 2:9-11); but he enters on boasting for the same reason as in 2 Corinthians 10-13, because he must defend himself. Only it is not here in Thessalonica any factious doings that he has to contend with, but simply the insinuations whereby the unbelieving Thessalonians sought again to withdraw from the gospel their believing kindred and neighbors. In what these insinuations consisted we learn from the negative clauses, 1Th 2:1; 1Th 2:3; 1Th 2:5 sq. The very fact that nearly our entire section proceeds in clauses with and (1Th 2:1-9) shows, that Paul (through Timothy) had been informed of false assertions in regard to his operationsfalsehoods, to which it was necessary for him to oppose the truth. Already Rieger has remarked on 1Th 2:3 : A denial of this kind from the Apostle indicates, that such imputations had been cast on him and his preaching. And says Roos more precisely: When the Thessalonian converts reflected on the change that had taken place with them, it might possibly occur to them that an unknown man, of the name of Paul, had come to them over the sea with certain companions, had preached of one Jesus whom he called Christ, and of whom they had previously heard nothing, and had exhorted them to believe in Him, and serve Him as their Lord. So now we are Christians, they may have thought, whereas formerly we were Gentiles or Jews. But, in making this change, have we done right? Is the name, the faith, the hope of Christians not a thing of vanity? Are we not suffering for it to no purpose? Has not Paul deceived us? Is it not some falsehood that he has talked to us? And, besides, our countrymen hold his teaching to be a fable. These thoughts are now met by Paul in 1Th 2:1-16.
2. Our entrance unto you, that it hath not been vain.This is the first of the imputations. comp. 1Co 15:14,=empty, idle, without power or substance, unreal; cumenius: ; Calvin: vana ostentatio; comp. 1Th 1:5, , and the antithesis there, as here in 1Th 2:2. Not, therefore,=in vain, fruitless (Luther, Flatt, &c.), nor yet at once powerless and fruitless (De Wette, [Jowett]), nor again=deceitful, fallax (Grotius). The , as distinguished from the simple or even , expresses the secure consciousness of an accomplished, unassailable fact. In the original the subject of the dependent clause is by a Greek idiom attracted as object into the principal clause.27
3. (1Th 2:2.) But having before suffered, &c.The cause of an idle babbler is one for which he does not submit to suffering, and still less, when he has just with difficulty surmounted one trial, does he again joyfully appear for the same cause, especially in a new conflict. A deep earnestness in suffering, and yet, along with that, an unwearied alacrity and fidelity in his calling, showed Paul to be a man whose appearance the Thessalonians needed only to recall ( ), in order to perceive the vanity of the suspicions alleged against him. Of what sort these were, may be inferred from Act 17:6-7 : ringleaders, flatterers of the people, ambitious persons who sought their own advantage.On the sufferings which the Apostle, immediately before (.) his arrival in Thessalonica, had endured at Philippi, see Act 16:12 sqq. Paul adds , insultingly treated (comp. Mat 22:6; Luk 18:22), not so much because like is a vox media (Lnemann), but because with his strong sense of right he had peculiarly felt the treatment received by him at Philippi to be arbitrary and unjust; see Act 16:37. To such slight features even extends the harmony between the Acts and our Epistles.
4. We were bold in our God &c., once again in Pauls writings, Eph 6:20, and in like manner of the preaching of the gospel; frequently in the Acts, and indeed, except Act 18:26, only of Paul from his conversion onwards, Act 9:27-28; Act 13:46; Act 14:3; Act 19:8; Act 26:26. Freedom and boldness in testimony was therefore a prominent characteristic of this Apostle. Olshausen: is the outward expression of (1Th 1:5). Moreover, is not here=to speak or preach freely, so that should be an explanatory infinitive resolvable by: so that (De Wette, Koch, [Ellicott: so as to speak]), or an infinitive of the purpose: in order that (Schott); but, as in Act 3:26 [?] and Act 26:26,=to act with freedom and alacrity, and is simply an infinitive of the object (Lnemann), as in 1Th 2:4 . [And so Alford, who translates: We were confident. Ellicott, on the other hand, comparing Eph 6:20 and Act 26:26, agrees with De Wette in thinking that the idea of bold speech, even though reiterated in , can scarcely be excluded.J. L.] We had, says Paul, this , not in ourselves, especially after such experiences, but in our God (in whom, as in our spiritual life-element, we live and labor; see 1Th 1:1, Doctrinal and Ethical, 1). Not merely was it no idle babbler with whom the Thessalonians had to do; it was not, speaking generally, any mere man, but God; and this God Paul dares to call his God, because God visibly owned him, and the Thessalonians perceived in their conscience (2Co 4:2; 2Co 5:11) that in the power of God Paul spoke and acted. Therefore also he purposely adds: the gospel of God; he had not brought to them any empty talk, nor any kind of mans word whatsoever (see 1Th 2:13), but the glad tidings which God Himself will have proclaimed in the world. Comp. on Exeg. Note 4 to 1Th 1:8, . Why Paul does not say: in Christ, the gospel of Christ, but in God, of God, see Doctr. and Eth., 3.
5. In much contention.As Paul had testified of the Thessalonians, 1Th 1:6, that they received the word in much affliction with joy of the Holy Ghost, so here he can testify of himself that in much contention, with joy in God, he had published the same. , not outward and inward contention ([Chrysostom, Bishop Hall], Olshausen, [Jowett]), but the contention of outward suffering only, Php 1:30 (De Wette, and most).28
6. (1Th 2:3.) For our exhortation is &c.The verb to be supplied in 1Th 2:3 is not but, as of 1Th 2:4 shows, . Paul confirms () the statement as to his entrance at Thessalonica by a statement de toto perpetuoque more suo (Bengel). But since this general witness to himself might again also be called in question, people at Thessalonica knowing nothing from their own observation of his ministry elsewhere, it was necessary for him to establish this point likewise by again enlarging, 1Th 2:5 sqq., on the spirit and method of his labors in Thessalonica. Similarly Jesus: If ye believe not me, my witness of myself, at least believe my works that are done amongst you (Joh 10:38; Joh 14:11).
7. Our exhortation [German: Predigt,=preaching, discourse]. Very well Lnemann: is a calling to, address; and, according to the different relations to which this address is applied, the word undergoes modifications of its meaning. In the case of sufferers it is consolation; directed toward a moral or intellectual need, it is exhortation and encouragement. Now, since even the first evangelical proclamation consists in exhortation and encouragement, to wit, in the summons to renounce sin and lay hold of the offered salvation (comp. 2Co 5:20), . might also be used generally of the preaching of the gospel; whether objectively of the contents of the discourse, or subjectively of the preaching itself. So here; see 1Th 2:4. Bengel: totum prconium, evangelicum [passionum dulcedine tinctum, as Bengel adds.J. L.]; Olshausen: the work generally of Christian teaching. Paul uses this expression and not (1Th 1:5), , (1Co 2:4), or such like terms, because here the question is about the preaching, not in so far as it is a proclamation, but as it wins and transforms the hearers.29
8. Not of delusion, nor yet of uncleanness, nor in guile. marks the source from which the preaching proceeds; , the way and manner in which it is performed. The Apostle names two sources, one on the side of knowledge and doctrine, , and one on the side of disposition, . He first repels the reproach, as if the Christian faith preached by him were a superstition, a chimera, and he himself an enthusiast or a babbler, like the sorcerers or magicians (Chrysost.). Opposed to this is the fact, 1Th 2:4, that he had been entrusted with the gospel by God. With an a stronger disjunctive than ( and ), like our nor yet, stronger than nor (comp. Winer, p. 432)Paul passes to the second point. , impurity, commonly in the sense of unchastity (Rom 1:24; 2Co 12:21; Gal 5:19; Col 3:5), but also moral filth and uncleanness generally (Rom 6:19); here either an impure mind, foul motives in general, or perhaps it answers better to our sordid [schmutgig], specially=covetousness, selfishness (comp. 1Th 4:7; Eph 4:19; Eph 5:3). Bengel: . est, ubi fructus carnis quritur, cf. Php 1:16, ., craft, fraud, all kinds of dishonest tricks for cheating and ensnaring. It adds to the impure design the impure means for its accomplishment, and so lies in like manner on the practical side. Whilst, therefore, for the reading there may be alleged the difference of the prepositions, yet on internal grounds is perfectly justifiable (comp. Winer, p. 436 sq. [and Critical Note 7]). In the antithesis likewise, 1Th 2:4, and are taken together in the sentence with , since answers to and to . So in the confirmatory 1Th 2:5-6 the answers to the and to . The proof of 1Th 2:1, in particular, that is given in 1Th 2:3, lies in answering to of 1Th 2:1; but the confirmatory sentence, just like 1Th 1:8, goes beyond that which it confirms, since with the Apostle adds new considerations, which are then again themselves confirmed and carried further in 1Th 2:5 sqq. This view is supplementary to Note 6.
9. (1Th 2:4.) According asso., conformably to the fact that; , according to that very rule: agreeably to the grace conferred and obligation laid upon us (Lnemann).
10. Approved. means, first, to try, test, scrutinize; so at the close of our verse, and commonly in the New Testament, e.g. 1Th 5:21; 1Ti 3:10, and often; and then also of the result of the trial: to regard as tried, fit, worthy, and to choose accordingly for a position (1Co 16:3); hence in the next place generally, to value, prize.30 So here, and similarly Rom 1:28. Paul does not in this mean to assume any worthiness of his own, as the Greek interpreters (Chrysostom, Theophylact, cumenius) from their dogmatic standpoint characteristically explain. Rather his aim is just this, to exalt his authority as from God (similarly 1Ti 1:12). He would have it understood that, so far is he from preaching human heresy, or considering himself out of his own fancy called to be a preacher ( , 1Th 2:3), it is rather God Himself who, according to His gracious purpose (Grotius, Pelt, Lnemann, and even Theodoret [Alford: free choice]) has vouchsafed to him the distinction of being entrusted with the glad, heavenly message to the world. So in the apodosis with the main emphasis lies on in opposition to . Comp. 1Th 2:2 and note 4; observe also the impressive sonorousness of the expression. The perfect . marks what has happened once for all, the security of it as a matter of fact. At the close of the verse Paul purposely uses the same word once again; he knows himself to be the object of a continuous Divine . There . is, to try, to examine; yet perhaps not without an accompanying intimation of favorable judgment. In the translation we have sought to indicate this, as well as the identity of the verbs.31 , infinitive of the object, denoting that which was vouchsafed to Paul. So Rom 1:28. On Pauls frequent construction of , see Winer, p. 206. That Paul, moreover, here includes Silvanus and Timothy is obvious from the plurals and 1Th 2:8, as Lnemann properly remarks against De Wette, who appeals to 1Th 2:7 [6], , but see Note 16. Of course, however, Paul speaks primarily and chiefly of himself.32
11. (1Th 2:4.) Not as pleasing men. before the participle gives it a subjective character, that of the conception and intention: We speak not with the thought of pleasing men, and so winning them with guile ( 1Th 2:3), but to please God who searcheth our hearts, and so knows and judges even impure designs ( 1Th 2:3). Comp. Gal 1:10.[Alford: , in the strict sense of the present tense: going about to please, striving to please.J. L.]
12. (1Th 2:5.) For weOn the logical relation, expressed by , of 1Th 2:5 sqq. to what precedes, see Notes 6 and 8 (at the end).
13. Used we words of flattery &c. , of things 1Th 1:5, here of persons (comp. 1Ti 4:15)=versari in re, to engage in any matter, be occupied therein. The flattering words thus answer to , 1Th 2:4 (Calvin: Whoever will please men, must basely flatter), and to 1Th 2:3 (Chrysostom: We flattered not, as deceivers, who desire merely to draw people to themselves, and rule them). For the fact that he had not flattered them, Paul appeals to the recollection of his readers themselves: as ye know; but for what follows, that he had had no selfish aims, he can only appeal to God, who knoweth the heart: God is witness! Comp. Rom 1:9; Php 1:8. This appeal answers to (1Th 2:4), as the repelling of the insinuation, that his mind had been set on earthly good and human glory (1Th 2:6), answers to , 1Th 2:4, and , 1Th 2:3, corresponds to , as in 1Th 4:6-7; Eph 4:19; Eph 5:3. (from , not ), properly, what appears; hence the pretext, behind which one hides his real thought, an excuse; so here parallel with : My speech was neither a word of flattery, nor a fair pretext, a plausible form for covetous ends.
14. (1Th 2:6.) Nor sought we glory. likewise is dependent on and parallel to ., . Such a change of structure is truly Pauline (comp. Rom 12:9 sqq.). As to the thought, there is a close connection with the latter point, as of ambition with avarice. On , comp. Joh 5:41; Joh 5:44.
15. Neither from you, nor from others.In 1Th 2:5-6 there are, first, three mutually cordinate , then two subordinate to the clause of the last of these three, since &c. distributes the . , essentially=, brings to view the special source as distinct from the general.33 From others, with whom we might perhaps have sought honor for ourselves through your conversion (comp. 1Th 1:8-9). Erroneously Bengel: Qui nos admirati essent, si nos superbius tractassemus.
16. (1Th 2:7 [1Th 2:6].)34 When we might have used authority [or, been burdensome] as Christs Apostles.The participle is subordinated to , and is resolvable by although. to be of weight, to appear important, dignified, to assume consequence. Against the connection, Theodoret, Ewald, and others: to be burdensome=, 1Th 2:9.35 , so far as it refers also to Silvanus and Timothy (see Note 10, at the end), is used in the wider sense, as in Act 14:4; Act 14:14 of Paul and Barnabas. But perhaps the old rule holds here: A potiori fit denominatio. As Christs Apostles, as messengers and envoys (ambassadors) of the Anointed King of the whole world, solemnly appointed by God (Act 17:3; Act 17:7), they might have stepped forth with dignity. Dicit Paulus se adeo abfuisse ab inani pompa, a jactantia, a fastu, ut legitimo etiam jure suo cesserit, quod ad vindicandam autoritatem pertinet (Calvin).
17. (1Th 2:7.) But we were found gentle in the midst of you. answers to the . of 1Th 2:5. (from , , whence then , infans) properly, affable, mild, kind, loving (comp. 2Ti 2:24). Suavissimum vocabulum, de parentibus prcipue et de medicis dici solitum (Bengel). [ , in the midst of you, surrounded by you, as a teacher by his pupils, a mother by her children, a hen by her chickens (Bengel). It marks the centre of a group or society, drawing all eyes to itself (comp. Act 1:15; Luk 2:46; Mat 18:2): So that ye have all seen and experienced it (Koch). Riggenbach].36 Even this loving demeanor of the Apostle might be interpreted as flattery (1Th 2:5), and so Paul confutes this reproach by showing it to be a perversion of his virtue into a fault. Then by the fuller description, &c. of this his tender and devoted love, he at the same time confutes the other reproach (1Th 2:5-6) of his having been selfish or ambitious.
18. As a nurse would cherish her own children.Before there should be a point with the force of our colon,37 so that answers to of 1Th 2:8. The sentence after is an explanation attached to what precedes by asyndeton, as in 1Th 1:8; 1Th 2:9, yet so that here also again the explanatory sentence contains at the same time an advance, an enlargement of the thought. , nourisher, she who suckles; here not a nurse, but the mother herself, as appears from , in which moreover, especially with this arrangement of the words (comp. 1Th 2:8; otherwise 1Th 2:11), there exists the climactic intimation, her own children (see Alex. Buttmann, Grammatik des neutestamenflichen Sprachgebrauchs, 1859, p. 97). With Stier, we have also expressed both in the version.38 The figure of the mother (comp. Gal 4:19; Isa 66:13; Isa 49:15) is still tenderer than that of the father (1Th 2:11), but is here chosen especially for this reason, because truly a nursing mother with her child seeks not profit or honor, but is wholly bent on bestowing (not receiving) love. likewise is a tender expression; properly to warm, then, like fovere, to foster and cherish (Eph 5:29; comp. Deu 22:6, LXX).
19. (1Th 2:8.) So, being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing. supported here by the best manuscripts, occurs in the New Testament only here, and but seldom elsewhere, in the LXX, &c.; in meaning it is= (Recepta), and, like this, probably an enlarged form of , which should perhaps be distinguished from the ordinary (see Passow), and is used by Nicander in the sense of the common (comp. Winer, p. 92)=ardently to long after any one, to love tenderly.39 is the imperfect without augment, as frequently; Winer, p. 1Th 66: we were pleased, were cheerfully ready, took delight therein (comp. 2Co 5:8; Rom 15:26). In 1Th 2:7-8 one feels in word and figure the tender heartiness and sweet breath of a first, fresh love, such as becomes the firstling of the apostolical Epistles.
20. To impart unto you &c. stands emphatically forward, in order to mark the love as one altogether giving, imparting. The two objects of are joined to one another ascensively by not onlybut also, so that the second is held up as the one of greater importance for the connection ( Chrysostom). moreover, is opposed to , and the Apostle means to say: We were willing not only to fulfil our official service, entrusted to us by God, in delivering to you His gospel, but there was formed also a personal relation of the most devoted love, in consequence of which we were ready to sacrifice to you our own life.40 [Webster and Wilkinson: not only that which you could share without loss to me, but that which I must lose in giving; or, not only that which I held in trust for others, had in charge to give, but that which was most my own.J. L.] The latter point was here the main thing, over against the imputations of covetousness and ambition. The comparison with the mother has reference to this personal love, which is therefore still made specially prominent in the additional clause with (stronger and more distinctive than ), which assigns the motive. How far now Paul with his attendants willingly gave up his own life to the Thessalonians, he shows himself by an example in 1Th 2:9, which is joined to what precedes, by , and is therefore illustrative of it. At the risk of health and life, he performed along with his preaching strenuous manual labor day and night, that he might be burdensome to no one, just as a mother day and night with much labor and self-sacrifice cherishes her little child. Add to this, that the Apostleand it is of himself that he speaks at least primarilywas probably of a weak and sickly constitution (2Co 10:10; 2Co 12:5 sqq.), and we shall the better understand how much there was here of a . is indeed zeugmatic, since out of it only the simple must be supplied to (comp. Mat 20:28); but such constructions are frequent enough (see Winer, p. 548). On = , see Winer, p. 136. [Bengels paraphrase: Anima nostra cupiebat quasi immeare in animam vestramand similarly Chrysostom: , eff underethough suitable to , is opposed to the of 1Th 2:9. and perhaps also contains a thought not quite apostolic, and only in seeming accord with the figure of the mother, since not the suckling as such, but the is the tertium comparationis. To think of the gospel as the milk, according to 1Pe 2:2; comp. Heb 5:13 (De Wette, Lnemann, and others), is quite as little in keeping, since it is really not the Apostles gospel, but is expressly called the gospel of God, and since for that very reason, as has been pointed out, this consideration does not enter into the comparison with a mother. In the exposure of the life in danger and persecutions is commonly thought of; nor is this excluded, since 1Th 2:9 contains merely an illustrative example, such as was required by the context, and was fitted to repel the imputation of covetousness and ambition.Riggenbach.]
21. (1Th 2:9.) For ye remember our toil and travail., more sonorous than (1Th 2:1-2; 1Th 2:5; 1Th 2:11); here with an accusative; 1Th 1:3, with a genitive.On , see Note 20. [The reference of to , 1Th 2:7, is too remote; that to (Lnemann), unsuitableRiggenbach.] strengthened by the addition of ,41 as at 2Th 3:8 (a verse which agrees almost verbally with ours), and 2Co 11:27. The expressions in their connection denote the most strenuous bodily labor at his handicraft as (Act 18:3), a maker of tents out of leather or cloth for shepherds, travellers, soldiers, &c. (Winer, Realwrterbuch II. pp. 213, 725). This and is now explained in a sentence appended, as in 1Th 2:7, by asyndeton ( after being spurious), in which the emphasis lies on what stands foremost, , as in 1Th 2:8 on . And now, as plainly answers to of 1Th 2:8, so does to , so that there accrues from this a new and more precise confirmation of our view of the and of .
22. Working night and day., of manual labor, as 1Th 4:11, and often. We [Germans] say day and night, as , Luk 18:7; Act 9:24, and frequently in the Apocalypse; but elsewhere, and always in Pauls usage [both in his letters and speeches, 1Th 3:10; 2Th 3:8; 1Ti 5:5; 2Ti 1:3; Act 20:31; Act 26:7.J. L.], or , because the Jews, as also the Athenians, begin the civil day with the evening. Here this order is emphatic,42 because night-work is the more unusual and irksome. We are not, therefore, to suppose that Paul preached all day, and performed manual labor in the night-time; on the contrary, the latter occupation filled up also a good part of the day, as on the other hand he preached likewise at night (Act 20:7); but, generally, day and night is, as with us, a vivid expression for without intermission (comp. especially Rev 20:10).
23. That we might not be burdensome to any of you, by his having to care for my support. So little did the Apostle seek any profit from the Thessalonians, that he sought not even the necessaries of life from them but earned them for himself, that his intercourse with them might on his part be altogether one of giving. In hac etiam parte jure suo obstinuit (Calvin; comp. Note 16). For the matter in question, comp. Act 18:3; Act 20:34; 1Co 4:12; 1Co 9:7 sqq.; 2Co 11:8 sqq.; Php 4:10 sqq., and Doctr. and Eth., 5.On , see Winer, p. 191.43
24. (1Th 2:10.) Ye are witnesses and God.The Apostle having in three sentences with (1Th 2:1-5; 1Th 2:9) confuted the reproaches cast upon him, and which are summed up in the fewest words in 1Th 2:3having shown that his doctrine is not an idle delusion, but the gospel of God, and that he himself has labored, not from selfish motives of covetousness and ambition, nor with impure methods of craft and flattery, but in the sight of God and with the most devoted lovehe now at last opposes to that a brief, positive sketch of his ministry, and for this he again appeals to the Thessalonians and God as witnesses (comp. 1Th 2:5), by way of giving to his assertion so much the more of the impressive earnestness of truth. Men must witness for his manner of acting; God witnesses, in his conscience and theirs, for his inward disposition. This explanatory sentence likewise is added by asyndeton (comp. 1Th 2:7; 1Th 2:9), a construction to which in the present instance the liveliness of emotion also contributes.
25. How holily, and righteously, and unblamably, &c. with perceptible, inward reverence of God; , with due consideration of men, leaving and giving to every one his own (comp. Eph 4:24; Tit 2:12 [Luk 1:75; Tit 1:8]);44 , unblamably, irreproachably in the whole deportmentthe negative side to the two positive ones (Lnemann), especially to (Olshausen). This qualification Paul adds, because reproaches had been cast upon him.45 [Bengel and others: toward themselves, in order to get the three references to God, men, themselves as in Tit 2:12; but this is here inadmissible, since all is referred to assigning merely the religious ground of the behavior toward the believers.Riggenbach.] It is commonly not enough considered, that we have here before us, not adjectives, but adverbs (comp. Act 20:18., ); Paul is not speaking of his walk, his entire personal bearing (De Wette, Hofmann)otherwise we must have had &c. (comp. , 1Th 1:5)but of the manner of his dealing with the believers (Winer, p. 413).
26. To [for] you who believed. is simply the dative of direction or reference: to you, toward you (De Wette, Koch) [not a dative of interest: for your advantage,46 nor yet of judgment: appeared to you (cumenius and Theophylact, Calvin, Bengel, Lnemann); the adverbs in that case would scarcely be admissible.Riggenbach.].47 The addition , at first view apparently superfluous [Jowett], must here as at 1Th 2:13 have its own ground and. significance. The believers were told that their faith was credulity and superstition, that they had allowed themselves to be ensnared, abused, and misled by the stranger, and that this was now called faith. A similar way of talking to that nowadays, which confounds faith with opinion, notion, dim, baseless feeling. In opposition to this Paul dwells with emphasis on the word faith in its true import, and shows how he had never abused their confidence in him and his word so as to indulge himself in impurity of any kind, but rather, honoring their faith as faith in God and His word, he had in all his proceedings kept holy what was holy, and had with all earnest men exhorted them to a walk worthy of God. [Those, who explain the dative as a dative of judgment,48 take restrictively: tametsi aliis non ita videremur;49 Bengel. Especially contrary to 1Th 2:13 (?).Riggenbach.] as in 1Th 2:5; 1Th 2:7; 1Th 1:5.
27. (1Th 2:11.) Whilst we, as ye know, &c. [Even as ye know how we, &c.] is a parenthetical clause similar to of 1Th 2:2; 1Th 2:5; it belongs to the following participial construction. This time the Apostle puts for , because immediately after occurs twice. The first belongs to , and has here a strengthening force such as it carries also elsewhere in connection with (see Passow under ), a usage very nearly akin to the connection of with superlatives. The corroboration , of frequent occurrence in the New Testament, is found likewise in classic Greek (A. Buttmann, p. 105). With the double renforcement, , comp. Rev 21:21; ; Eph 5:33 : The participial clauses, 1Th 2:11-12, show to what extent Paul behaved holily and righteously and unblamably toward the believers (1Th 2:10), and we have therefore resolved the participles by in that.50 The main emphasis of the participial construction rests on the conclusion, , &c. (Lnemann), and yet so that Paul would in connection therewith lay stress on two other considerations: 1. That he had taken pains to hold every one in particular to this worthy walk, and hence the doubly strengthened ; 2. That for this end he had exerted all his force of speech, and hence the combination of the three sonorous participles. The Apostles unblamable deportment towards the believers was shown in his exhorting every individual with the whole power of his address to nothing else but a walk worthy of God. This is simply the connection of 1Th 2:10 with 1Th 2:11-12. The comparison with a father has reference to all three points: a father keeps his children singly in his eye, and trains every one according to his individuality; he employs all the force of exhortation in kindness and severity; he would keep his children only to what is good, and to no evil of any kind. Here, where the question is not, as in 1Th 2:7-8, about devoted love, but holy earnestness, Paul compares himself, not to a mother, but to a father. Paul never writes tautologically, but, even while repeating similar thoughts, advances to new and wider points of view. [Interpreters in general do not agree with me in regarding as a parenthesis, but take as a governing verb, on which , apart from , is dependent. But since is followed only by participles, they are obliged to supply the verbum finitum, and then, because is afterwards added, , [] , &c., is supplied to (Pelt, Schott, and others), or to the entire clause (Beza, Grotius, Flatt), or , from the previous context (Bengel, Lnemann, [Alford, Wordsworth]), or, the supplement being left indeterminate, an anacoluthon is assumed (De Wette, [Ellicott]). With these grammatical inconveniences there is then connected also an erroneous and artificial view of the logical relation of 1Th 2:11-12 to 1Th 2:10, as that Paul speaks in 1Th 2:10 of his behavior generally; in 1Th 2:11-12, for confirmation of that, of the discharge of his duty as a teacher in particular (De Wette, Koch, similarly Hofmann); or that in proof of his own virtue he adduces the fact of his having exhorted the Thessalonians to virtue, it being here taken for granted that one, who has it so much at heart that others shall be virtuous, will be so himself (Lnemann). Independently of other objections to these views, they would require a after or after .Riggenbach.]51
28. Exhorted and encouraged and adjured. is superfluous52 after as ; similar repetitions in the classics and also in the New Testament, Col 2:13;53 Mat 8:1; and often (Winer, p. 531). , to exhort generally; kindly to encourage; , earnestly and solemnly to obtest, like 1Ti 5:21; 2Ti 2:14; 2Ti 4:1. Bengel: . movet, ut facias aliquid (libenter); . ut cum gaudio; , ut cum timore. The two last participles really specify the twofold style and method of the , and may be also grammatically, subordinated to it, as, for example, of 1Th 2:7 [1Th 2:6] is subordinated to of 1Th 2:6, and of 1Th 2:16 to of 1Th 2:15 (comp. 2Ti 1:4). In favor of this are the facts, 1. that . cannot depend on ., which must have either (1Ti 5:21) or the simple infinitive (2Ti 2:14); 2. that is unsuitable to ., which cannot have an accusative of the person after it, except in the here inadmissible sense of taking one to witness. Perhaps the pleonastic is put after for the very purpose of separating the subordinate participles from the superior one. Even as to form, . and . belong together as of the middle voice, and are jointly distinguished from the active . Thus: We exhorted you with kindly encouragement as well as with earnest obtestation.54 Comp., moreover, on the accumulation of participles Note. 27.The division of verses is here very unapt.55
29. (1Th 2:12.) That ye should walk in a manner worthy, &c. . is thus dependent on ., and denotes the contents or object of the exhortation. [So also Lnemann, who thinks, indeed, that may be referred to all the three participles; but in that case must rather denote the purpose, as De Wette and Koch understand it.Riggenbach.]
With comp. Eph 4:1 : , Col 1:10 : . The two ideas are here combined. , present; because the kingdom and glory are still future, so that the call thereto, though it has already gone forth, yet continues till the coming of Christ, when the kingdom and the glory shall be revealed (Lnemann).56 The participle is even half-substantival, like , 1Th 1:10.
30. Into his own kingdom and glory.Magnificum syntheton (Bengel). Not a hendiadys: kingdom of His glory, or glory of His kingdom (Koppe, Olshausen, &c.); nor yet: earthly kingdom (the Church) and heavenly glory (Baumgarten-Crusius); nor is the glory of the Messianic kingdom (De Wette), but, since belongs also to , the glory of God, Rom 5:2 (Lnemann). Comp. the closing doxology of the Lords Prayer. is emphatic by position, as in 1Th 2:7 [Webster and Wilkinson: implying a participation, or the most exalted fellowship and interest in the Divine blessedness,J. L.]. Paul would here again, at the end of the entire section as at its beginning (1Th 2:2; 1Th 2:4; see Notes 4 & 10), give prominence to the thought, that it is God with whom believers have to do, and of whom he had been the mere but honest instrument (hence the leading position of in 1Th 2:10;Comp. 1Th 2:13).
Thus: God calls you to a participation in His own kingdom, which will appear at Christs advent, and in His own Divine glory, into which believers then enter through the change [of the living, 1Co 15:51.J. L.] or through the (first) resurrection. It might be asked whether here is not to be taken in the active sense=kingly dominion; yet this signification of does not, to my knowledge, occur in the New Testament. But certainly the participation of Christians in the will really be a participation in the . Their calling is indeed to be glorified (Rom 8:17), not, however, to be ruled over, but to the or (Rom 5:17; 1Co 4:8; 2Ti 2:12; Rev 20:4; Rev 20:6; Rev 22:5).The motive to a holy walk is therefore a double one, which yet again is but one and the same: Christians are to walk worthily, that is, they should regulate all their proceedings and life-conduct in such a way as becomes 1. the holy majesty of God, with whom by their calling they have fellowship: and 2. their own destination, expressed in this calling, to a share in the full dignity, imperial and essential, of this same God. This pure light of glory excludes all impurity (comp. 1Ti 1:11, , in connection with the preceding verses, and 1Jn 3:3). This section also, like the one before it, thus closes with an eschatological outlook. And, in truth, there meets us here the high practical importance of the Christian hope. As in suffering it begets patience (1Th 1:3), so in action a holy walk.
DOCTRINAL AND ETHICAL
1. (1Th 2:1-12.) To the Thessalonians assailed on account of their faith Paul shows that there is something real about it, both in his case (1Th 2:1-12) and in theirs (1Th 2:13-16). As proof he here cites, not miracles, as, for example, in Gal 3:5, but simply the demonstration of the spirit and of powerwhat of Divine, self-evidencing light they had perceived in him, and experienced in their own hearts and consciences. It is worthy of note that the Gentile Apostle, in the very first Epistle written by him for the Gentile world, insists on this. And such is still to-day the twofold evidence of Christianity in the midst of a world estranged from God, where so frequently all power, all culture, all historical life stands, or seems to stand, in opposition to the gospel: the children of light, in whom, as nowhere else in the world, we perceive a perfect and blessed life (Mat 5:14-16; Php 2:15), and the purifying and quickening Divine influences which we experience in ourselves from the gospel (2Co 13:5).
2. Our section is rich in self-praise, which, however, develops itself rather, step by step, as self-defence. A servant of Christ owes it, not so much to himself as his Master and his cause, to clear himself of unjust imputations, whenever they threaten to hinder the progress of the gospel, and prejudice the faith and love of the brethren. How in such a case one should express and demean himself may be learned from Paul, who first of all lets it be seen that he is Divinely certain of his cause, and is conscious of having acted with self-denial in the power of God and before the eyes of God, and then also he appeals freely to human testimony. The Lord knows how, by means of the oppositions of the world or other humbling experiences, so to dispose his servants inwardly, that when circumstances are, such that the ends of the Divine kingdom require it, they can and ought to speak of themselves in a way, that to the judgment of a merely natural morality appears as self-praise. Here belongs also, for example, the fact that John distinguishes himself as the disciple whom Jesus loved; here belong many expressions in the Psalms and passages of Daniel, as Dan 1:17-20; Dan 9:2-3; 2 Corinthians 10-13.
3. Our section is a true pastoral mirror.57 In the first and larger half (1Th 2:1-9) are two principal points of view, one of which concerns the cause, the doctrine; the other the individual, in respect partly of his inner motives, partly of his manner of acting and speaking. 1. For what concerns the doctrine, we must be able to testify that it is no misleading error, no idle, impotent human invention of any sort, that we preach, but the gospel of God, the glad tidings which God Himself would have to be published to men. We speak in the consciousness, and in the power, of a Divine commission, not as those who are enthusiastic for some self-contrived, human system, and such like, nor as idle babblers believing nothing. 2. For what concerns, a. the disposition and purpose in the discharge of the office, we know that we are free from impure motives of avarice and ambition, for we prosecute our work for souls in the continual presence of Him who knows the heart, and, to please whom, we have to prosecute it earnestly, and in fervent love to those entrusted to us. That we may offer no hindrance to the gospel, we willingly forego the honor and profit that we might otherwise properly claim. We are not satisfied with the faithful fulfilment of what is officially prescribed, but voluntarily undertake additional toil and trouble of every kind. We spare not our health or our life, where the honor of our Lord and the salvation of souls are concerned. In short, instead of seeking aught for ourselves, the soul of our work is self-sacrificing love. It is more blessed to give than to receive. b. As regards the means and manner of our working, we stand in no need of any sort of cunning or spurious pastoral shrewdness to draw the people to us, and secure for ourselves their respect. We never deal in flattering words. We aim not at all at pleasing men.In the second half (1Th 2:10-12) Paul exhibits the holy and righteous behavior of a servant of Christ toward the believers, and shows how, 1. so far as concerns the Church, this consists in not merely proclaiming the word generally, but in also bringing it near to individual souls, so that in this way the special care of souls is added to preaching. 2. For what concerns the preacher himself, he should put forth all his strength, and in different ways, adapted to occasional circumstances, to individuals and spiritual conditions, point those committed to him to the right way. 3. With regard, finally, to the doctrine, it should aim at nothing else but to hold the hearers to what is good. But in Christianity that which is morally good has a thoroughly religious character. It is a walk worthy of God. Nor does even that exhaust the matter. It is not merely the relation of single souls, or even of the congregation, to God, that is to be held up to believers, but God has a kingdom, a corporate order of life, in which He really shares His glory with the creature. To this kingdom, already founded in Christ, but to be first manifested at His advent, we are called. Our walk should bear in itself the stamp of our so high destiny. We should act from motives drawn from the kingdom and the glory. The preaching, therefore, must teach what the kingdom is, and what the glory (comp. my Discourse: die biblische Lehre von Reiche Gottes in ihrer Bedeutung fr die Gegenwart [The Bible Doctrine of the Kingdom of God in its importance for the present time], Basel, 1859).Lastly, in our section there is this fact also to be particularly noticed, that the Apostle compares himself in his ministry to a father and a mother: the latter in the first half, the former in the second. The parental relation, that most original of all human relations (being preceded only by the conjugal), that image of Gods relation to men, is itself again the natural, God-given pattern for all other relations of superior and inferior, and so especially also for preachers and and pastors. A servant of Christ has in his own house a constant school for his office. What he feels and does for his own children, the same he should feel and do for his Church. Yet, not merely the earnestness of paternal love, but the tenderness and self-sacrifice likewise of the maternal, is in the Apostle. He speaks of the parental relation, not by way of making it the foundation of just claims, but with an eye to its obligations and performances.
4. (1Th 2:2.) It is worthy of remark that in 1Th 2:2. Paul does not say: we were bold in Christ, to speak unto you the gospel of Christ, but: in God, of God; and so throughout the entire section (see 1Th 2:4; 1Th 2:8-9; 1Th 2:12-13). To obviate the objections of the Gentiles and Jews, he purposely reverts to the ultimate ground, still common more or less to them and Christians. Against Jesus Christ, that historical Person, they might bring forward the same exceptions as against the Apostle himself; but God is His own immediate witness in the consciences of all men. And this Divine witness of conscience was, and is, on the side of the gospel of Jesus Christ (2Co 4:2; 2Co 5:11). To this we too, in contending with the adversaries, must always again revert. We must connect Christ with God, Christianity with religion, that is, with the religious and moral nature of man in general, the positive and historical with the ideal (comp. Joh 7:17).
5. (1Th 2:5.) Twice in our short section does Paul call God to witness, 1Th 2:5; 1Th 2:10, as he does in like manner also elsewhere, Rom 1:9; Php 1:8; 2Co 1:23; comp. 2Co 11:31; Rom 9:1; 1Ti 2:7. A servant of God may often find himself in the same position, especially when meeting assaults, and where the question is about dispositions and prayers. A parallel to this is presented by the Verily, I say unto you, which is found so frequently in the mouth of the Lord, in the Synoptists with a single, in John with a double, . It was necessary for Him, in opposition to the unbelief or dulness of His hearers, to corroborate the often very paradoxical truth which he had to advance. Such assertions and protestations are approaches to the oath, to which some of them come quite close, particularly 2Co 1:2-3, and therefore contributions to the Scriptural view of the doctrine of the oath, and to the correct interpretation and application of Mat 5:33-37; Jam 5:12.
6. (1Th 2:9.) Paul insists strongly on the right of ministers to live of the gospel (1Co 9:7 sqq.; 1Ti 5:17-18; Gal 6:6), and he himself also receives support from the Philippians and other churches (2Co 11:8 sq.; Php 4:10 sqq.). But in Corinth (1Co 9:12; 2Co 11:7 sqq.) and Thessalonica and apparently in Ephesus also (Act 20:33-35) he accepted nothing during his work there, but provided for his own maintenance partly by manual labor (Act 18:3; Act 20:34), partly through the gifts of other Churches (2Co 11:9; Php 4:16). He did this, that he might offer no hindrance to the gospel (1Co 9:12); at Corinth, in consideration of the false Apostles (2Co 11:12 sqq.); at Thessalonica, in consideration probably of the unbelievers, whose calumnies he forsaw, or was already even in some measure aware of. For that the Thessalonian Christians were poor, as Chrysostom and others suppose, there is nothing to indicate; indeed, according to Act 17:4, there were at any rate not a few rich persons among them. At the same time the Apostle desired also in his own person to furnish an example of fidelity in a earthly calling, of strenuous labor, of devoted love (Act 20:35; 2Th 3:7 sqq.). We have now here before us one of the cases in which, as in so many outward thingsfor example, in regard to usages, the times and places of Divine service, &c.it could not be but that changes, to wit, specific regulations, should gradually be forth-coming in the Church. Soon the clerical calling could no longer be united with a secular one. It had therefore to be furnished with a regular income, and this is in accordance with Pauls doctrine. If, then, we neither can nor should directly imitate his practice herein; if indeed, speaking generally, the exemplariness of the Lord and His Apostles does not require from us a direct, outward imitationthis were really to turn the gospel again into law and letter (comp. 1Th 1:6-7, Doctrinal and Ethical, Note 5),it is only the more important that we enter into the meaning and spirit of the Apostle, and act on this Apostolic view of the matter. Not to the Pope alone does his worldly dominion prove to be ruin; among us also earthly good has already become the curse and snare of many clergymen. This is one of the tenderest points in the relation between the shepherd and the flock, and by it is often insensibly closed the mouth of the shepherd and the heart of the sheep. There are certain portions of income, those that partake more of the nature of perquisites, which still fall immediately under the apostolic rule, not to burden those who would thereby be burdened, and rather to undergo privations, lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ (1Co 9:12). It deserves also to be noticed that the Apostle (1Co 9:14) says, that the Lord hath ordained that they who preach the gospel should live of the gospel, should have wherewithal to live, and not more. With us, to be sure, and especially of late, care is commonly taken that we should not have it in our power to think of laying up treasures. The wish expressed by Schleiermacher in 1804, that the relations of the preachers position should be put more and more on such a footing, that it could present no external attraction to those who did not value it for its own sake, has already received a manifold fulfilment. Those, however, who have to struggle with want and privation, may seek and find a strong consolation in the fact, that they thus stand nearer to the apostolic model, than if they lived in abundance of everything. Comp. the flaming words of Ludwig Hofacker in his Life by A. Knapp, 1852, p. 157 sq.: Often enough have I been offended with a certain class of ministers. To lament over their poor pay is the whole business, their main topic of conversation. Nowhere is there less of faith and contentment than among men of this sort. With them the earthly mind thoroughly predominates. In no class is there less of Divine understanding. In heaven we shall probably meet the smallest proportion of ministers; for it is well-nigh impossible that such an ease-loving, selfish minister should enter the kingdom of heaven. Is it not a real mercy that we are even kept a little short? How much money, then, must a preacher have on hand? Or how much must he have in furniture and pictures? On this absurdity I could descant for a day, and not exhaust the topic, dealing not with individual cases, but with the thing itself, nor yet out of illiberality of feeling, but from long observation. Ah, where is the imitation of Christs life of poverty? No doubt, there are many who suffer, but why? because they fancy that a son is not saved, unless he gets to be a gentleman at the University. The true sufferers are they who are silent and endure, looking up to God.
[M. Henry: There is no general rule to be drawn from this instance; either that ministers may at no time work with their hands for supply of their outward necessities, or that they ought always to do so.J. L.]
7. (1Th 2:11.) Paul emphasizes the fact that he had exhorted every single individual. Comp. Act 20:31, and especially the thrice repeated of Col 1:28. Here, as in Rom 5:12; Rom 5:15; Rom 5:18 sq.; 1Ti 2:4 sqq., the emphasis is on , since Paul is speaking of the spread of the Gospel among the Gentiles, of the removal of the distinction between Jews and Gentiles, of Jesus belonging as man to all mankind, and of every individual simply as a man having an interest in Him. This is that idea of humanity, of the infinite value of each individual human soul before God, which first came to light in the New Covenant, in Christianity, and of which the Gentile Apostle was preeminently the bearer. In ancient times, to which the Old Covenant still essentially belongs, mankind was as yet given up as fleshly to the forces of nature, and therefore also to national divisions. The opposition of and , and stood in force, as that of Greeks and Barbarians; for God in His revelation condescended to the . Not yet was the individual of any consequence in himself as a man; he came into view merely as a member of the larger natural whole, the people. A relative advance in this respect is certainly not to be mistaken within the sphere of the old world, when, for example, we think in the Old Testament of the Psalms, in Greece of the schools of philosophy, in Rome of the domestic life of a Cato and others. But even the Psalmist, who knows that in covenant with his God he is strong and secure against all the world, is ever an Israelite; the Grecian sage is always a Hellene; and so forth. First on the cross of Christ was the flesh and the whole power of nature broken in pieces; first in Christ was the one new man created, so that now there is no longer a question of Jew, Greek, Barbarian, Scythian (Eph 2:15; Col 3:11); there was born the idea at once of humanity and of man; universalism, and along with that the true subjectivity and individualism, for every one singly to lay hold in faith freely from within on the salvation of God, and so attain to the fulness of human dignity (as was already represented in the call of Abraham, Romans 4.; Galatians 3). Not only did Paul recognize and preach this great truth; he likewise at the same time made practical application of it, on the universal side in his Gentile mission, on the other in his special care of souls. The nationalists, therefore, have lost, not their significance, but merely the sting of mutual antipathy, so far as their members are in Christ; in the future kingdom of Christ the curse, the covering, will be removed from the nations as such, as from individuals at present, so that the whole life of history shall be a regenerate life, a life from the dead (Rom 11:15 : comp. Isa 25:7-8).
8. (1Th 2:12.) Glory (, ; for this Luther has also sometimes Klarheit [clearness, lustre], as for verklren [to illustrate]) is a radical term used in Scripture of God, which in theosophy has met with more consideration than in theology. It is the real, organic side in the conception of spirit, whereby the Absolute Personality is not a mere abstract Ego, but the Absolute Life, unfolding and shaping itself in a fulness () of powers. What in earthly phrase has been called nature or the corporeity of God finds in the word glorywith which stand connected the expressions majesty, beauty, light, &c., when used of Godits Scriptural foundation and limitation. In glory is found the reason why the whole man, even as to his body, is called the image of God. By means of glory also is brought about, agreeably to its idea, the appearance or revelation of God. Christs glorification consists essentially in this, that His human nature is raised into the condition of this Divine glory. He makes a real, inward communication of it to His own (unio mystica, the sacraments), so that they become partakers of the Divine nature (2Pe 1:4; Joh 14:23; Joh 17:5; Joh 17:22; Joh 17:24), till in the resurrection they are manifested in this glory, even as to their body (Col 3:3-4). Bengel (on Act 7:2) calls glory divinitas conspicua; Oetinger, the unveiled holiness,the great word that sums up the whole New Testament: J. T. Beck, christliche Lehrwissenchaft, p. 67, the self-manifestation of the living image of God, which has for man a hidden side, but also one visible in rich forms and degrees, and for special revelations assumes special local shapes.
HOMILETICAL AND PRACTICAL
1Th 2:1-12.This section and its several parts are especially appropriate for texts of inaugural and ordination sermons, and such like; happy he, who can take from its also his farewell text! The principal thought of the two main divisions, 1Th 2:1-12, are embraced in the Doctrinal and Ethical department, No. 2, and there already arranged also with reference to the Homiletic use.J. Mich. Hahn: Our Epistle was written to such as had been awakened for about half a year; it is thus rather for such as are weaker and for beginners. For this reason Paul strengthens and animates the Thessalonians by very circumstantial arguments from his own behavior, and that of Silas, among them; considering that with inexperienced souls one must deal more largely in details, than with those who are more spiritually developed.The same: That is it which in our days makes faith so difficult: sinful men dare to call in question the word of God, and to correct it, saying quite plainly that to a great extent it is just the word of man. This mischievous cavilling may in dark hours of temptation rack with doubts even the lovers of truth, and frequently, if they have thoughtful souls, they undergo no light struggle. But these doubts are by the lover of truth overcome, and tend to the strengthening and confirmation of faith; for as all things must work together for good to those who love God and truth, so likewise this, since it too belongs to the all.Diedrich: For the Christian it is important frequently to review his previous guidance in Christ, that he may become ever more conscious of the work of the Lord, and also feel himself bound in hearty affection to those, through whom the Lord has come to us. To the calumniators of the Apostle we owe thanks to this day, for having been to him the occasion for such an exact self-portraiture. The enemies of the truth know not at all, what good service they often render to it.
1Th 2:1-2. J. Mich. Hahn: The great boldness after the contumelious suffering is a sound, valid proof of the truth of Gods word, and of faiths real ground. How should human nature be able to act and suffer thus aimlessly? Its wont truly is, to seek and intend self in everything.The Same: The Lords true messengers are for the most part prepared in the school of suffering, and not in the society of trifling, young people, who in their frivolity often do not know what to go at. If one or another from that quarter is to prosper, he too is called out of the confusion into the school of the cross, like all the rest.The Same: While the Spirit of glory rested on us (1Pe 4:14), we had spiritual boldness, joy in God and with God, incomparable heart-joy; for the life of the spirit was so predominant, that we regarded nothing in nature.Rieger: Suffering does not weaken faith, and so it does not even abate boldness in opening the mouth. Suffering, indeed, undergone lovingly and willingly, assures a man that he is renewed into the image of Christ, and is treading in the footsteps wherein have walked all the lovers of truth, who in the world have been reviled. Suffering makes good salt; avoidance of the cross makes the salt insipid.The Same: When we hear of the boldness of the Apostles, we often suppose that all fear had been blown away. But the Apostles themselves commonly put the two things together; on the one side, what through grace obtained the victory, namely boldness, and, on the other side, those assaults from nature and from the aspect of the world, through which they had to fight their way with great contention.Zwingli: The preaching of the gospel does not go forward without a struggle, and indeed many struggles; for Christ is the sign that is spoken against.
[Burkitt: The Apostle calls his boldness a boldness in God, because a boldness for God and from God.Alford: All true confidence is in God as our God.M. Henry: Suffering in a good cause should rather sharpen than blunt the edge of holy resolution.J. L.]
1Th 2:3-4. Rieger: It is still at present an easy thing for the world, when the gospel is propounded, to give it sometimes the appearance of error, superstition, peculiar notions; and in other cases, where some concession must be made to any one, to impute to him impure aims and self-seeding.The Same: In preaching the gospel, much depends on the heart and its purity tried and approved by God; only in a good conscience can the mystery of the faith be put. Not merely in the beginning and on our first reception into His service does God prove our heart, but daily and hourly.Calvin: To please God and to please men are brought together by Paul as things mutually opposed.Rieger: In striving to please, not men, but God, the gate is strait, and the way narrow. One should, of course commend himself to the consciences of menshould so deal with them, that, without his pleasing them after the flesh, they shall yet think favorably of him, and not in distrust turn away their heart and earshould show to every man all gentleness, condescension, and readiness to oblige, and yet so keep himself apart in the spirit of the cross, as to be intent on pleasing, not men, but God (1Co 10:33).Diedrich: We may well trust those, who, in their transactions with us, desire in everything only to please God; God certainly desires what is best for us. Such as would merely please us will at the least, and without their knowing it, be unfaithful to us.Rieger: Precious operation of the Spirit of glory, who rests on the sufferers, and, in their deepest submersion in the baptism of sorrow, instructs them still to keep their head up, and to say to their God: For he knoweth the secrets of the heart (Psa 44:22).58
1Th 2:5-7. Rieger: We cannot do too much for the sake of winning mens souls; and, if the world calls that flattery, we are to regard it as little as Jesus left off eating and drinking with publicans and sinners on account of the Pharisees. When, indeed, ones aim with men is to steal some advantage for ones self or ones friends, and lull others to sleep to their own souls hurt, in that case there may be danger of indulging in words of flattery: and therefore the Apostle immediately disclaims covetousness also.Calvin: Where avarice and ambition rule, there follow innumerable corruptions, and the whole man sinks into vanity; for these are the two fountains, whence flows the corruption of the entire ministry.Chrysostom: Paul says not: We were dishonored, nor yet: We received no honor;that were to have reproached the Thessalonians;but: We sought it not. [cumenius extends the emphasis to : for the glory that is from God they both sought and received: .J. L.] J. M. Hahn: Although as ambassadors of the sovereign Lord of the whole creation we might have used authority, yet we did not seek to extort from you any such regard as that you should look upon us with fear and awe. This is the way nowadays of those who presume on their office. But what credit have they with the people, and what hearts trust them? That is the very reason why they are universally abandoned. Not so the Lords ambassadors!Rieger: Therein consists a great secret of the kingdom of Christ, that by means of love, whereby the greatest becomes as the servant of all, He effects more, maintains a more fruitful order, than is achieved in any worldly empire by ever so rigorous a distinction of ranks.The Same: Christians, it is true, are not an abject people; they deal in large aims and hopes. They do not, however, seek honor from men, nor in the present time, but take it on credit against the resurrection of the just.
[Burkitt: Flattery in any is odious, in a minister tis monstrous, both because spiritual men ought to be most plain-hearted, and also because flattery about spiritual things, is most fatal and pernicious, both to the giver and receivers.A. Clarke: They that preach the gospel should live (not riot) by the gospel. But woe to that man who entered into the labor for the sake of the hire; he knows not Christ and how can he preach Him?J. L.]
1Th 2:7-9. The Apostles motherly love to those committed to his care, as shown 1. in the most intimate heart-communications to them, 2. in tender affability, 3. in indefatigable self-sacrifice.The connection of official fidelity with personal love.Newborn children often cry a great deal, get sick easily, give also every kind of annoyance, and need much care, and only a mothers love and a mothers patience can bear with them (Bchsel: Erinnerungen aus dem. Leben eines Landgeistlichen, Evangelische Kirchenzeitung, 1859).Roos: Dost thou from hearty love undergo day and night toil and trouble, which no man imposes on thee, or repays?Calvin: Pauls unwillingness to have his wants supplied was in order that he might not hinder the gospel. For good pastors must be careful, not merely to run strenuously in their ministry, but of this also, that, so far as is in their power, they remove all obstacles from their course.Rieger: Ministers of the gospel never want occasion to practise many an economy in housekeeping, in the education of children, in clothes and comforts; whereby in some cases one has rather wherewithal to give to the needy, and in other cases our income suffices, nor is there any need to trouble ourselves and others with so many complaints, or with so much striving after changes. And again, there is always reason why we should not set so high a value on what we are compelled to add from our own means, but reflect whether it is quite as much, as when Paul along with his preaching labored as a handicraftsman.Paul made no claims on this lifedesired not to have things easy in the present world; and therefore also the world could do him no harm.J. G. Kolb: He who has the Spirit of Christ is faithful also in his earthly calling. That is, he is not too lazy to apply his powers in that direction; and neither does he do too much, so as to waste his strength in vanity. He gives his time to securing the heavenly calling in the midst of the earthly one. Such a man is then so much more effective in the kingdom of God.
[1Th 2:10. Webster and Wilkinson: Only believers can rightly estimate holiness and righteousness; and it betokens high attainments in religion to be considered, and to be, an example of holiness and righteousness to them.J. L.]
1Th 2:10-12. Rieger: He who in Divine things seeks not his own, but serves the will of God, acts holily, he who does no wrong to his neighbor in anything, but shows him all love, acts righteously; and he who, moreover, in his behavior, speech and entire conduct, puts it in no mans power to charge him with an offensive contrast between his teaching and his life, acts unblamably. A father has and exerts an authority, but it is that of love, not of law.Spener says in one of his farewell discourses: I cannot say that I am pure from the blood of all men; for I cannot say that I have not ceased to warn every one.Paul a model, not merely in preaching, but also in the care of souls, and in the union of the two. The great Apostle, who filled the whole world with the sound of the gospel, at the same time went after individual souls with all zeal. The different ways in which salvation must be brought near to different men, and even to the same men at different times. We must learn to vary our voice.[M. Henry: We should not only be good as to our general calling as Christians, but in our particular callings and relations.J. L.]
[1Th 2:12. Bp. Davenant, on Col 1:10 : By this form of speaking we are admonished, that Christianity consists in a perpetual journey towards the celestial country, and that no one must halt by the way.Webster and Wilkinson: The kingdom is glorious, and the glory kingly.J. L.]
Footnotes:
[1]1Th 2:1.[The Greek order, retained by most of the old English versions.J. L.]
[2]1Th 2:1.[ German: eitel gewesen ist. The reference is not to the results (Robinson and many others: fruitless, useless, &c., as in 1Th 3:5, ), but, like the rest of this section, to the character of the Apostles ministry. This is one of the cases in which Wiclif and Rheims are kept light by the Vulgate.J. L.]
[3]1Th 2:2. before must be erased. [All the late critical editions omit it, on overwhelming evidence, including Sin.J. L.]
[4]1Th 2:3.[ of 1Th 2:4 shows that in this sentence the writer characterizes his ordinary preaching, and not particularly that at Thessalonica.J. L.]
[5]1Th 2:3.[ error, as it is here rendered by many, and always elsewhere in our Common Version, except at 2Th 2:11, delusion. Auberlen, after De Wette, Lnemann, Koch: Irrwahn.J. L.]
[6]1Th 2:3.[See Ellicotts note, p. 149 sq., on the appropriate rendering in the different cases of continued negation.J. L.]
[7]1Th 2:3.Instead of , A. B. C. D. F. G. [Sin.] and some minuscules have here also , which Lachmann, De Wette, Lnemann [Hahn, Winer, Olshausen, Koch, Wordsworth, Alfords last edition, Ellicott, who admits, however, that the reading is very doubtful.J. L.] prefer; comp. Winer, p. 437. Yet the correspondent may be also a correction, and accordingly Tischendorf has in the seventh edition gone back to .
[8]1Th 2:4.[ . For the rendering of the verb, comp. Rom 2:18; 1Co 16:3; Php 1:10. the tense also should be allowed its full force as a perfect.J. L.]
[9]1Th 2:4.[The before is bracketed by Lachmann, and cancelled by Tischendorf, Alford, Ellicott, after B. C. D. Sin., &c.J. L.]
[10]1Th 2:4.[ , a repetition of the previous verb, in a modified sense; comp. E. V. at 1Th 5:21, and often elsewhere. In 1Th 2:5 is in Sin. J.L.]
[11]1Th 2:6. . The Greek order is here followed by nearly all versions, English and foreign.J. L.]
[12]1Th 2:6.[This marginal rendering of E. V. is substantially that adopted by the majority of interpreters from Ambrosiaster to Alford, Ellicott, and Auberlen: uns ein Ansehen geben. Ellicott quotes Chrysostom as decidedly in favor of the same interpretation, whereas Chrysostom expressly includes the other reference also (preferred by many from Theodoret to Webster and Wilkinson): , . Others in like manner allow either interpretation, or combine the two. See Revision.J. L.]
[13]1Th 2:7.[ (B. Sin. ) . See 1Th 1:5, Critical Note 6.J. L.]
[14]1Th 2:7.Lachmanns [], childlike, which arose from drawing over the from the preceding word, and as destroying the unity of the figure, must be rejected. [It has, however, very considerable support from manuscripts (B. C. D. F. G. Sin.), versions, and Fathers.J. L.]
[15]1Th 2:7.[ . Webster and Wilkinson: as a nurse (any nurse) would.Lachmann, Tischendorf, Alford, Ellicott: , after B. C. D. E. F. G. &c., but not Sin.1 Many; including Auberlen, have a colon or a period after , and attach this clause as protasis to what follows in 1Th 2:8. Erasmus, Lachmann, Tischendorf, Alford, Wordsworth, Ellicott, place a comma before and after it, Ellicott regarding the clause both as an illustration of the preceding words, and as the protasis to the following. But this divided duty is somewhat distracting. The simile of the nursing mother no doubt suggests what is said in 1Th 2:8, but can scarcely be a grammatical protasis to it, and yet maintain a structural connection with what precedes. On the whole, I prefer the arrangement of our English Version, and would close 1Th 2:7 with at least a semicolon.J. L.]
[16]1Th 2:8[ qualifies , not J. L.]
[17]1Th 2:8Instead of the common reading now is [all the uncials, and many cursives.J. L.]
[18]1Th 2:8.[The Greek order, followed by Wiclif and Rheims, and later versions generally.J. L.]
[19]1Th 2:8.[ , the reading of recent critical editions, is sustained by abundant uncial authority, including Sin. The recepta may have been an accommodation to the supposed present time of J. L.]
[20]1Th 2:9.[ ]. after should be cancelled [as it now is in nearly all critical editions. It is wanting in A. B. D. F. G. Sin.J. L.].
[21]1Th 2:10.[ participle of the imperfect, not, as English Version, Ellicott, &c., of the present. German: euch, den Glaubenden; and similarly many others, from the Syriac to Lnemann. Comp. 1Th 1:7.For the import of the dative, see Exeget. Notes.J. L.]
[22]1Th 2:11. must have the same relation to 1Th 2:12 as the other two participles between which it stands.J. L.]
[23]1Th 2:11.The reading is indeed better attested than – [this, which was doubtful before, can no longer be allowed, now that – is sustained by Sin.J. L.], and was therefore at first favored by Lachmann and Tischendorf. But by the latter, with De Wette, Lnemann [Bengel, Schott, Bloomfield, Alford, Ellicott], &c., it has again been abandoned with reason, since is only used passively [some reading also at Act 26:22.J. L.], and the mistake might easily occur in copying, from the similarity in sound to [Latin versions generally use obtestor; German versions, beschwren. or bezeugen; Rhemish and Conybeare, to adjure; Alford, to conjure, &c. J. L.]
[24]1Th 2:11.[ In Greek the verse is arranged thus: Even as ye know how every one of you, as a father his own children, we exhorted you, and encouraged, and adjured. All the accusatives are dependent on the participles, and therefore Ellicotts translation: Even as ye know how in regard of every one of you we did so, as a father toward his own children, exhorting you and encouraging you, and charging you, is wanting in his usual exactness.J. L.]
[25]1Th 2:12.[For of the textus receptus, Scholz, Lachmann, Tischendorf, Alford, Wordsworth, Ellicott, read , on large authority of manuscripts uncial (including Sin.) and cursive.J. L.]
[26]1Th 2:12.[ A. and Sin., with a few cursive manuscripts, read .J. L.]
[27][And so in our English Version; whereas the German thus: Ye know that our entrance hath, &c.J. L.]
[28][Including Lnemann, Alford, Ellicott, Vaughan. Yet, since there seems to have been no violent resistance to the preachers at Thessalonica, prior to the sudden outbreak which led to their immediate departure from the city (Act 17:5-10), it is not well thus to restrict the reference. Comp. Pauls use of the word at Col 2:1; 1Ti 6:12; 2Ti 4:7. Fritzsche and many (Lnemann says, most) understand the word here of the Apostles cares and sorrows. Why not take in both the inward experience, and the outward?J. L.]
[29][Ellicott: is perhaps distinguishable from and , as directed more to the feelings than the understanding. Jowett: The two senses of , exhortation and consolation, so easily passing into one another (compare 1Th 2:11), are suggestive of the external state of the early Church, sorrowing amid the evils of the world, and needing as its first lesson to be comforted; and not less suggestive of the first lesson of the Gospel to the individual soul, of peace in believing.J. L.]
[30][Ellicott states the gradation thus: (a) to put to the test; (b) to choose after testing; (c) to approve of what is so tested. This might perhaps be improved by transposing (b) and (c).J. L.]
[31][German: von Gott werth geachtetder unsere Herzen werthet (prfet).J. L.]
[32][And, at most, he for them, not they of themselves.J. L.]
[33][So Lnemann, and similarly Alford (, the abstract ground; , the concrete object;a distinction on which he insists against Ellicott, who pronounces it artificial and precarious.) That of Schott, assented to by Olshausen and Bloomfield, that marks the immediate source, the mediate, is rejected by Lnemann as here impossible. But, even if the two prepositions must be regarded in this place as synonymous, it is desirable that the translation should indicate the change. Webster and Wilkinson: derived from men, whether tendered on your part or on the part of others.J. L.]
[34][The latter half of 1Th 2:6 in our English Version is in Luthers Bible attached to 1Th 2:7.J. L.]
[35][Macknight adopts the rendering of the English margin, but understands the Apostle to speak of his right to exact both obedience and maintenance. Perhaps, however, the other phrase, to be burdensome, no less admits of either reference, and it has the advantage of preservingsomewhat too strongly, indeedthe verbal affinity between 1Th 2:6; 1Th 2:9. Comp. Critical Note 12.J. L.]
[36][Alford and Ellicott find in a hint at the absence of all assumption of authority, as one of yourselves, and cite Chrysostom, cumenius, and Zanchius to the same effect.J. L.]
[37][But see Critical Note 15.J. L.]
[38][wie eine sugende Mutter ihre eigenen Kinder pfleget. It is obvious, however, that the maternal relation is indicated solely by the , and is not at all necessarily implied in . Augustine, Serm. de Ps. 72:24 (Psa 73:23): Apostolus vero, germano et pio caritatis affectu, et nutricis personam suscepit, dicendo, fovet; et matris, addendo, filios suos. Sunt enim nutrices foventes quidem, sed non filios suos: item sunt matres nutricibus dantes, non foventes filios suos.J. L.]
[39][Ellicott prefers to regard as an apocopated, and as a late and perhaps strengthened, form of To the derivation from , Wordsworth objects the aspirated , and he adheres strongly to Theophylacts account of the word as from and ,=, bound to, twined together with you, and clinging to you.J. L.]
[40][Our German, after Luther, gives Leben for ; and this interpretation is given by very many, including the English margin; comp. 1Jn 3:16, &c. But says Ellicott: There is perhaps a faint reference to the deeper meaning of , as pointing to the centre of the personalityour lives and souls (Fell), our very existences, and all things pertaining to them.J. L.]
[41][Ellicott: The former perhaps marks the toil on the side of the suffering it involves (see on 1Ti 4:10), the latter, as derivation seems to suggest (connected with , and perhaps allied to , see Pott, Etym. Forsch. Vol. I. p. 283), on the side of the magnitude of the obstacles it has to overcome. Nearly opposite to this is Wordsworth: The former word expresses energy of action, the other indicates patience in bearing. Alford: No distinction can be established.J. L.]
[42][So Alford. But the correctness of the remark may be questioned, since Paul, as is mentioned above, observes the same order everywhere else.J. L.]
[43][But Winer there reverts to Luthers unter euch, instead of the preferable an of previous editions; and Auberlens own version has simply the dative: verkndigten wir euch. It may also he noted, here that, for , the Cod. Sin. a prima manu reads .J. L.]
[44][Bengel: Sancte in rebus divinis, juste erga hominesthe classical distinction between and , but not always to be pressed in the N. T.J. L.]
[45][Ellicott: Perhaps it is safer to say that and form on the positive side a compound idea of holy purity and righteousness, whether towards God or towards men, while states on the negative side the general blamelessness in both aspect is and relations.J. L.]
[46][An interpretation suggested by Musculus, allowed by Baumgarten, and adopted by Ellicott (whose version, however, to you that believe, does not convey that idea).J. L.]
[47][The objection drawn from the adverbs to the construction of as a dat. judiciia construction followed also by Alford, who cites 2Pe 3:14is plausible only when, by an arbitrary rendering of the verb, as=appeared, were thought, the idea of judgment is transferred to it from the dative.J. L.]
[48][German: als Dativ des Vortheils=as a dative of interest. But this must be a misprint for Urtheils.J. L.]
[49][Sometimes also they restrict , to (Syriac, Theoderet, cumenius, Calvin, &c.). The Greek order is this: Ye are witnesses, and God, how holily and righteously and unblamably to (for) you who believed we behaved. Probably the precise import of the dative in this case must be left doubtful. Ellicotts objection to it as a dative of judgment, that the Apostle would scarcely have appealed to God in reference to the judgment of the Thessalonians, is by no means decisive. Solemnly to remind converts of their earliest convictions and first love is a Scripture means of guarding them, or recovering them, from declension and apostasy. Comp. Gal 4:14-15; Rev 2:3; Rev 2:5; &c.J. L.]
[50][in dem wir, wie ihr ja wisset, &c.J. L.]
[51][Notwithstanding the above remarks, I adhere still to the ordinary construction of , , &c. The objections to it are more than counterbalanced by the exceeding awkwardness of the new arrangement proposed. As a parenthesis belonging to what follows it, would be strangely misplaced. It is also very improbable that any considerations of euphony determined the use of here, instead of (1Th 2:2; 1Th 2:5; 1Th 1:5. See 1Th 2:13, ). Perhaps it might rather be said, that the former was selected for the sake of still more strongly emphasizing the exactness of the correspondence between the personal and the official conduct of the Apostle.J. L.]
[52][It is wanting in Cod. Sin.Ellicott speaks of it as a collective serving still more clearly to define all that were includeda defining and supplementary accusative, somewhat allied to the use of that case in the .J. L.]
[53][Some editions repeating after .J. L.]
[54][Similarly Peile: in words both of encouragement and solemn admonition.It is quite probable that may draw the to itself as being the generic word. But what is said above more than that is too confidently stated. Certainly there is not another instance in the New Testament of (in the sense of exhorting) being followed, any more than , by . The prevailing construction of the former also is with or an infinitive.J. L.]
[55][The Greek Testament begins 1Th 2:12 with .J. L.]
[56][Vaughan: A reiterated sound, continued through the individual life.J. L.]
[57]Comp. Lehrer- und Predigerspiegel 1Th 2:1-12 in Zellers Monatsblatt von Beuggen, 1860, No. 10 sqq.
[58][Psa 44:21 of the English version. Luthers version, followed in our text: nun kennet er ja unsers Herzens Grund.J. L.]
Fuente: A Commentary on the Holy Scriptures, Critical, Doctrinal, and Homiletical by Lange
CONTENTS
In this chapter the Apostle dwells chiefly upon his Labors among them as a Minister of Christ. He strongly expresseth his Affection for the People.
Fuente: Hawker’s Poor Man’s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)
(1) For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain: (2) But even after that we had suffered before, and were shamefully entreated, as ye know, at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God with much contention. (3) For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile: (4) But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God, which trieth our hearts. (5) For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloke of covetousness; God is witness: (6) Nor of men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome, as the apostles of Christ. (7) But we were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children: (8) So being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. (9) For ye remember, brethren, our labour and travail: for labouring night and day, because we would not be chargeable unto any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God. (10) Ye are witnesses, and God also, how holily and justly and unblameably we behaved ourselves among you that believe: (11) As ye know how we exhorted and comforted and charged everyone of you, as a father doth his children, (12) That ye would walk worthy of God, who hath called you unto his kingdom and glory.
I have always considered this Chapter, since I knew anything of the Lord, with peculiar pleasure, as opening the very heart of a faithful minister of Christ. And if the Reader be taught of God the Spirit, how rightly to appreciate divine things, I venture to believe that he will think with me, that the whole Chapter from beginning to end, furnished Jesus Christ, one of the most finished portraits of a truly ordained minister of the Lord Jesus. Oh! that it pleased the Almighty Lord of the harvest, to send such laborers into his harvest! Oh! that we could look round, and behold many such coming forth in this awful day, that we might be led to hope the Lord would not then remove our Candlestick out of its place! Rev 2:5 .
I cannot propose, in a Poor Man’s Commentary, to follow the Apostle through all the parts of the ministerial labors which he hath enumerated in this Chapter. But I shall select a few of the most striking, and such as were not confined to the days of the Apostles, but more or less, correspond to the general state of the Church in all ages.
And I shall begin with the one which Paul himself hath began with, namely, the decided testimony that the Lord the Holy Ghost sent him and his few faithful companions to labor in the word and doctrine, from the evident blessings which attended their ministry. You yourselves know, brethren, that our entrance in unto you was not in vain. Reader! it were to be most earnestly sought for from the Lord, that the Churches of the living God, both the people and the minister have the Lord’s testimony that his presence is among them, by his blessings which go before and follow the word. There is somewhat tremendously awful, when men run unsent into the ministry, to whom it might be said, who hath required this at your hand when ye tread my courts? Isa 1:12 . And to behold multitudes expressing seeming anxiety for the conversion of others, which never were converted themselves, is among the awful signs of the present times!
The next beautiful feature of character in Paul’s ministry is , what he hath marked of opposition. Never was there a faithful servant of Christ as yet unopposed. And very certain it is, that there never will be, for then would the offence of the cross be ceased. The Apostle appears to have marked it down, as a never failing token, upon every occasion, that wherever the Lord opened a great and effectual door to preach his Gospel, there would be sure to be found many adversaries. 1Co 16:9 . Hence the shameful treatment, Paid met at Philippi; is blessedly explained by the success Paul found there in the Lord’s blessing upon it. Lydia and the Jailor are upon everlasting record, wherefore the devil roared, and stirred up his agents to oppose and scourge the Apostles; and how many more the Lord might have called there, we are left to form hopes. See Act 16 . And such is the case in all ages. Wherever the Lord sends his faithful servants to gather his redeemed from among the world, the Gospel of God must be delivered with much contention. To preach Christ, and Christ only, to insist upon the everlasting love of God the Father, as Paul did, in choosing the Church in Christ before the foundation of the world, predestinating that Church to the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to himself, according to the good pleasure of his will, to preach wholly and solely, as Paul did, redemption through the blood of Christ, and to insist, moreover, that without the regeneration of the heart by God the Spirit, as Christ himself did, there can be no entrance into his kingdom to preach these glorious truths, as the whole of salvation will be, indeed, with much contention. All modern Pharisees of the world will take offence at such preaching, and such preachers, as the ancient ones did at Christ himself, and will not barely oppose, but raise an hue and cry against both. And it is a blessed testimony to the truth when such men oppose it. For, as they know not the plague of their own heart, and never entered by the door of regeneration into the sheepfold, how shall they know the glorious, distinguishing truths of the Gospel? Eph 1:4-10 ; Joh 3:3 . and Joh 10:1 .
The Apostle hath given another most striking character of his faithfulness in the ministry, when he said, For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile. But, as we were allowed to be put in trust with the Gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God which trieth our hearts. What a lovely account is here of a faithful minister of Jesus Christ! But it is a solemn question to ask, whether such are not of deceit, and uncleanness, and guile, who call themselves ministers of Christ, and yet are men pleasers. To bolster up Pharisees in compliments of their goodness, to suppress the grand and distinguishing doctrines of election, Christ’s atonement, and the final perseverance of the saints in submission to such men’s false opinions, to suffer the Lord’s people to go lean, in keeping back the precious consolations of the Gospel, that the proud may be gratified in having smooth things preached before them; these are awful signs of unfaithfulness in the ministry, wherever they are found! And what a striking appeal the Apostle makes, in confirmation of his faithfulness, when he doth it both before God and man. For neither (saith he) at any time used we flattering words, ye know. Nor a coke of covetousness, God is witness. How very blessed it must be thus to act in the ministry! The real Church of Christ knows no distinction of persons. All are equally dear in Jesus. And equally dear they must be to his faithful ministers. That servant of the Lord, that is himself conscious of the plague of his own heart, will exercise the greater jealousy over his people. And, as more danger is to be dreaded from the leaven of the Pharisee, than from all the other causes of evil whatever; he that knows his own heart will spare not others. He will never fawn nor flatter, but rather, as Paul commanded Timothy, reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all long-suffering and doctrine. And, if ever there was a day in which this faithfulness was more imperiously necessary than another, the present is so. Paul said the time would come when they would not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts would heap to themselves teachers having itching ears; turning away their ears from the truth, and being turned unto fables. 2Ti 4:2-4 . And had the Apostle pointed to this very age, as the day he alluded to, it could not have been more correct in description. Instead of making Christ the all in all, as Paul did, human perfection is cried up, and men are complimented with their zeal and liberality, and almsdeeds, in promoting, as it is called, the spread of the Gospel. Where is the model of Christ’s preaching discoverable in such Essays? Who that reads Christ’s first Sermon in the Jewish Synagogue, can find any traces of it in the discourses of modern times? His was to preach the Gospel to the poor, to heal the broken-hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind. Luk 4:18 . Happy the people who sit under preaching formed on this plan?
One word more. We never can too much admire the affection with which Paul describes his labors, and those of his companions in the ministry, as he hath here represented it. We were gentle among you, (saith he,) even as a nurse cherisheth her children. The image is most tender, and is designed to represent how very watchful the faithful servants of the Lord are of his fold, and how affectionately they bear with all the weaknesses and wants and even waywardness of the babes and the young of Christ’s family. But, while I admire Paul’s figure of the nurse, I cannot but remark his modesty also, in taking that of the nurse, and not of the mother. The nurse, yea, the tenderest nurse is not the real, but only the foster mother. Jesus hath taken this image of the mother to himself, and to himself alone it belongs; and, therefore, Paul doth not presume to use it. As one whom his mother comforteth, so will I comfort you. Isa 66:13 . But I pray the Reader to observe what a fullness of love the Apostle hath summed up in his expressions, when he saith, that being so affectionately desirous of the Lord’s people, they were willing to have imparted to them, not the Gospel of God only, but also their own souls, because they were dear to them. It is hardly possible, in the cold and selfish times in which we live, to enter into an apprehension of the warmth of Paul’s heart. All he had, and all he knew; his gifts, and graces, and enjoyments were all for the people, among whom he labored in word and doctrine yea, his very soul was theirs, because Christ and his members are all one. Oh! what a lovely view of the affectionate minister of Christ! If the Reader would wish to see the several features more largely drawn, I refer him to Act 20:17 , etc.
We must not overlook the disinterested conduct of Paul and his companions in their ministerial services, that it was all free, and without cost or charges. He labored night and day at his trade of tent-making, that the Gospel might bring no expence to his hearers. See Act 18:3 . Not, as he elsewhere said, because that he had no right of eating of their bread, while he fed them with the bread of life; see 1Co 9:14 . and, Commentary; but because it was delightful to his generous mind to be not burdensome to the people. He knew the blessedness and truth, in his own experience of his Lord’s words, and acted upon them. Act 20:33-35 . Reader! do not overlook this part also of Paul’s character!
Allow me to add one word more on this beautiful passage, in which the outlines of a faithful minister of Christ is so correctly drawn. I beg the Reader to observe how the Apostle tells the Church that they were witnesses, and God also, how holily and justly, and unblameably, they had behaved themselves among them, and also had exhorted and charged them as a father doth his children, that they would also walk worthy of God, who had called them unto his kingdom and glory.
I entreat the Reader to be the more attentive to this feature of the ministerial character, as drawn by God the Holy Ghost with the pen of Paul, because many, either from ignorance or perversity, are perpetually mistaking the subject, as though they who preach the great truths of the Gospel in God’s electing love, Christ’s redeeming blood and righteousness, and God the Spirits regenerating grace, do not inculcate obedience, neither exhort to godliness and an holy life. Whereas the fact is the very reverse. Preachers sent by God the Holy Ghost, (and none unsent by him are sent at all,) being themselves regenerated, (and an unregenerate man was never ordained by the Holy Ghost,) begin the subject where Christ begins it. Make the tree good, (saith Jesus,) and his fruit good. Mat 12:33 . Until the sinner is born again, he is dead in trespasses and sins. Eph 2:1 . Hence, when a soul is himself renewed and ordained by the Holy Ghost, and sent forth to preach Christ he simply preacheth Christ, and nothing beside. He doth, as Moses did in the wilderness, lift up the Son of man, that whosoever believeth in him may not perish, but have eternal life. Joh 3:14-15 . And when God the Spirit, who send’s the word, gives power to the word, and by his regenerating grace quickens the sinner to a new and spiritual life, then all the blessed effects are the consequence, which the Apostle here describes. Holiness of life and conversation will always follow the renewed life. But to do as some modern teachers would prescribe, namely, to address the ungodly, and call them to faith and repentance, is like bidding the Ethiopian to change his skin, and the leopard his spots. Reader! do pause over the beautiful portrait which the Holy Ghost himself hath drawn by Paul, of a faithful minister of Christ, and admire the loveliness of his character!
Fuente: Hawker’s Poor Man’s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)
Orphaned for an Hour
1Th 2:17
Only a great heart could have said this. Such glowing sentences are amongst the most vivid and positive evidences of inspiration. Paul was a great father mother, a great brother-sister, a woman and a man There is nothing like the Pauline affection; there is so much reason under it, around it, above it; it is so complete and cogent and intense in logic; it is a great flower whose roots go down to the rock. Paul loved the society of the believing Church; he was at home amongst his own folks; they knew one another, and when they did not speak they could translate the very silence into eloquence.
I. ‘Being taken from you:’ literally, Being orphaned. In the English language we limit the word orphan to a certain set of circumstances; we say that a child who has lost father or mother is in that degree an orphan. In the Greek language there was more licence of application of the term; in that language men spoke of themselves as being orphaned when they were bereaved of their children; not only were the children orphans, but the bereaved parents were orphans; thus the eloquence and the music of this glorious declaration. ‘Being orphaned from you,’ feeling the loneliness and the cold and the desolation and the miserableness of being away from you. That is a nobler use of the term: blessed are they who, feeling the pain of orphanage, have hope that pain may be taken away. ‘Being orphaned from you for a short time’: literally, for one little hour; sixty minutes and no more: a vanishing orphanage, a desolation that is being consumed by its own agony. ‘Being orphaned from you for an hour in presence:’ literally, in face, that is all; it is only the face that is wanting, and that not wholly wanting, for there is a vision in the air, an outline on the background of the darkness. Now we seem to enter into the very sanctuary of the Apostle’s meaning: ‘Brethren, being orphaned from you for the season of a little transient hour, in face, not in heart, we endeavoured the more abundantly to see your face with great desire’. After all, the face may be part of the soul; do not despise the visible presence. No two visible presences are exactly alike; one face cannot take the place of another; but, after all, it is the face and not the soul, and the face that owes everything to the soul behind it. Ah me! there are faces behind whose formal beauty there is no throbbing and surgent soul.
II. A most tender expression is this of the text, ‘taken from you’; that is a common experience; ‘not in heart,’ that is a special experience. They are separated who have no heart-fellowship. Proximity is not brotherhood; the man sitting next you is separated from you maybe by the diameter of the universe; to be near is not necessarily to be identical. Separation of hearts; that is woe; where there is no kinship in love; that is orphanage that endures through all the hours, through all the duration of eternity.
III. Is there any experience in the life of Christ kindred to the experience of the text? I think the experience of the Master and the experience of the disciple are often identical, each being taken in its own degree. ‘Yet a little while, and ye shall not see Me.’ But we can always see the soul we have loved? True, but not the face, which is the outward and visible symbol of that soul. ‘A little while ye shall not see Me; and again a little while, being orphaned from you for one short hour, and ye shall see Me’ the other face, the inner face, the vision face. Our friends come back to us in vision. They do not need the face of flesh; that was rough and temporary, exposed to all the cruelty of the wind and storm and all the plague of insidious disease; but, having shuffled off the mortal and the visible, they come back with new life and a new visibleness. Has the soul no eyes? are eyes only instruments on which the optician operates? is there no vision of the heart, no sight of the soul, no perception of the immortality that throbs in every human heart? ‘A little while, and ye shall not see Me, and again a little while and ye shall see Me’ from another point of view, in another light; and you will pass from the body to the spirit, away from the body to the Holy Spirit. That is the mystery of Providence, that is the wonderful part of our spiritual education, so that loss may be gain, and having lost you may possess for ever in an imperishable relation, almost in an imperishable form: for there is a spiritual body and there is a natural body; when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and the heavens shall be alive with new presences, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory! We must attain to this higher fellowship, to this clearer vision, to this surer realisation of the things which God intended to remain.
References. II. 17. Expositor (5th Series), vol. i. p. 223. II. 18. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xi. No. 657. II. 19. Expositor (4th Series), vol. x. p. 99. III. 2. Expositor (5th Series), vol. x. p. 158. III. 8. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xxx. No. 1758. III. 11. T. H. Ball, Persuasions, p. 272. III. 11-13. Expositor (4th Series), vol. ii. p. 258. III. 12. Ibid. (5th Series), vol. x. p. 324. III. 12, 13. J. G. Greenhough, Christian World Pulpit, vol. li. p. 88. IV. 1. R. Allen, The Words of Christ, p. 216. J. Keble, Sermons for Lent to Passiontide, p. 127.
Fuente: Expositor’s Dictionary of Text by Robertson
The Apostolic Album
1Th 2
We have our albums now. We put one another, in picture, into appropriate cases, so that we can remind ourselves of each other when not face to face. They had no albums in apostolic times. What would we give for a likeness of the apostle Paul, that most heroic and Christlike of all souls? Yet, broadly and imaginatively speaking, these epistles are albums of the apostles and of the churches and of the times in which they lived. They bear looking at again and again. No man has seen all the picture; no man can see all the portraiture: every eye sees it own delineation, and every age creates its own gallery of beauty and vitality out of these marvellous sketches. We may see the Apostle and we may see the Thessalonians vividly photographed in this second chapter.
How did the apostles preach? What were they like when they stood up? Did they apologise for their existence? Did they stand cap in hand, and say, If you please, gentlemen, we will speak, if you will allow us? The Apostle says, “We were bold in our God to speak unto you.” They were bold speakers; not in the sense of being physically violent, they were bold with a courage grand enough to be quiet. They were not to be moved. When the Apostle saw bonds and imprisonments, and all manner of insult, and tumult and danger, he said, “None of these things move me.” The word “move” is full of varied suggestion; it is an action itself. These things do not even create in me a momentary spasm; I care nothing for them, I challenge them, I despise them, I defy them; nay, I will not anger myself sufficiently to speak about them in emphatic language: I will simply say, none of these things cause me a moment’s flutter. Bold men must have bold messages to deliver, otherwise there will be a disparity between the preacher and his gospel. Anything feeble delivered with violence aggravates its own imbecility: it should never thunder but when it lightens. Men should pronounce great gospels with great earnestness. There is more in human nature than there is often supposed to be. Sometimes flippant critics say, It was largely in the manner. But what is the manner? The manner is the man; it is the attitude of the soul, it is the native expression of God’s eternal purpose. There is but little “bold” preaching now: there is much bold hearing that is to say, there is much bold scepticism, bold criticism, bold indifference; everything has lost its first blood-flush, and has become of a pale, neutral tint. Is it the Sabbath day? it has not been destroyed, but all its edges have been clipped. The Church has not been burned with fire, but it has been left to rot with mildew. Scepticism does not hide its head: why should Christianity peep and mutter in the twilight? If you have a gospel, do make it known; if it is not a gospel, say nothing about it. The Apostle was not afraid of “contention.” That is the word he uses in the second verse “we were bold in our God to speak unto you the Gospel of God with much contention”: everybody was contradicting us; men were spitting upon us, smiting us upon the face, scorning us in every possible variety and tone of satire and sarcasm. But through all the tumult there sounded that wondrous voice of tenderness and love and pity and persuasion. Let us be bold men in Christ if we would be apostolic.
Then the Apostle need scarcely have said that his “exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness,” yet it was well for him to say, “nor in guile”: for guile is a peculiar word with peculiar meanings. If the Apostle had known our English and had written in it, he would have said, Nor was our exhortation by the use of tricks. There are pulpits that are built upon nothing else. But woe unto the apostle who would seek to make a mere trick of the Gospel of Christ or any of its issues and uses. There are men who do not openly despise the Bible who yet make as little use of it as possible even in the pulpit. The only thing that is wanting in some discourses, is the Bible the living word, the only word worth speaking. Hence we have our discourses upon earthquakes and shipwrecks and imperial circumstances and all manner of political change and action; and this is called preaching to the times: and it is wisely called such preaching, for with the times it dies, there is nothing of eternity in it. He preaches best even about momentary incidents who preaches eternal words: the greater includes the less, the profound eternal principle carries with it the local, incidental, transitory incident. Do not let us be pulled down by those who want so much preaching to the times. We should sometimes be enabled to get away from that which is momentary and local and irritating, we should get into the quietness which soothes and heals and renews the soul. Blessed solitude, companionable loneliness, I would be much with thee: when most alone I am least alone. Said Christ, “I am alone, yet not alone, for the Father is with me.” If we would have in the Christian sanctuary wise masterly handling of the affairs of life our teachers must come from the sanctuary of eternity to tell us how to live out our little day. The minister who lives by tricks shall perish by tricks: he who speaks the eternal word with a faithful heart and a fearless tongue shall have a great harvesting. Cheer thee, O brother; it is not to be conceived that God will allow his faithful to return with empty hands and disappointed hearts.
The Apostle might be followed up to this point, but he leaves us here wondering how he could do what he did, for he boldly says that he spoke “not as pleasing men.” There he stands alone, as a celibate could, a man who has nor wife, nor home, nor child, nor kith, nor kin, nor silver spoon, nor chariot of gilt. You cannot do him any favour; your favours would oppress him, your “How-do-you-do?” would interrupt his prayer. Is there not a temptation to live so as to please men? Is there not an easy road to popularity by saying to men, You are right, you are good, and you are wise; continue in the course which you are now pursuing, and at the end you will enter into God’s heaven as if by right of claim? Men must be offended before they can be saved; men must be trampled upon before they can stand erect; men have to be depleted, utterly impoverished, before God can do anything with them. Said the Founder of the kingdom, the Peasant-Sovereign, the Peasant-Prophet, “I am come to send fire on the earth, and a sword:” we have come to quench the fire and to sheathe the sword.
The Apostle makes this still more clear, for he says, in 1Th 2:5 , “Neither at any time used we flattering words.” Have you ever seen an Israelite indeed, in whom there is no guile, try for one little moment to put a misleading colour upon something? He contradicts himself by his very face; his eye says, I am trying to deceive you, and you know it. It would have been interesting to have seen the Apostle Paul trying to use a flattering word, to lie by compliment. Yet he was courteous, he was a gentleman of the olden type; every turn of that old body, so bruised and crumpled, was the curve of poetry; every address he made to high office and dignity was the address of a king. Courtesy is perfectly compatible with candour. A man need not be rough and violent in speech, in order to be truthful. In Paul, see how gentlest courtesy wedded frankest candour, and how the strongest speaker in the Church could lower his voice into all the subtleties of minor music. Do not imagine that when you insult a man you treat him candidly. Candour fair, white-faced, blue-eyed candour child of the morning, child of summer, is not to be wedded to brusqueness and violence and madness of speech. Men can be very candid, yet very courteous: oh, that some men would try to work that miracle!
The Apostle, working and talking so, was able to add, in the sixth verse, “Nor of men sought we glory.” That is a word we ought to take pains to understand. Christ says, “How can ye receive me or my word who receive honour one of another?” The word “honour” is the wrong word, it should be “glory” “How can ye receive God’s word who receive glory one of another,” not respect, not courtesy, not grateful recognition; all that is right and necessary: but we must take care that we do not make even the Apostle equal to God. Glory belongeth unto the Lord. Literally, the Apostle will read thus: Neither sought we recognition of our splendid position. That is the full meaning of the word “glory” as here used. Give your ministers all the respect that is due to their sanctified humanity and their useful ability; love and honour and cherish them, because of spiritual benefit: but remember that glory belongs to God only. Let us take care how by conferring exalted title we may seem to divide the sovereignty of God. There be those who can say with an honest heart, “Our Lord God the Pope”; there be those also who count such speech profanity.
This is the negative aspect of the Apostolic relation to service and to ecclesiastical life. Is there anything more positive and direct? The following verses answer the inquiry: “We were gentle among you.” The servant of the Lord must not strive, but he must be gentle, easy to be entreated; he must be a mother, a nurse, as well as a shepherd and a soldier. He must be a many-sided man. When the strong man is gentle even women adore him: there is a strange, weird, fascinating quality of tenderness about him; when his great strength bends over us we feel a sense of security; his arms represent a still higher strength, and his lower voice affects us by its pathos. “Even as a nurse cherisheth her children” yes, a mother-nurse. There be nurses that are paid for their love, and there be mother-nurses no gold could ever pay for tears and tenderness, and sitting up through the weary night, and watching every change of the countenance, and administering even to wants that are beyond the uses of words. That was apostolic life. The apostles lived in their work; they did not do something else six days in the week and play the nurse on the seventh: a child so treated would die.
Paul makes the matter still more broadly conspicuous by the use of these words: “So being affectionately desirous of you,” wanting you, crying for you, saying, Come to us! Oh, these outstretched arms of apostolic solicitude and interest! are they not the shadow of other arms? Are there not arms stretched out over all the universe that it may be secured and saved and sanctified? We cannot do without that element in life. We cannot live on thunder and storm. We could not live on Mount Lebanon. It would be a halting-place to be desired for a day, but when we want to live we come down to the corner field and the garden, the simple beauties and tender hospitalities of nature. So we need the Church amongst us, that mother that wants us, that hugs and kisses, embraces and protects us; we want the quiet sanctuary, never so pleasant to any man as to the man who has hurried in from the market-place where he has been worried and fretted by a thousand contentions, and who feels that quietness is healing, and silence the noblest speech. We need the altar, the sanctuary, the quiet book full of healing, soothing, psalm, and doctrine; above all we want that “affectionateness” which cannot rest until the very last wanderer is at home.
How did the apostles conduct themselves? Honest men are not afraid of egotism; honest men are not afraid to speak about themselves: hypocrites and pedants are. Hypocrites and pedants are always trying to blot themselves out. Whenever you find a man who wants to blot himself out, do not lend him any money, do not invite him to your house, do not introduce him to your children he is a liar! Believe the honest man who knows his stature and his weight, his bulk and his force, and who speaks of himself modestly before God, but with a right stern dignity towards men. How did the apostles behave themselves? “Ye are witnesses, and God also, how holily and justly and unblameably we behaved ourselves among you that believe.” We ought to be able to say these very words. This is a marvellous character for any man to give himself, even though he be an apostle of Jesus Christ. The words are worth repeating “how holily and justly and unblameably we behaved ourselves among you that believe.” This is possible in purpose. Let us never forget that the purpose is the life. As for conduct, it is always breaking down; otherwise we should not need to be continually praying, confessing, and supplicating God’s forgiveness: but purpose may be everlasting, consistent, irrefragable, a thing not to be broken, perverted, the constant prayer of conscious want. We are what we are in purpose, not what we are in little incidents. Yet it is dangerous, as we have often said, to say this, because there are those who will take licence to sin in the incident who will not be careful to maintain the integrity of the purpose. This is the interruption to a Christian ministry which often enfeebles it. The minister has to pause that he may make parentheses, exceptions, and reservations: whereas he ought with a bold fine fluency to pour out his solaces, comforts, and inspirations so that all might take them and turn them to honest uses. It is the same in civilisation. Every honest man has to lock his door before he can go to bed. That would seem to be absurd. Watch your household life, and see if you too are not always making reservations. You concluded your nocturnal eloquence after a hearty supper by declaring that the world is in your estimate getting much better, and that on the whole life is very good. Then you rose, and before extinguishing the light you fastened the window. What did that fastening mean? It meant such a parenthesis as the preacher is obliged always to use. You had just taken an optimistic view of society, and, having done so, you punctuate your eloquence by bolting the front door. How inconsistent, how flagrantly inconsistent is mankind! The preacher must of necessity do this. He, good soul, wants to believe well of everybody, and he proclaims that all men may be saved; and yet he has to cool his own passion by reminding himself that in every church their may possibly be an Iscariot.
How did the Thessalonians receive this word? “not as the word of men, but as it is in truth, the word of God.” We have lost that genius of hearing. We now listen to every speaker with the view of contradicting him. There never was a sermon delivered yet, but the churchwarden, or the deacon, or the hearer of some other kind, thought it could have been better. Even preachers sometimes find fault with their own brethren. That must be a modern practice, it surely never was discovered in the book of Genesis; yet even there, methinks, there was a case in which a man who had a dream was sold by his own brethren into Egypt. “Not as the word of men.” The difficulty is to keep the man out of the speech, in so far as he is a mere artist or a mere inventor of words. The word is within the word: how is it that we have no understanding? The nut is in the shell, the shell is not in the nut; yet we cannot do without the shell, we want the shell, but he who takes the shell and chews it and tries to masticate it is a foolish man: the shell was made for momentary uses throw it away, and eat the kernel. So within the discourse you must find the object of the discourse. Do not find fault with words, phrases, plannings, and sentences, but say in your soul, What is it the man is driving at? and if you can answer the question in these words, He is trying by some means to do me good, seize that purpose, and forget all the rest.
The Thessalonians were more than hearers, they “also” had “suffered.” Until a man has suffered the word he cannot understand it. Every man must pay that penalty before he can pray really; he must have his prayer choked in his throat before he can really and truly take the kingdom of heaven by violence. If our Christianity has become our chief luxury, we have lived an inverted life, we have taken down the Cross of Christ and set up some velveted throne in its place. He that will live godly shall suffer persecution even now. The honest man shall have a hard time of it in this world. The man who wants to eat bread unleavened by dishonesty will not have much bread to eat, but it will be sweet, vitalising, nutritious bread.
What was the relation between the Church and the Apostle, the Apostle and the Church? “What is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming? For ye are our glory and joy.” (1Th 2:19 , 1Th 2:20 .) The true minister cares for nothing but his work. What does he do? He lives in the work, he prays at the altar he lives for his people; every time he rises he is as a fruit tree in the midst of the Church. A tender, beautiful, mutually-helpful relation is this: let pastors and churches, apostles and communities, live together in reciprocal trust and honour. We should seek our whole satisfaction within the sanctuary. So the apostles had their summer-times, even churches in the earliest era of our Lord’s epoch had their festivals and banquets of love. Brethren, let us love one another: “We know that we have passed from death unto life because we love the brethren.” Are some of you ministers, and do you see but small fruit of your labour? It is not for you to look for the fruit or to measure the result; God will see that you do not die of hunger. You cannot tell to whom you are ministering, whom you are helping and sustaining by prayer and speech and patience that watches over the salvation of the soul. There be some in the Church who are not in the outward register of the ecclesiastical body. I find as I go along in life that there are souls hovering around us; they want to alight upon this church-tree, but they do not know whether they will be welcomed; they have peculiarity of view, singularity of opinion, difficulties in matters of speculation, and they wonder whether they would be received with open love and trust if they came amongst us: and to such I say In proportion as you are honest you will be received with entireness of love. If we are setting up little rules and tests and standards, and saying, “Let us measure you by these,” they will never come; they must be given a wondrous, sometimes inexplicable, sense or consciousness of welcome.
The Apostle welcomed men; in this very chapter he talks of Jews who would have forbidden him to preach to the Gentiles. These Jews still live. They are to be found in every church. They do not want everybody to be preached to and everybody to be saved and everybody to be blessed, but Jesus Christ himself does. If there are any souls here, odd, peculiar, eccentric in thought, difficult to manage, I would not have them driven away with contempt or despair, or even with cold indifference, I would say to them, If in your heart of hearts you want God, and Christ, and truth, and heaven, you may have them all, and you may have them in your own way: not in my way; your way is not my way; I do not like your way, but your way may be right, it is at all events right for you; what I want you to do is to take hold of Christ wherever you can. Where can you get hold of him? He is talking to a woman who is a sinner: can you seize him there? Here he is taking up little children and blessing them: does that melt your heart? seize the child-Christ. There he is doing mighty miracles: does that action effect your imagination, appeal to your wonder, and draw you forth in reverence? Then along the line of miracle go to him. Only by this way or that, or your own way, or some way go to him, go to him.
Prayer
Almighty God, teach us the value of things, for we know them not. Give us the spirit of discernment; may we be wise men. If we be wise we shall redeem the time, we shall know one season from another, we will work diligently, faithfully, expectantly. The Lord enable us to know what true wisdom is; the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom; in wisdom may we grow, and in understanding may we become men. Open our understanding that we may understand the Scriptures; open our eyes that we may behold wondrous things out of thy law; open our eyes that we may see the inner circle of fire, and angel, and chariot of glory. Save us from folly; save us from self-trust, which is the beginning of unwisdom: may we live in God, and in God may we move and have our being. Thus shall we be truly as God, perfect as our Father in heaven is perfect, holy as our Father in heaven is holy. Oh, the mystery of this growth the pain, the change, the tumult, the agony, the peace, the joy, the wondrous combination of emotion and experience. What tongue can express that miracle of discipline? Show us that all things work together for good, if in our hearts there be the love of God; show us that there shall be no contraries in thy dispensations that shall not be reconciled into music. When the burden is too heavy, increase our strength; when we are blind with tears, may the eyes of our soul be wide open; when the cloud fills the frowning heaven, may we hear a voice in the cloud, alway the same voice, calling us to thy Son, thy Son, thy Son. In him may we find the cradle, the Cross, the crown all in all. Amen.
Fuente: The People’s Bible by Joseph Parker
Chapter 2
1 He willeth them to continue stedfast in the truth received, 3 sheweth that there shall be a departure from the faith, 9 and a discovery of antichrist, before the day of the Lord come. 15 And thereupon repeateth his former exhortation, and prayeth for them.
1. Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto him,
2. That ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled [with a view to your being not quickly shaken from your sober mind, nor yet be troubled], neither by spirit [supernatural impulse], nor by word [ordinary instruction], nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand.
3. Let no man deceive you by any means; for that day shall not come, except there come a [the] falling away [the word is often applied to desertion of the true religion and true God] first, and that man of sin [patristic expositors impress upon us the individuality of the lawless one. Mediaeval writers bring out the idea, not only that there are many Antichrists, each a type of the perfect incarnation of Lawlessness (which is a Scriptural and patristic idea), but that such types may be found in isolated popes] be revealed the son of perdition [see St. Joh 17:12 . One by his crimes fitted for death, and sure to be destroyed];
4. Who opposeth and exalteth himself [exceedingly] above all that is called God or that is worshipped; so that he [taketh his seat in the temple of God] as God [omit “as God”] sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself [off] that he is God. [The ambitious self-designation of the Man of Sin is indicated (see note at the end of this chapter).]
5. Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things?
6. And now ye know what withholdeth that I might be revealed in his time [his own season not before].
7. For the mystery of iniquity [lawlessness] doth already work; only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way.
8. And then shall that Wicked [the lawless One] be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit [breath. Cf. Isa 11:4 ] of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: [Cf. the half line of Milton: “Far off his coming shone.”]
9. Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders,
10. And with all deceivableness ox unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.
11. And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a He [the lie: referring to Isa 11:9 ]:
12. That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness. [That they might be judged, all collectively, who have not believed the truth, but have taken their pleasure in the unrighteousness ( sc. of the Man of Sin).]
13. But we are bound to give thanks always to God for you, brethren beloved of the Lord, because God hath from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth:
14. Whereunto he called you by our gospel, to the obtaining of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ.
15. Therefore, brethren stand fast and hold the traditions which ye have been [were] taught, whether by word, or our epistle.
16. Now our Lord Jesus Christ himself [Chrysostom invites the special attention of those who deny the co-equal divinity of the Son, because he is named after the Father in the baptismal formula. Here he stands first], and God even our Father, which hath loved us, and hath given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace.
17. Comfort your hearts, and stablish you in every good word and work.
Note
“The most striking feature in the Epistle is this apocalyptic passage, announcing the revelation of the ‘Man of Sin’ ( 2Th 2:1-12 )…
“The passage speaks of a great apostasy which is to usher in the advent of Christ, the great judgment. There are three prominent figures in the picture, Christ, Antichrist, and the Restrainer. Antichrist is described as the Man of Sin, the Son of Perdition, as the Adversary who exalteth himself above all that is called God, as making himself out to be God. Later on (for apparently the reference is the same) he is styled the ‘mystery of lawlessness,’ ‘the lawless one.’ The Restrainer is in one place spoken of in the masculine as a person ( ), in another in the neuter as a power, an influence ( )- The ‘mystery of lawlessness’ is already at work. At present it is checked by the Restrainer; but the check will be removed, and then it will break out in all its violence. Then Christ will appear, and the enemy shall be consumed by the breath of his mouth, shall be brought to naught by the splendour of his presence.
“Many different explanations have been offered of this passage. By one class of interpreters it has been referred to circumstances which passed within the circle of the Apostle’s own experience, the events of his own lifetime, or the period immediately following. Others again have seen in it the prediction of a crisis yet to be realised, the end of all things. The former of these, the Praeterists, have identified the ‘Man of Sin’ with divers historical characters with Caligula, Nero, Titus, Simon Magus, Simon son of Giora, the high-priest Ananias, &c., and have sought for a historical counterpart to the Restrainer in like manner. The latter, the Futurists, have also given various accounts of the Antichrist, the mysterious power of evil which is already working. To Protestants for instance it is the Papacy; to the Greek Church, Mohammedanism. And in the same way each generation and section in the Church has regarded it as a prophecy of that particular power which seemed to them and in their own time to be most fraught with evil to the true faith.” Smith’s Dictionary of the Bible.
Fuente: The People’s Bible by Joseph Parker
VII
EXPOSITION
1Th 1:1-3:13
We shall follow a full and extended analysis that takes cognizance of everything in this letter. In that analysis the first thing that we consider is the salutation: “Paul, and Silvanus, and Timothy, unto the church of the Thessalonians in God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ: Grace to you and peace.” It was customary in ancient times for a salutation to introduce two matters. The Romans particularly had that habit.
In this salutation the first question is, Who saluted? The answer is, Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, who co-labored in the establishment of this church. The next question is, Whom saluted? “The church of the Thessalonians in God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.” Note (speaking of the Greek word ekklesia , which is rendered “church”) that there were three ecclesias in Thessalonica at one time: First, the Jewish synagogue; second, the Greek ecclesia that civil body which managed the affairs of the city. To these two that are already there a new ecclesia comes, a new congregation having a new business, giving a new atmosphere, and that is the church or ecclesia of God the Father. But when it adds “and the Lord Jesus Christ,” that separates it from the Jewish church. That also separated it from that civil business body, the Greek ecclesia .
Is this the first letter ever written to a Christian church of which we have any knowledge? Before answering, read Act 15 . James’s letter precedes it in order of time, but it was not addressed to a church.
The next item in the letter is the salutation proper, “Grace and peace.” If one will pass rapidly over the letters of Paul, he will find that he followed the Oriental custom of salutations. Nearly all the time he brought in “grace and peace” and sometimes added “mercy.” It is interesting to take the beginning of all his letters and see how in writing them he salutes them in that way. It was the grace of God that secured their salvation, and through their justification they found peace with God.
The next division is the thanksgiving. That commences at 1Th 1:2-10 a most marvelous thanksgiving: “We give thanks to God always for you all, making mention of you in our prayers; remembering without ceasing your work of faith and labor of love and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ, before our God and Father.” Here it would be interesting to take up the letters of Paul and notice his custom, right after the salutation, of putting in a thanksgiving if he had anything to be thankful for. Trace that through his letters and see if he does not, as here, in wishing grace and peace to the people to whom he writes, first seek out the ground of thankfulness that he has toward God concerning them. There was one letter that he wrote in which he omitted the thanksgiving the letter to the churches of the Galatians. They had taken the back track to such a fearful degree that Paul, when he wrote to them, left out the thanksgiving.
Notice in the second place the extent and broadness of his thanksgiving here. It exceeds any that we find anywhere else: “We give thanks unto God always for you ail,” all the way and all the time. When he wrote a letter to the Corinthians and put in his thanksgiving he could not give thanks for everyone of them, for one of them had been guilty of an awful sin, and of others of them he said that, even weeping, he must say that they were enemies of Christ.
Paul says to these Thessalonians, “Every time I pray for you I thank God for you; and second, every time I remember three things about you, your work of faith, your labor of love, your patience of hope, I also thank God for you.” Notice Paul’s trinity of Christian graces faith, hope, and love. He brings that out in his letter to the Colossians and again in 1Co 13:13 : “But now abideth faith, hope, love, these three; and the greatest of these is love.” Here compare the three heathen graces, which may be found in Anthon’s “Classical Dictionary,” with the three Christian graces, and tell wherein the Christian graces are superior to the heathen graces.
Notice the work of faith, Greek ergon , the labor of love, kopos , and the endurance of hope, hupomone . I am inclined to think that these Thessalonians through their faith had done some miraculous work that we do not know anything about. When we read Hebrews II we see the great work that faith did, and each one has a particular work: “By faith Enoch was translated . . . by faith Abraham . . . by faith Noah . . . by faith Rahab . . . ,” etc. Each one performed some mighty exploit, an ergon , or work “the work of faith.” This being singular, ergon , I am inclined to think that there was some explicit exploit rendered by these Thessalonians to which Paul refers when he says, “Every time I remember your work of faith I am thankful.” Just what the particular work was I do not know. It was a work of faith in the Roman amphitheater when the brave Christian woman preferred to be cast to the wild beasts rather than abjure her faith. These Thessalonians were very much persecuted after they had professed the Christian religion, and there may have been some signal incident of persecution. Anyhow, faith that does not work is not worth a cent. These are the three things that every time Paul thought of the Thessalonians he was thankful about.
Now we come to a new topic, beginning with 1Th 4:4 : “Knowing, brethren beloved of God, your election, how that our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit, and in much assurance; even as you know what manner of men we showed ourselves toward you for your sake. And ye became imitators of us, and of the Lord, having received the word in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Spirit; so that ye became an ensample to all that believe in Macedonia and in Achaia. For from you hath sounded forth the word of the Lord, not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but in every place your faith to Godward is gone forth; so that we need not to speak anything. For they themselves report concerning us what manner of entering in we had unto you; and how ye turned unto God from idols, to serve a living and true God, and to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he raised from the dead, even Jesus, who delivereth us from the wrath to come.”
“I am thankful,” says Paul (mentioning three reasons why he is thankful), “every time I pray; every time I remember the three things; every time I know that you are elected, I am thankful.”
Let us consider somewhat the matter of election. It is something that may be known. He says he knew it. Once I helped to ordain a man for whom I conducted the examination. I asked the questions just as fast as I could fire the shots at him: “What does election mean?” “To choose.” “Who chooses?” “God.” “When?” “Before the foundation of the world.” “Unto what?” “Salvation.” “In whom?” “In Christ.”
“Was this election based on foreseen repentance and faith, or did repentance and faith result from the election?”
This was the thing that Paul was discussing: “I am thankful, brethren, because I know you are elected. You are chosen of God unto salvation through sanctification of the Spirit, and belief of the truth in Jesus Christ.”
That being the doctrine of election, -that God chose those people in eternity, yet Paul here in time could find out. So what are the tokens or signs that one is elected? These tokens are of two kinds: signs to Paul, the preacher, and signs in them, or the evidence that they are the elect. When he saw these signs he knew they were elect. How important that thing is for us. Our articles of faith say it is our privilege and duty to ascertain whether we are elected. We ought to find out whether we have been chosen of God. There is a way to find out: “How that our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit and in much assurance.”
I heard a man once quote that to show that these Thessalonians had assurance because they had faith. He is not talking about their assurance but his assurance that he (Paul) preached not in word only, but in power and in the Holy Spirit and in much assurance. From this he argued: “I come to a place to preach. Do I find that I can preach there? Do I feel drawn to preach there? Am I impressed in my heart that the Lord has a people to call out? Does it impress me so that when I go to preach I feel that the power of the Holy Spirit is with me? If I can feel these things, that is a token that somebody there belongs to the elect.”
But that does not locate the elect. It shows that they are there, but not which ones. But these are the signs in them: “Ye received this word which I preached, not as from men, but as God’s word, or the manner in which you listened to me; second, your conversion: ‘Ye turned unto God from idols to serve the living and true God.’ “
Notice next: “And to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he raised from the dead, even Jesus, who delivereth us from the wrath to come.” In other words, “When I see how you heard me, from what you turned, to what you turned, that patient waiting for the risen Lord, that you had faith in him, the patience of hope hope which takes cognizance of the second coming of Christ, your waiting under great afflictions, I know that you are elect.”
Another token is, “You became imitators of the church of Judea in suffering affliction and persecution. If when you were persecuted you had fallen away and said, If being a Christian is to walk this hot road I will turn back and seek the shade,’ ” then, he would have known that they were not the elect, but since they heard his preaching as the word of God, turned from idols and patiently waited for the coming of the Lord, who was to deliver from the wrath to come, and since while waiting they followed the footsteps of Christians elsewhere, imitating these Christians in bearing up patiently under the persecutions to which they were subjected, he had that assurance. For instance, Jason whom they arrested and took before the magistrate and put under bond to keep the peace, they would have put to death if they had had the power. “Jason, does this prejudice you against the religion you profess?” John Bunyan tells how Christian and Pliable came to the Slough of Despond, and they both fell in the mire, and Pliable began to say, “Is this the great road you are talking about to the great country you are going to? I am going back to the country I came from.” As we look at him we know that he was not elect. But if this other man, though sinking in the Slough of Despond, finally pulls out, covered with dirt, yet with his face toward the heavenly city, that is a token that he is elect.
Still another token: “So that ye became an ensample to all that believe in Macedonia and in Achaia.” That is, they became an example in all Greece and Peloponnesus. “For from you hath sounded forth the word of the Lord, not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but in every place your faith to Godward is gone forth.” When we want to consider the question of election, here we have it.
God does not permit us to climb a ladder and go into his secret archives and turn the pages and see if a man’s name is written in the Lamb’s Book of Life. But he does permit us to know whether we are elect or whether anybody else is elect.
When this knowledge comes to the missionary that the men to whom he preaches are elect, then he is thankful, as Paul says, “knowing your election.”
We come now to the next ‘item in the full analysis. The fifth general head is, “The Reminder of the Past.” What is it he reminds them of? See 1Th 2:1-2 : “For yourselves, brethren, know our entering in unto you, that it hath not been found vain; but having suffered before and been shamefully treated, as ye know, at Philippi, we waxed bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God in much conflict.” In other words, “Now, you know when I got there from Philippi, so bruised from those stripes received from the lictor’s rod, and weak from imprisonment, brethren, ye remember how boldly I came to you and preached the gospel of Jesus Christ. I was not scared. I was not discouraged on account of receiving punishment at the hands of the lictors in Philippi. I had no idea of turning back.”
Here are some negative things to which he wants to call our attention, and what a pity that every preacher could not say this: “For our exhortation is not of error [he brought them no heresy], nor of uncleanness, nor in guile; . . . not as pleasing men, . . . for neither at any time were we found using words of flattery, as ye know, nor a cloak of covetousness, God is witness; nor seeking glory of men.” Let us get these “nots.” He is reminding them of things when he was with them before, calling their attention to his manner of entering in and preaching to them; that wherever he went and preached, he didn’t preach a heresy; that he didn’t go in uncleanness as the teachers of the heathen did, using their influence over their disciples to bring them to shame; not in guile; not to make money; not, indeed to please. “I am not seeking your pleasure, nor flattering you.” How hard it is to keep a preacher, when he sits down by some member of his church, from saying a few flattering words. Paul calls their attention to the fact that when he preached among them he did not use flattery.
Let us see what he did: “But we were gentle in the midst of you, as when a nurse cherisheth her own children; how gentle she is!” Paul says, “I was not rough, affectionately desirous of you.” “I was with you in affection.” “Willing not only to impart the gospel to you, but my own soul. For ye remember, brethren, our labor and travail, that we might not be a burden to you, working every day and night.” They were heathen; it was missionary ground, and they knew nothing about the principles of missionary support. If he had demanded a salary of these heathen, he never would have gotten them. That is why we have to pay a missionary a salary. They are going where there are no churches and where the very mention of compensation turns the people away that we want to convert.
Notice again: “Ye are witnesses, and God also, how holily and righteously and unblamably we behaved ourselves toward you that believe; as ye know how we dealt with each one of you, as a father with his own children.”
When I get to reading Paul, it digs me up by the roots, so that I feel like I have never done the right kind of preaching and did not have the right kind of spirit.
The next thing is his impeachment of the Jews, 1Th 2:14 : “For ye also suffered the same things of your own countrymen, even -as they did of the Jews; who both killed the Lord Jesus and the prophets, and drove out us, and please not God, and are ‘contrary to all men; forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they may be saved; to fill up their sins always; but the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.” That is a fearful indictment against his people, and every word of it is true.
From 1Th 2:17 on to the end of 1Th 3 , he reminds them of the things since he left them. He goes on to show that since he left them he had continually desired to come back, and twice tried to come back, but Satan hindered him, and in order that something might be added to their faith, he was willing to be left alone at Athens in order that Timothy might go back and supply what was lacking in their faith. So on through 1Th 3 .
QUESTIONS
1. What is the salutation of this letter, verbatim, who saluted, and whom saluted?
2. What are the three ecclesias at Thessalonica, and what the distinguishing characteristics of each?
3. Was this the first New Testament letter written to a church?
4. What two things does Paul, according to Oriental custom, introduce in this salutation, and why?
5. What was Paul’s habit as to what followed the salutation of his letters, and what notable exception?
6. Show the extent and broadness of this thanksgiving, and how Paul was limited in some other thanksgivings in his letters.
7. What Paul’s trinity of Christian graces, and wherein are they superior to the heathen graces?
8. What did Paul remember in the Thessalonians which furnished a ground of thanksgiving, and what the meaning and application of these things?
9. What is election, who elects, when, unto what, in whom, and what the relation of election to repentance and faith?
10. Show how Paul knew of their election of God, (1) from signs in him, and (2) from signs in them.
11. What is the literal meaning of conversion, and what illustration of it in this letter?
12. What are the characteristics of Paul’s preaching while at Thessalonica, and what the characteristics of their reception of his preaching?
13. What claim does Paul make for his life among them?
14. Describe the terrible indictment Paul brings against his own people in 1Th 2:14-16 .
15. Give an analysis of 1Th 2:17-3:13 , pointing out its principal teachings.
Fuente: B.H. Carroll’s An Interpretation of the English Bible
1 For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain:
Ver. 1. Our entrance in unto you ] The word preached in any place doth usually work best at first. After a while men become like unto birds in a belfry, that can well enough bear the noise of the bells and not be frightened.
Fuente: John Trapp’s Complete Commentary (Old and New Testaments)
1 16 .] He reminds the Thessalonians of his manner of preaching among them (1 12, answering to ch. 1Th 1:9 a): praises them for their reception of the Gospel, and firmness in persecution (13 16, answering to ch. 1Th 1:9 b).
Fuente: Henry Alford’s Greek Testament
1 .] refers back to , ch. 1Th 1:9 ; ‘not only do strangers report it, but you know it to be true.’ He makes use now of that knowledge to carry out the description of his preaching among them, with a view, by recapitulating these details, to confirm them, who were as yet but novices, in the faith.
] It is evident from 1Th 2:2 ff., that this does not here apply to the fruits , but to the character of his preaching: the result does not appear till 1Th 2:13 . And within this limitation, we may observe that the verb is , not ; to be understood therefore not of any mere intent of the Apostle at the time of his coming among them, but of some abiding character of his preaching. It cannot then be understood as Koppe, ‘ veni ad vos eo consilio ut vobis prodessem, non ut otiose inter vos viverem :’ and nearly so Rosenm. It probably expresses, that his was and continued ‘ no empty scheme ’ (‘ no light matter ,’ as we say; , Chrys.), but an earnest, bold, self-denying endeavour for their good. This he proceeds to prove.
Fuente: Henry Alford’s Greek Testament
2 3:13 .] FIRST PORTION OF THE EPISTLE, in which he pours out his heart to the Thessalonians respecting all the circumstances of their reception of and adhesion to the faith .
Fuente: Henry Alford’s Greek Testament
1Th 2:1-12 . An apologia pro vita et labors suo .
Fuente: The Expositors Greek Testament by Robertson
1Th 2:1 . , as opposed to the . of 1Th 1:9 . . . ., our mission was a vital success, as its results still show. For its motives and methods were genuine (1Th 2:2-12 ).
Fuente: The Expositors Greek Testament by Robertson
1 Thessalonians Chapter 2
Such was the vivid and powerful effect of the Apostle’s visit to Thessalonica. There was an unmistakeable and deep impression produced by the conversion and walk of the saints there on those outside, around and everywhere. Their faith went forth as a living proclamation of the truth; “so that we need not to speak anything.” How happy, when the work is in such power and freshness as to leave the workman free for other fields white already unto harvest! What glory to the Lord, when the very heathen aroused and amazed by the result in power before them cannot but talk of the true God and His Son!
Now, the apostle draws a good sketch of his “entering in,” as to its character and bearing on the saints themselves, an internal picture, as before we were told of its external effect.
“For yourselves know, brethren, our entrance unto you that it hath not been vain. But having suffered before, and been outraged, as ye know, at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God in much conflict. For our exhortation [is, or was] not of error, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile; but even as we have been approved of God to be entrusted with the gospel, so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God that proveth our hearts.
For neither at any time were we with speech of flattery, as ye know, nor with a cloke of covetousness, God [is] witness; nor seeking glory of men, neither from you nor from others, when we might have been burdensome as apostles of Christ. But we were gentle in the midst of you, as when a nurse cherisheth her own children; so yearning over you, we were well pleased to impart unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls because ye became beloved by us. For ye remember, brethren, our labour and our toil; working night and day that we might not burden any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God. Ye [are] witnesses, and God, how holily and righteously and blamelessly we behaved ourselves to you that believe, just as ye know how each one of you as a father his own children we [were] exhorting you, and comforting, and testifying that ye should walk worthily of God that calleth you unto His own kingdom and glory” (vers. 1-12.)
The apostle could confidently appeal to the inner consciousness of the brethren. The entering in of Paul and Silas, which they had to the Thessalonian saints had not been empty. A divine purpose of grace, reality in pressing the truth on consciences, and energy of the Holy Spirit, had characterised their service and produced corresponding results. And no wonder; for it was the love of Christ constraining to the love of perishing souls, which knew not God nor the power of His resurrection who had tasted death even for them. Assuredly too, it was neither an ostentatious show nor a holiday visit, but an errand so serious in the eyes of their visitors, that no object by the way or on the spot detained; “but having suffered before and been outraged, even as ye know, in Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God in much conflict” (ver. 2).
Their injurious treatment at the hands of the Gentiles in Philippi no more daunted their unconquerable faith and love than the subsequent persecution by Jewish spite and jealousy at Thessalonica. No experience of suffering can turn aside those whose mind is to endure all things both for Christ and for the elect’s sake, that they also may obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory. Hence their confidence: “we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God in much conflict.” If there was the assurance that the glad tidings were God’s, they were emboldened in God to speak out whatever the opposition or violence that environed them. So, if the apostle had now to exhort the saints in Thessalonica that no one might be moved by their affliction, it was not as a dilettante divine, laying on the shoulders of others a burden which he would not move with his own finger. From the first he was called to suffer for Christ’s name, as distinctly as to bear that name before Gentiles and kings and sons of Israel, to open their eyes that they might turn from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan to God, that they might receive remission of sins and an inheritance among those that are sanctified by faith in Christ. And in this he wrought with burning earnestness, to which “much conflict” refers, rather than to mere external trouble on the one hand, or that wrestling for the saints against the wiles of the devil, of which we hear in Col 2:1 , on the other hand. He walked and served in the truth he taught.
“For our exhortation [is, or was] not of error, nor of uncleanness, nor of guile; but even as we have been approved of God to be entrusted with the gospel so we speak, not as pleasing men, but God that proveth our hearts” (vers. 3-4). There was as good a conscience as boldness and endurance. There was integrity of heart, the very reverse of playing a part, instead of becoming the victim of delusion and so misleading others. Error was as far from the exhortation as impurity, nor was there the least intent to deceive, which “guile” expresses; but the truth was pressed holily and sincerely; and so spoke these blessed labourers, as became those who knew they had been approved of God to have the gospel entrusted to them. Grace forms responsibility, as grace enjoyed in the soul maintains its force livingly. They had God before them, God that proveth the hearts, not men to please whose breath is in their nostrils: wherein is man to be accounted of?
This is a grave and abiding principle, as true and important now as when Paul thus spoke of himself and his companion in the service of Christ. One cannot serve two masters. Patrons and congregations are not the only snares. Desire of influence, dread of disfavour, party, ecclesiasticism, may interfere with allegiance to the Lord, and righteousness in that case will surely suffer, perhaps truth itself. So Satan works in Christendom to the dishonour of Christ. The attempt to serve more than one is fatal; for a man will either hate the one and love the other, or else he will hold to the one and despise the other. If a labourer in faith regards himself as approved of God to be entrusted with the gospel, he will only the more take heed to himself that the ministration be not blamed, but in every thing commend himself as God’s minister. Only he will seek to hold fast liberty as much as responsibility in the Spirit, with the written word as his sole rule. An apostle had the same direct responsibility to the Lord as the least labourer in the gospel, and, as we see here, owned it for himself as he urged it on others. It is no question of right but on Christ’s part; it is solely of responsibility on ours. This maintains His glory and our obedience. To us there is, and there is but one Lord, Jesus Christ, to whom are all things, and we through Him; as there is one God, the Father, of whom are all things, and we unto Him. May we be imitators of the apostle, as he was of Christ.
But there is the snare of mammon as well as of a master rival to Christ; and we cannot serve God and mammon. Here, too, the apostle could appeal to the experience of the Thessalonian saints. “For neither at any time were we with speech of flattery, as ye know, nor with a cloak of covetousness, God [is] witness; nor seeking glory of men, neither from you nor from others, when we might have been burdensome [or, stood on dignity] as apostles of Christ” (vers. 5, 6). Those with whom Paul and the others were conversant could bear witness whether his speech was that of flattery or words of truth and soberness. God was his witness whether covetousness was concealed under any pretext. But there are other ways in which the corruption of our nature is apt to indulge and betray itself. Hence many a man who would not stoop to flattery and may not be covetous is vain or ambitious. How in these respects had Paul and his companions carried themselves? “Not seeking glory of men, neither from you nor from others, when we might have been burdensome as apostles of Christ.” He sought their blessing in the testimony of Christ, not theirs but them for God’s glory; and instead of claiming just consideration in carnal things as sent of the Lord on spiritual service, there was thorough self-denial in devotedness to Christ.
Now he turns to the positive side of their walk and work. “But we were gentle in the midst of you, as when a nurse cherisheth her own children” (ver. 7). The figure of a parent, even a mother, fails to convey the tender care of a love which has its spring in God Himself. Babes need a nurse, which all mothers are not; but a nurse cherishing her own children is the just figure here employed, not a hireling for another’s offspring. “So yearning over you, we were well pleased to impart unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye became beloved by us” (ver. 8). Where else is there anything to compare with this in unselfish love unless it be in the persevering faithfulness of grace which watches over the same objects in their growth end difficulties end dangers afterwards? “For ye remember, brethren, our labour and our toil: working night and day that we might not burden any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God” (ver. 9).
Paul wrought with his own hands in Thessalonica as in Corinth, whence he wrote to them, that he might be chargeable to none. Yet if anyone was entitled to say, like Nehemiah, “I am doing a great work, so that I cannot come down,” it was the apostle, who truly did in another sense come down, and so much the better did his great work though never was there a greater mind than his who thus laboured manually night and day during his brief stay among the Thessalonians. “Ye [are] witnesses, and God, how holily and righteously and blamelessly we behaved ourselves to you that believe.” He sums up his appeal to the believers and to God Himself, as only one could do who exercised himself to have a conscience void of offence toward God and men alway. “Just as ye know how each one of you as a father his own children, we [were] exhorting you and comforting, and testifying that ye should walk worthily of God that calleth you unto His own kingdom and glory” (vers. 11, 12).
Love adapts itself to the wants of those loved. So did the apostle when the saints needed more than the food of babes. And what earthly father ever made good his relation to his own children as Paul to his beloved Thessalonians? Each one and all were objects of unremitting and considerate vigilance. Exhortation, comfort, testimony never failed to stimulate, cheer, and direct in the ways that befit the God that calls unto his own kingdom and glory. There He will have His own with Christ soon and for ever; in that hope, and worthily of it, He would have them now to walk. Such is the aim of a true workman of Christ; and no lovelier picture can anywhere be found than appears in the simple sketch here drawn by the Apostle.
Thus far for the ministry of Paul and his companions. Now he turns to the means God had used for the blessing of the saints by that ministry.
“And* for this cause we also thank God unceasingly that, when ye received [the] word of [the] report from us of God, ye accepted not men’s word but as it is truly God’s word, which also worketh in you that believe. For ye, brethren, became imitators of the assemblies of God that are in Judea in Christ Jesus; for ye also suffered the same things of your own countrymen, even as they also of the Jews, who both killed the Lord Jesus and the prophets, and drove us out, and please not God, and [are] contrary to all men, forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they may be saved, to fill up their sins alway; but the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost” (vers. 13-16).
* “And,” omitted in Text. Rec., has the highest but not large authority.
Man as he is naturally lives without God, acted on by the things he sees around him, a prey to the desires of the flesh and of the mind. In order to a spiritual link with God he needs a revelation from Him; and God is now sending this in the glad tidings concerning His Son, that men may believe and be saved. Thus does the soul know God, and Jesus Christ whom He did send, and this is life eternal. By faith he begins to feel and think according to God; and faith is the reception of a divine testimony. Thereby he sets to his seal that God is true. The word of God mixed with faith puts into immediate association with God.
In apostolic days Paul, as here, was an instrument to convey God’s word in his preaching; and this, by divine power, without admixture of error. So it is in the Scriptures, which as being inspired of God exclude mistake. Hence, while they are of the richest value as a medium of communicating the truth, they have their special and indeed unique function as being the divinely given standard to try every word and work.
Not only, then, had the Apostle laboured in the power of the Holy Ghost and in a way suitable to the beginning and growth of those who were the objects of his ministry, but it was not in vain. There were sweet and manifest fruits in God’s grace. “And for this cause we also thank God unceasingly, that, when ye received the word of the report from us of God ye accepted not men’s word, but as it is truly God’s word, which also worketh in you that believe.” It is always a true effect of God’s gracious power when souls in a hostile world receive His testimony, however perfectly His word meets the cravings of the heart and presents the blood of Christ to purify the conscience from the dead works to serve the living God. There is a constant network for men to hold them fast in Satan’s hand; and the truth, as being God’s word, judges the thoughts and intents of the heart. It was yet more trying when the truth was as novel as it must ever be opposed to human will and reasoning. When many profess it, the reproach to a great extent disappears, though God does not fail to counteract Satan’s wiles, who would thus destroy the power by making the form cheap and common. To the Thessalonians, as indeed to every Gentile then, the word reported was a new thing. But it was “of God,” and so they proved it. “Ye accepted not men’s word, but as it is truly God’s word.” The heart bowed to God, and the word also wrought by the Spirit of God its own divine effects in those subject to it by faith.
The Jewish matron was true to the instincts of humanity and the traditions of her race, when she saw the Messiah casting out demons and heard Him warning of a worse power of the enemy those who still sought a sign from heaven; out of the crowd she cried, “Blessed is the womb that bare Thee, and the breasts that Thou didst suck.” The gospel renders it plain and certain that it is no question of a relationship after the flesh, but of the authority and blessing of the divine word, and thus as open to the Gentile as to the Jew. To believe it is the obedience of faith. It is to be in living association with God, which cannot be otherwise.
The word wielded by the Spirit and received as of God thus separates to Him, and is indeed exactly what is called “sanctification of the Spirit” in 1Pe 1:2 : not in the practical sense (which follows in ver. 15, 16 as well as elsewhere), but, in principle and absolutely, that setting apart to God from the beginning which constitutes a saint (see. 1Co 6:11 ). Hence it precedes the knowledge of forgiveness or the possession of peace with God; as Peter says, in (or by) sanctification of the Spirit unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ. Here nothing but prejudice would have hindered believers seeing that obedience is not merely faith-obedience, but practical. Now sanctification in the ordinary sense cannot be said to be for or “unto obedience,” seeing that it very largely consists of obedience, and cannot exist without it; but sanctification of the Spirit as here spoken of is for () obedience, and such as Christ’s in contrast with a mere Israelite’s. It is also for “sprinkling with His blood,” for the new life or divine nature in the saint wishes to obey God even before it knows the efficacy of His blood in a purged conscience; and hence the perfect order of the words in the phrase.
The want of seeing this has greatly embarrassed the commentators, and has even led, to positive falsification, as in Beza’s Latin Version and the Geneva English Version, which render the clause unto () sanctification of the Spirit through () obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ! This is to sacrifice, not grammar merely, but God’s word to a defective system of theology, which only acknowledges the sanctification that is consequent on justification, and ignores the primary setting of the person apart to God by the Spirit, which is true of every saint from his conversion, when he may not yet rest by faith in Christ’s blood. Erasmus, though perplexed, is nearer the truth than the Vulgate, followed by the Rhemish, which yields no just sense whatever. Archbishop Leighton is one of the few who saw that sanctification here does not mean inherent, gradual, or practical holiness, but that work of the Spirit which from first to last separates from nature and the world to God (compare 2Th 2:13 ).
The same spiritual cause produced kindred effects. All are not Israelites, neither are they Cretans, and the flesh in all, if unjudged, affords a ready occasion to the enemy who presents snares suited to beguile each. But the Holy Spirit forms by the image of Christ, presented in God’s word, which is effectual not only to beget souls to God. but to clear, correct, instruct, reprove, and in every way to discipline, as well as cheer on, the believer. Of this the apostle reminds the Thessalonians. “For ye, brethren, became imitators of the assemblies of God that are in Judea in Christ Jesus.” Difference of race, contrast as to previous habits of religion, cannot hinder the power of grace and truth. The Thessalonians followed in the same path of suffering and endurance as the Jewish assemblies in Christ Jesus. There the flame of persecution burnt fiercely against the companies that bore the name of Him whom they had crucified. It was not otherwise for the Thessalonian saints from their own countrymen.
There is no such hatred as that embittered by difference in religion, and especially where the claim is exclusive and divine. The gospel gave occasion to this in its most concentrated form; for it first had to make its way where God had really given peculiar privileges, which it was quite right to maintain in all their value as long as He owned the people to whom He had given them. But the Jewish people slighted and abandoned them, killing the prophets who pressed their infidelity and apostasy on their consciences, as they crowned their guilt when outward forms seemed orderly, but real unbelief and enmity to God were laid bare, by the ignominious rejection and death of their own Messiah. But evil is insatiable, and even the cross only whetted their rancour against the witnesses of divine grace. They “drove us out.”
For the possessors of law are provoked to madness by the preaching of grace, which makes little of any earthly privileges whatever, and insists on the ruin of the Jew as much as of the Gentile. Hence the Jew’s undying hatred of the gospel. It were bad enough to hear a testimony as much above and deeper than the law, as Christ is greater than Moses; and the difference is really immeasurable. But to proclaim its incomparable blessings in Christ so as to obliterate all distinction, and to bring the believer, Jew or Gentile alike, into a new place of heavenly relationship and of everlasting favour, is intolerable. This, then, was necessarily the final dealing of God as far as Israel’s responsibility was concerned. All hope for the nation on the earth was buried in the grave of Christ. They had a last appeal from the Holy Ghost in the gospel witnessing of Christ exalted to heaven; but they refused the message as much or more than the Person, above all when they saw others, yea, Gentiles, entering into the good which they had spurned for themselves.
Thus they “please not God, and [are] contrary to all men, forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they may be saved, to fill up their sins always; but the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.” It might not yet be executed, but it impended, and no small part became their portion after the apostle passed away. Still it rests on the ,Jew, but it is not yet expended; and were the Jew to return to his land, to rebuild the city and the sanctuary, and to take possession as far as possible of his ancient heritage, it would be but a deadly delusion and a satanic snare, bringing on them first Antichrist, then the trouble from the Assyrian, and finally the Lord Himself in unsparing vengeance, however mercy may in the end rejoice against judgment. As, however, the apostle does not lift the veil of the future, (as in Rom 11 ). from their prospects, but returns to the new relations of grace, the common joy of himself and the Thessalonian saints, we too follow the line of the Holy Spirit here.
“But we, brethren, being bereaved of you for a little season [ lit., of an hour], in person, not in heart, made more exceeding diligence to see your face with much desire. Wherefore* we desired to come unto You, I, Paul, both once and twice, and Satan hindered us. For what [is] our hope, or joy, or crown of glorying? [Are] not even ye before our Lord Jesus at His coming? For ye are our glory and joy” (vers. 17-19).
* The right reading is , not of the Text. Rec., though the sense differs little.
“Christ” is added in the Text. Rec., but does not appear in the best MSS. and Versions.
Doubtless, if Christianity gives the deepest importance to the individual with God, the assembly affords the largest scope to the affections of the members of Christ as His one body. And Satan hinders in all possible ways the happy interchange of what is so sweet and holy, the mind and love of heaven enjoyed among saints on earth. The presence of each other, above all of such an one as Paul, what a difference it makes! Still the apostle had been introducing that which ought to correct any undue moment given to bodily presence. Had he not been showing the all-importance of God’s word, and how effective it is in the hand of grace? Absence, therefore, is in no way fatal to the saints’ joy and blessing. Waiting but exercises faith, and should increase the longing desire, which after all was stronger in Paul than in his Thessalonian children; how much in Him Whose patient waiting is as perfect as His love to us! Thus does he bind their hearts with his own (and may it be true of us also!) in the joy of Christ’s presence at His coming. Then will be the true rest from labour, then the enjoyment of the fruits without alloy or danger. May we find ourselves habitually thus looking onward from present hindrances to that blessed and everlasting scene!
Fuente: William Kelly Major Works (New Testament)
NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1Th 2:1-12
1For you yourselves know, brethren, that our coming to you was not in vain, 2but after we had already suffered and been mistreated in Philippi, as you know, we had the boldness in our God to speak to you the gospel of God amid much opposition. 3For our exhortation does not come from error or impurity or by way of deceit; 4but just as we have been approved by God to be entrusted with the gospel, so we speak, not as pleasing men, but God who examines our hearts. 5For we never came with flattering speech, as you know, nor with a pretext for greedGod is witness6nor did we seek glory from men, either from you or from others, even though as apostles of Christ we might have asserted our authority. 7But we proved to be gentle among you, as a nursing mother tenderly cares for her own children. 8Having so fond an affection for you, we were well-pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own lives, because you had become very dear to us. 9For you recall, brethren, our labor and hardship, how working night and day so as not to be a burden to any of you, we proclaimed to you the gospel of God. 10You are witnesses, and so is God, how devoutly and uprightly and blamelessly we behaved toward you believers; 11just as you know how we were exhorting and encouraging and imploring each one of you as a father would his own children, 12so that you would walk in a manner worthy of the God who calls you into His own kingdom and glory.
1Th 2:1 “For you yourselves know,” Paul appealed to the experience of the Thessalonian Christians so often that this phrase becomes a characteristic of this book (cf. 1Th 1:5; 1Th 2:1-2; 1Th 2:5; 1Th 2:11). Similar phrases are found in 1Th 2:9, “you recall” and 10, “you are witnesses.”
NASB, NKJV,
NRSV”that our coming to you was not in vain”
TEV”that our visit to you was not a failure”
NJB”that our visit to you has not proved ineffectual”
This is a perfect active indicative. This can either mean (1) not “fruitless” (cf. 1Co 15:10; 1Co 15:58) or (2) not “empty handed” (cf. Mar 12:2). The church continues in spite of the aggressive Jewish opposition just like the churches in Judea who also experienced Jewish wrath (cf. 1Th 2:13-16).
1Th 2:2 “but” This is a strong adversative conjunction (alla, cf. 1Th 2:4 [twice], 7, 8), which denotes a contrast.
“after we had already suffered. . .in Philippi” Paul begins to relate his own sufferings for the gospel (cf. Act 16:11-40 and 1Co 4:9-13; 2Co 4:8-12; 2Co 6:4-10; 2Co 11:24-27).
NASB”mistreated”
NKJV”spitefully treated”
NRSV”shamefully mistreated”
TEV”insulted”
NJB”grossly insulted”
This was both physical and mental abuse.
NASB”we had the boldness in our God to speak to you the gospel of God”
NKJV”we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God”
NRSV”we had courage in our God to declare to you the gospel of God”
TEV”Yet God gave us courage to tell you the Good News that comes from him,”
NJB”it was our God who gave us the courage to proclaim his Good News to you”
For “boldness” see Special Topic following.
The phrase “the gospel of God” could mean
1. the gospel about God (objective genitive)
2. the gospel from God (subjective genitive, cf. TEV, JB). This same phrase occurs again in 1Th 2:8-9 (cf. Rom 15:16; 1Ti 1:11; 1Pe 4:17)
SPECIAL TOPIC: BOLDNESS (PARRHSIA)
“amid much opposition” This is an athletic or military term for rough, hand-to-hand fighting (cf. Php 1:30; Col 2:1). This Greek term enters English as “agony.”
1Th 2:3
NASB, NKJV”exhortation”
NRSV, TEV”appeal”
NJB”encouragement”
This is from the same root (paraklsis) used of the Spirit (parakltos) in Joh 14:16; Joh 14:26; Joh 15:26; Joh 16:7 and of Jesus in 1Jn 2:1 where it is translated as “comforter,” “advocate” or “helper.” See full note at 1Th 3:7.
NASB”does not come from error”
NKJV”did not come from deceit”
NRSV”does not spring from deceit”
TEV”is not based on error”
NJB”because we are deluded”
Plans is the Greek word for “planet,” which referred to heavenly lights (planets, comets, shooting stars) that did not follow the usual pattern of the constellations. Thus, they were called “wanderers,” which developed metaphorically into error.
NASB”impurity”
NKJV”uncleanness”
NRSV, TEV”impure motives”
NJB”immoral”
This term implies a sexual looseness (cf. 1Th 4:7; Rom 1:24; Gal 5:19; Eph 5:3; Col 3:5). It must be remembered that pagan worship often employed sexual acts. Paul may have been accused of advocating moral looseness by Jewish legalists who misunderstood justification by grace through faith.
NASB”by way of deceit”
NKJV”nor was it in guile”
NRSV”or trickery”
TEV”nor do we try to trick anyone”
JB”or trying to deceive anyone”
The other two terms in 1Th 2:3 speak of Paul’s motives, but this phrase indicates an atmosphere of trickery (cf. Eph 4:14). “Deceit” originally meant “to catch with bait” (cf. Mat 26:4; Mar 7:22; Mar 14:1), but later evolved into a metaphor for trickery for profit (cf. 2Co 4:2 which reflects 2Co 2:17). Paul was often accused of greed (cf. 1Th 2:5).
1Th 2:4 “we have been approved by God” This perfect passive indicative has the connotation of testing with a view toward approval (dokimaz). “Approve” in this sense commonly meant testing the genuineness of coins. The missionary team had been and continued to be tested and approved by God. See Special Topic: Greek Terms for Testing and Their Connotations at 1Th 3:5.
“entrusted” This is an aorist passive infinitive. This term comes from the same root (pisteu) as “faith,” “believe,” or “trust.” The basic idea is to entrust something to another (cf. 1Co 9:17; Gal 2:7; 1Ti 1:11; Tit 1:3). Believers are stewards of the gospel (cf. 1Co 4:1-2; 1Pe 4:10).
“so we speak,” This is a present active indicative. Believers must share the good news they have received (cf. Col 4:2-6; 1Pe 3:15) with boldness (cf. 1Th 2:2).
“not as pleasing men, but God” (cf. 1Th 2:6; Gal 1:10).
“who examines our hearts” This reflects the Hebrew usage of “heart” in the sense of the entire personality. God knows our motives (cf. 1Sa 16:7; Psa 7:9; Psa 26:2; Psa 44:21; Psa 139:1; Psa 139:23; Pro 21:2; Jer 11:20; Jer 12:3; Jer 17:10; Luk 16:15; Act 1:24; Act 15:8; Rom 8:27; Rev 2:23). See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE HEART at Gal 4:6.
1Th 2:5 “we never came with flattering speech” This term implies manipulation for false motives. Opponents, especially at Corinth (Paul was in Corinth when he wrote this letter), often accused Paul of false motives as did the Jews here.
“nor with a pretext for greed” Paul was often accused of greed or opportunism, possibly because it was characteristic of Greek itinerant teachers (cf. Act 20:33). This is why he would not regularly receive money from churches he was currently serving. He did later receive help from Philippi (twice, cf. Php 4:16) and Thessalonica.
“God is witness” Paul was swearing an oath using God as a witness (cf. 1Th 2:10; Rom 1:9; 1Co 1:23; 1Co 11:31; Gal 1:19; Php 2:25).
1Th 2:6 “though as apostles of Christ” This includes Silas and Timothy. This illustrates the wider use of the term. In 1Co 12:28 and Eph 4:11, “apostles” are mentioned as an ongoing spiritual gift in the church. Some examples are:
1. Barnabas (cf. Act 14:4; Act 14:14)
2. Andronicus and Junias (cf. Rom 16:6-7)
3. Apollos (cf. 1Co 4:6)
4. James the Just (cf. Gal 1:19)
It is uncertain to what aspect of ministry this ongoing gift relates: (1) church planting; (2) evangelism; (3) area leadership; or (4) ?. It is linked to prophets, evangelists, and pastors/teachers in Eph 4:11, all of whom proclaim the gospel with differing emphases.
Some English translations put this phrase in 1Th 2:6 and others in 1Th 2:7.
NASB, 1Th 2:6 “we might have asserted our authority”
NKJV, 1Th 2:6 “we might have made demands”
NRSV, 1Th 2:7 “we might have made demands”
TEV, 1Th 2:7 “we could have made demands”
JB, 2:7 “we could have imposed ourselves on you with full weight”
Literally, this translates “with weight.” The intended meaning could be (1) apostolic authority; (2) apostolic honor; or (3) financial compensation (cf. 1Th 2:9; 1Th 3:8; 1Co 9:3-14; 2Co 11:7-11).
1Th 2:7 “we proved to be gentle among you” There is a Greek manuscript variant between the use of the terms (1) “infants” (npios, cf. MSS P65, , B, C, D, F, G) and (2) “gentle” (pios, cf. MSS c, A, C2, D2). Only their initial letter is different. On purely textual basis number1 is best; on contextual basis number 2 seems best (which may reflect an intentional scribal change). The UBS4 gives “infants” a “B” rating almost certain).
Origen and Augustine believed Paul spoke to the Thessalonians in baby language so they could understand. Paul uses parental language in 1Th 2:7-8; 1Th 2:11. He saw himself as their spiritual parent.
“as a nursing mother tenderly cares for her own children” This is a third class conditional sentence. The verb literally means “to warm” and was commonly used of mother birds “warming” their young (cf. Eph 5:29). It was a metaphor for breast feeding. Paul (cf. Gal 4:19), like Jesus (cf. Mat 23:37), describes his love for them in feminine terms (and YHWH cf. Exo 19:4; Isa 66:13; Hos 11:4; and the Spirit cf. Gen 1:2).
1Th 2:8
NASB”Having so fond an affection for you”
NKJV”So, affectionately longing for you”
NRSV”So deeply do we care for you”
TEV”Because of our love for you”
NJB”we felt so devoted and protective towards you”
The word (homeiromai) appears nowhere else in the entire New Testament. It is used in the Septuagint in Job 3:21. In Greek literature it was a strong term of affection related to parents longing for their dead children.
“we were well-pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own lives, because you had become very dear to us” This shows the costliness of the ministry as well as the love of the Apostle. Ministry is not something we doit is who we are.
1Th 2:9 “our labor and hardship” These are strong synonymous terms (cf. 1Th 3:8 and 2Co 11:27). Greek society designated labor as only for slaves. Paul, being a Jew, respected manual labor. He often encouraged it, especially in this Thessalonian correspondence because some in the fellowship had quit their jobs to wait for the Second Coming (cf. 2Th 3:6-15).
“how working night and day” All rabbis had to have a trade or livelihood (cf. Act 18:3; 1Co 4:12). Paul would not accept money for his ministry because of accusations of greed (cf. 1Th 2:5).
“Night and day” reflects Jewish reckoning of time where the day begins at dusk (cf. Gen 1:5; Gen 1:8; Gen 1:13; Gen 1:19; Gen 1:23; Gen 1:21). Paul worked during the day at tent making or leather working and at night he preached the gospel. Ministry requires hard work!
1Th 2:10 “You are witnesses, and so is God” This is another oath-like expression by Paul which asserts the truthfulness of his statements and actions. God is a witness as the oath of 1Th 2:5 affirms and, so too, the believers at Thessalonica.
“devoutly and uprightly and blamelessly we behaved toward you believers” Some in the church, in the community or outsiders must have questioned his motives. Paul was always having to defend his motives.
SPECIAL TOPIC: BLAMELESS, INNOCENT, GUILTLESS, WITHOUT REPROACH
1Th 2:11 “exhorting” See note at 1Th 2:3. Notice the three participles (all starting with para) describing Paul’s preaching activity: (1) “exhorting” (present active); (2) “encouraging” (present middle [deponent]) and (3) “imploring” (present middle [deponent]).
1Th 2:12 “walk in a manner worthy” This is a present infinitive. This metaphor refers to our continuing lifestyle, which must reflect our Master’s (cf. Col 1:10; Col 2:6; Eph 2:10; Eph 4:1; Eph 4:17; Eph 5:2; Eph 5:15). Notice at the end of 1Th 2:12 believers are called to share and thereby reflect God’s glory.
“who calls you” There is a Greek manuscript variant in the tense of this phrase: (1) manuscripts and A have the aorist, like Gal 1:6. This would emphasize God’s initiating call (cf. Gal 1:6; 1Pe 1:15). (2) Manuscripts B, D, F, G, H, K, L, and P have the present which would emphasize God’s continuing call to holiness (cf. Rom 8:28-29; Gal 4:19; Eph 1:4). The UBS4 gives option #2 a “B” rating (almost certain).
Notice the theological balance between a God who calls and believers who must walk worthy (cf. Php 2:12-13). Different denominations focus on one aspect or the other (predestination or human free will). God deals with us in a covenant relationship. Both His calling and our mandated response (initial and ongoing) are necessary.
SPECIAL TOPIC: Election/Predestination and the Need for a Theological Balance
“His own kingdom” Paul does not use this term often. This refers to God’s rule in believers’ hearts and minds now which will one day be consummated over all the earth (cf. Mat 6:10). This was the burden of Jesus’ teaching and preaching. It reflects the “already” but “not yet” tension of the time between the Incarnation and the Second Coming (cf. How to Read the Bible For All Its Worth by Fee and Stuart, pp. 131-134).
SPECIAL TOPIC: THE KINGDOM OF GOD
“and glory” See full note at Gal 1:5.
Fuente: You Can Understand the Bible: Study Guide Commentary Series by Bob Utley
know. App-132.
entrance in. See 1Th 1:9.
unto. App-104.
in vain. See 1Th 3:5.
Fuente: Companion Bible Notes, Appendices and Graphics
1-16.] He reminds the Thessalonians of his manner of preaching among them (1-12, answering to ch. 1Th 1:9 a): praises them for their reception of the Gospel, and firmness in persecution (13-16, answering to ch. 1Th 1:9 b).
Fuente: The Greek Testament
Chapter 2
FOR yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain ( 1Th 2:1 ):
Now, Paul evidently had quite an entrance to the city of Thessalonica for he makes reference to it three times here in the first, in the opening part of this letter: but “it was not in vain.”
But even after that we had suffered before, and were shamefully entreated, as you know, at Philippi ( 1Th 2:2 ),
I mean, they had really suffered. They were no doubt a real beating that was inflicted on these fellows. And having coming directly from Philippi, the marks still quite obvious.
So…
after we had suffered, were shamefully entreated, as you know, at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God with much contention ( 1Th 2:2 ).
Because there was a lot of contention raised by the unbelieving Jews there in Thessalonica against Paul. We are told in the book of Acts that they were contentious because they were envious at the great crowds. By the time the third Sabbath came, the whole town had gathered together to listen to the message that Paul was proclaiming, and the Jews became envious, jealous.
And so they then stirred up a group of men who were of the base sort to beat them, to lie against them, to false . . . to give false charges. These men are against Rome. They’re rebelling against Rome and all, and perpetrated, of course, the beatings of them and the imprisonment in the dungeon. So as they preached the gospel in Thessalonica, these Jews stirred up contention there and they were so contentious that when they heard that they’d heard that they’ve gone to Berea, they came down to Berea to stir up trouble down in Berea.
For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile ( 1Th 2:3 ):
Paul said, “We were straightforward with you. We exhorted you in a straightforward manner. There was no endeavor to deceive you, there was no kind of hidden meaning, no guile . . . straightforward.”
But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God, which tries our hearts ( 1Th 2:4 ).
And so, they had that sense of responsibility before God. And how important that we have that sense of responsibility to God. I think that that’s one of the problems today with a lot of people. The fear of God is not in their heart. They are not really honest before God and before the people. A lot of exaggerations, a lot of deception.
Keith Ritter who labored with us here at Calvary for many years and now is laboring for us in his ministry over in China, Japan before coming to Calvary, was attending another church in the area. And a part of Keith’s ministry in the other church was to help frame the bulletin and he was given the typed out messages of the pastor six months in advance. And in a message that was to be preached six months down the road, the pastor would be using an illustration. And the illustration would say, “Last week my secretary came in and said this and this and this,” you know, and it was a sermon to preached six months from now. Well, that bothered Keith. In fact it bothered him so much he left the church, because there were a lot of illustrations that were not really true, relating of events that really didn’t happen, but it made great sermon illustration.
Paul said, ” I didn’t have any of that. We were straightforward because we know that God tries our hearts; God knows our hearts.” That awareness, and thus the honesty before God is so important.
For neither at any time did we use flattering words, as you know, nor a cloak of covetousness; For God is witness ( 1Th 2:5 ):
And they were aware of that fact that God was witness. The fear of God was in their hearts and surely that’s what we need today; that we have a true fear of God within our hearts.
Nor of men did we seek glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome, as the apostles of Christ ( 1Th 2:6 ).
We didn’t seek your support, though as apostles we could have sought your support, but we didn’t.
But we were gentle among you, even as a nurse who cherishes her children: So being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because you were dear unto us ( 1Th 2:7-8 ).
Now, again, we have a beautiful insight into the heart of the apostle here, and no wonder he was so effective. He was clean; he was honest; he was straightforward. He wasn’t there to make a buck for himself; he wasn’t there to enrich himself or to get glory for himself. He was there because he loved them earnestly with a Godly love and wanted to bring them the glorious truth of Jesus Christ which had transformed his own life.
And so…
You remember, brethren, that our labour and travail ( 1Th 2:9 ):
That word labor again; toiling into the point of weariness and travail.
For laboring night and day, because we would not be chargeable unto any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God ( 1Th 2:9 ).
So, he worked night and day in order that he might provide for his own needs, in order that he might preach to them the gospel of God, so that no one would actually accuse him of being a mercenary. “Well, you’re just in it, Paul, for the money. You know, you come in and ya take a big offering, and then you leave town.” No way. He labored with his own hands to provide for the needs of his group that he would not be chargeable to any of them.
You are witnesses, and God also, how holily and justly and unblameably we behaved ourselves among you that believe ( 1Th 2:10 ):
I mean, they lived straight circumspect lives. They lived holy lives. They lived unblameable kind of lives. God help us. No wonder the witness of the church is so weak and so anemic, because of the lies of many of those who are out running the circuit doing such damage. God help us.
As you know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you, as a father does his children ( 1Th 2:11 ),
Paul’s ministry, I love it. Here is the insight, really, to the true minister: one who travails and labors among the people, one who is not seeking the glory of the people, one who just is gently with them as a nurse cherishing their children and now as a father, his children . . . teaching, exhorting, comforting.
That you would walk worthy of God, who has called you unto his kingdom and glory ( 1Th 2:12 ).
In other words, you are a prince, a princess. You’re children of the king. Walk worthy of God’s kingdom and God’s glory. And this beautiful exhortation to them:
For this cause also thank we God without ceasing, because, when you receive the word of God which you heard of us, you didn’t receive it as the word of men, but as it is in truth, the word of God, which effectually works also in you that believe ( 1Th 2:13 ).
So they received it as God’s word.
For ye, brethren, became followers of the churches of God which in Judea are in Christ Jesus: for ye also have suffered like things of your own countrymen, even as they have of the Jews ( 1Th 2:14 ):
The church was experiencing persecution in Israel, in Judea. They had already had several persecutions that by which the church was scattered. And so here, these in Thessalonica were having problems, even as the church in Jerusalem had had problems.
Suffering of their own countrymen, [Speaking of the church in Jerusalem] and of the Jews: Who both killed the Lord Jesus, and their own prophets, and have persecuted us; and pleased not God, and are contrary to all men ( 1Th 2:14-15 ):
Quite an indictment that Paul makes against the Jews here: they killed the Lord Jesus, they killed their own prophets, they persecuted us and they’re contrary to all men.
I have, in my mind, been writing a book. I don’t know if it will ever get on paper. But I’ve been writing a book addressed to the Jewish people, and I was thinking of a title: Do You Always Crucify Those Who Love You? Here is a group of people that somehow find it very difficult to receive love without being suspicious, without looking for some ulterior motive, and perhaps for good reason. Because of the treatment that they have received from the world, and so much anti-Semitism and all, that whenever anyone shows a genuine concern or love for them, they seem to get suspicious. But then they begin to almost deliberately cut those persons off.
Just recently I started getting a lot of bad press in Israel, totally false. Accusations being made that are completely spurious. People are writing things about me that I’ve never done, I’ve never been, they’ve never happened and yet, for some reason or another, I’ve started to get it of late in the press in Israel. And it is interesting because all I’ve ever had is a tremendous love for Israel and yet, they always look with suspicion. Why do you love us? Why do you give to us? Why do you support us? And they begin then to interpret all kinds of false motives. “Well, you’re just trying to get close to us so you can missionize us or convert us. Or you’re only doing it, you know, because you’re trying to fulfill prophecy and get the Lord to come back or you know . . . ” They can’t just accept love because, you know, you are God’s people and we love you because you’re God’s people.
I personally do not have any great burden to evangelize the Jews any more than I do any other race or group of people. I feel that evangelism of the Jews is something that’s totally in God’s hands. If He’s blinded their eyes, only He can take away the blind of the eyes of the Jews. So I leave their evangelism to God. I can’t undo what God has done. And if blindness is happened in part to Israel until the fullness of Gentiles become in, then I’m not gonna waste my efforts trying to undo what God has done. Let God undo that. And my ministry is not to the Jews, but to the church, which is comprised of people from all backgrounds, for there is neither Jew nor Greek, Barbarian, Scythian, bond or free, but Christ is all and in all. So evangelism of Israel is not my motive in loving them.
And I am also convinced that as far as prophecy is concerned, it’s in God’s hands and He’s gonna fulfill what He has said He’s gonna do without my help. I do not have any grandiose concept of myself as, you know, God has chosen me to fulfill His prophecies in these last days. I don’t feel like I’m any special instrument of God any more than anybody else who has committed their life to God. You know, so I don’t feel any divine calling to go blow up the Dome of the Rock or anything else, you know, which I’ve been accused of in the press of late. Supporting the terrorist groups and all, or wanting to blow up the Dome of the Rock and this kind of stuff, and somehow they got my name in with a bunch of other people’s names who I don’t really know. They got me meeting regularly with them and I didn’t even know they met. It’ll be interesting to see what comes of it.
But are contrary to all men, those that love them, they have difficulty receiving them.
And so they would forbid Paul to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved, and they fill up their sins always: for the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost ( 1Th 2:16 ).
And so, these people who, through their rejection of Jesus Christ and God’s provision for their salvation, have brought such hardships upon themselves.
But we, brethren, being taken from you for a short time in presence, but not in heart, endeavoured the more abundantly to see your face with great desire ( 1Th 2:17 ).
So, Paul said, “I had to leave in a hurry.” Actually, he got out of there just before the officers came to Jason’s house to arrest him. “Though I left my body, my heart’s still there. Man, I still, I long to see . . . I really desire to be there and to be with you.”
Wherefore we would have come to you, even I Paul, once and again; but Satan hindered us. For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming? ( 1Th 2:18-19 )
Isn’t this our hope? Isn’t this our joy? Isn’t this the crown of my ministry? That when the Lord comes, you’re gonna be there, and you’ll meeting together with Him in His kingdom. That’s the purpose, that’s the joy, that’s the crown of our ministry.
John, in writing his epistle said, “I have no greater joy than to hear that my children walk in truth” ( 1Jn 4:1-21 ). And so for the minister, the real joy, the real hope, the real reward, the crown of the ministry is in the lives of the people who, through the word of God, have been transformed and now have that glorious hope of being in Christ in His kingdom. And our joy and crown will be fulfilled when we sit there together before the throne of the Lamb, worshipping together, and we look around and we see those who God brought into our lives, that we might impact them with His love and with His truth. And there will be all the reward ever necessary for the ministry. So Paul said, “That’s my joy, that’s my hope, that’s the crown of my ministry; you being there in the presence of the Lord that is coming.”
For you are our glory and joy ( 1Th 2:20 ). “
Fuente: Through the Bible Commentary
1Th 2:1. , for) This refers to ch. 1Th 1:5-6; for what was there laid down as the proposition, is now taken up again to be discussed, and that, too, regarding Paul and his companions, 1Th 2:1-12; regarding the Thessalonians, 1Th 2:13-16.- , not vain) but full of power.
Fuente: Gnomon of the New Testament
1Th 2:1
For yourselves, brethren, know our entering in unto you,-Pauls purpose in these words was to stir up their minds with stirring memories of their conversion. Not only did strangers report the power and efficacy of their preaching among them, but they themselves were experimentally acquainted with its effects on their own hearts and lives.
that it hath not been found vain:-It was not fruitless or without permanent results. [On the contrary, it was mighty, energetic, and powerful.]
Fuente: Old and New Testaments Restoration Commentary
It is evident that some of the Jews in Thessalonica had been discounting the apostle in his absence. He very definitely defends himself against such detraction, asserting that his preaching had been with boldness, characterized by thankfulness, full of tenderness, and prosecuted with earnestness. The faith they had exercised demonstrated that the Gospel was “not . . . vain.” Their “work of faith” was the credential of the apostle’s spiritual authority. His authority is further emphasized by their “labour of love.” Having received the Word, and so working the “work of faith,” they had treated it as the very Word of God, and served even in suffering. To “serve the living and true God” ever means a “labour of love,” that is to say, it is obedience to the law of love in the impulse of love, and this inevitably results in suffering in the midst of those who are antagonistic to God’s revelation of His will through the Lord Jesus.
Finally, in answering the charges against himself, the apostle referred to the Lord’s return. He speaks of himself as bereft” of the Thessalonians for a short season, but qualifies the statement by saying that this is “in presence, not in heart.” It is the Coming of the Lord that he looked forward to as the one reward of all present toil and pain and suffering. They are at once his hope, his joy, his crown.
Very beautiful is this turning of the apostle’s thought to the ultimate vindication of his work. The detractors were busy attempting to undervalue this work, and to cast aspersions on his character, his honesty, and his tenderness. All this will finally be answered in the splendor and the glory of that moment when the Lord shall receive to Himself in glory those who “turned . . . from idols to serve a living and b e God, and to wait for His Son from heaven.”
Fuente: An Exposition on the Whole Bible
(2) The Visit of the Missionaries (2:1-12)
The account of the visit (2:1-12; cf. 1:5, 8a, 9a) takes the form of a self-defence against insinuations made by Jews. With the same subtlety that led them to accuse the missionaries of preaching another king, namely, Jesus (Act 17:7), the Jews were insinuating that the renegade Paul, like many a pagan itinerant preacher, was self-deluded, sensual, and deceiving, delivering his message in flattering words as a foil to cover selfish greed and requiring honour to be paid him. Pauls failure to return lent some colour to these assertions, and the converts became anxious. In his defence, Paul, speaking mainly for himself but including his associates, conscious both of the integrity of his motives and of the unselfishness of his love, and aware of the straightforwardness of his religious appeal, reminds his readers that he came not empt-yhanded but with a gospel and a courageous power inspired by God (vv. 1-2). Wherever he goes, he preaches as one with no delusion about the truth, for his gospel is of God; with no consciousness of moral aberration, for God had tested him and commissioned him to preach; with no intention to deceive, for he is responsible to God who knows his motives (vv. 3-4). Furthermore, when he was in Thessalonica, he never used cajoling speech, as the readers know, never used the gospel to exploit his ambitions, and never required honour to be given him, although he had the right to receive it as an apostle of Christ (vv. 5-6). On the contrary, he waived his right, becoming just one of them, not an apostle but a babe, and waived it in love for his dear children. Instead of demanding honour, he worked incessantly to support himself while he preached, in order to save the readers from any expense on his account (vv. 7-9). His sincerity is evident from the pious, righteous, and blameless conduct which they saw in him (v. 10). Not as a flatterer but as a father, he urged them one and all, by encouragement and by solemn appeal, to behave as those who are called of God into his kingdom and glory (vv. 11-12).
The disposition of 2:1-12 is clearly marked by (vv. 1, 3, 5-6) and (vv. 2, 4, 7-12) and by the parallel comparisons attached to (v. 4) and (v. 8). The three points of v. 3 are met in the clause with (v. 4); and the three points of vv. 5-6 are met in vv. 7-12, the (v. 9) resuming and further elucidating (v. 7); thus is considered in vv. 7-9, in v. 10, and in vv. 11-12.-A careful exegesis of 2:3-8 is given by Zimmer in Theol. Studien B. Weiss dargebracht, 1897, 248-273.
1Indeed you yourselves know, brothers, that the visit we paid you has not proved to be void of power. 2On the contrary, although we had previously undergone suffering and insult in Philippi, as you know, still we in the power of our God took courage to tell you the gospel of God in the midst of much opposition.
3Indeed the appeal we are wont to make comes not from delusion nor from impurity nor with any purpose to deceive. 4On the contrary, as we stand approved by God to be intrusted with the gospel, so we are wont to tell it, concerned not with pleasing men but God who tests our hearts.
5Indeed, we never once came before you with cajoling address, as you know, or with a pretext inspired by greed, God is witness, 6or requiring honour of men-from you or from others, although we were ever able to be in a position of honour as Christs apostles. 7On the contrary, we became babes in the midst of you-as a nurse cherishes her own children 8so we yearned after you, glad to share with you not only the gospel of God but our very selves as well, for you had become dear to us. 9You remember of course, brothers, our toil and hardship; night and day we worked for our living rather than put a burden on any of you while we preached to you the gospel of God. 10You are witnesses and God as well how piously and righteously and blamelessly we behaved in the sight of you believers. 11As you know, we were urging you individually, as a father his own children, both by encouragement 12and by solemn appeal, to walk worthily of God who calls you into his own kingdom and glory.
1. . With an explanatory , Paul resumes (1:9) and takes up explicitly the defence already touched upon in 1:5 (which is strikingly parallel to 2:1-2). Addressing the readers affectionately as ( in 1:4), he recalls to their knowledge that the visit which he paid them was not empty (), meaning not that it was fruitless, for the welcome by the converts (1:6) is not resumed until v. 13; but that, as the cause certifies, the visit was not empty-handed, was not, as 1:5 says, in word only but also in power, for he came with a gospel of which God is the author, and preached with a courage (cf. 1:5 ) which was due to the power of God operating in him (cf. 1:5 ). That he thus preached, notwithstanding recent experiences of persecution and insult in Philippi and great opposition in Thessalonica, is further proof of the divine inspiration both of his message and of his power in proclaiming it.
resumes and explains 1:5 (Bengel) by way of 1:9 where is put significantly at the beginning. On , see 1:5; and on the construction cf. 1Co 3:20. The article () is repeated as in 1:8 ( ). The perfect with which the aorists (1:5, 2:5, 7, 10) are to be contrasted denotes completed action; the facts of the visit are all in, and the readers may estimate it at its full value. shows that Paul includes Silas and Timothy with him in the defence.
2. Using a strong adversative (; cf. vv. 4, 7), he describes positively the character of his visit and defines (v. 1). Equipped with a gospel inspired by God (cf. vv. 4, 8, 9, and see note on 1:5) and emboldened to preach by the indwelling power of their God ( ), the visit of the missionaries was not devoid of power. Paul had already told them of his persecution and especially ( is perhaps ascensive as in 1:6 ) of the illegal treatment previously experienced at Philippi, and had mentioned the matter with feeling; for, as Lft. remarks, it was not the physical distress () that disturbed him but the insult () offered to his Roman citizenship (Act 16:22 ff.). He recalls the fact now ( ; cf. 1:5) for apologetic reasons (see above on v. 1).
The aorist participles are of antecedent action and probably concessive. (only here in Gk. Bib.) is one of the compounds with which Paul is fond of using (3:4, Gal 3:1) even when there is no classic or Lxx precedent (e. g. Gal 3:8, Gal 3:17, Gal 1:2, 2Co 8:6, 2Co 8:10, 2Co 8:9:5). , which Ruther translates to treat illegally, occurs only here in Paul and rarely in Lxx- (here and Eph 6:20 in Paul; frequent in Acts) denotes here, as shows, not to speak boldly ( ) but to be bold, to take courage (cf. Sir. 6:11), fiduciam sumpsimus (Calv.). The aorist may be inceptive, we became bold. According to Radermacher (Neutestamentliche Grammatik, 1911, 151), this is only a more resonant and artificial expression for (cf. Php 1:14) which an Attic author would have rather used, since is ultimately a tautology. Paul does not elsewhere use with , but this directive preposition instead of a dative is natural after verbs of saying (cf. 2Co 6:11, 2Co 13:7, Php 4:6).
The missionaries are in God (see on 1:1) because God is in them ( Theophylact; cf. Php 4:13). Characteristic of our epistles (3:9, II 1:11, 12; 1Co 6:11) and of Revelation (4:11, 5:10, 7:3 ff. 12:10, 19:1 ff.) is The here (cf. v. 4) seems to refer primarily to the God whom Paul and his two associates preach (hence , not Rom 1:8, 1Co 1:4 (ACD) 2Co 12:21, Php 1:3, Php 4:19, Phm 1:4), but does not exclude the further reference to the converts and other believers who feel themselves in common touch with the Christian God, our God Father (1:3, 3:11, 13, Gal 1:4, Php 4:20). There may be in a latent contrast with pagan idols and deities (1:9).
Both (Mar 12:29, Act 2:39, Rev 19:6) and (Heb 12:29, Luk 1:78, Jud 1:4, 2Pe 1:1) are frequent in Lxx (e. g. Deu 11:22, Ps. 43:20, Psa 97:3, Isa 40:3, Jer 16:19, Jer 49:4 Sap. 15:1 Baruch (passim); cf. Tob. 13:4) and express Israels sense of devotion to her God, often in opposition tacit or expressed to the gods of other nations (cf. 1 Reg. 5:7 ; also Act 19:37 ). For , cf. 2 Reg. 32:30 = Ps. 17:30.
. In the midst of much opposition or in great anxiety (Vulg in multa sollicitudine). Whether persecution is meant, as the reference to the experiences at Philippi at first suggests, or inward trouble, as the change from (1:6) to (cf. Heb 12:1 Sap. 10:12) may indicate, is uncertain.
Most comm. find here as in Php 1:30 a reference to outward troubles, whether persecutions (Ephr.), danger, or untoward circumstances of all sorts (e. g. De W., Ln., Ell., Lft., Mill., Born). Since, however, in Col 2:1 refers to anxiety (cf. also 1Co 9:25, Col 1:29, Col 4:12 and Rom 15:30), it is not impossible that inward struggle is meant (so Fritzsche apud Lillie and Dob.). In later Gk. tends to mean anxiety (Soph. Lex who notes Iren. I 2:2 ). Chrys., who speaks first of danger and then quotes 1Co 2:3, apparently understands of both external and internal trouble; so Lillie: at least this restriction (to the external) in the present case must be justified from the context, not from Pauls use of the word elsewhere.
3-4. The self-defence is continued with direct reference to the insinuation that the missionaries were of a kind with the wandering sophists, impostors, and propagandists of religious cults. First negatively (as v. 1) it is said: Indeed ( as v. 1) our appeal never comes from delusion, nor from impurity, nor is it ever calculated to deceive. Then positively ( as v. 2): On the contrary, we are wont to speak as men approved by God to be intrusted with the gospel, concerned not with pleasing men but God who tests our motives. The three specifications of v. 3 are not replied to formally but are nevertheless adequately met: Not for the gospel is in origin divine not human; not , for the gospel has been committed to tested missionaries; and not , for our responsibility is not to men but to God who sounds the depths of our inner lives. . The appeal we make, taking up . (often in Paul) may mean summons, address, encouragement (1, 2 Mac.; cf. II 2:16) comfort (so usually in Lxx). In this connection, however, as (v. 2) and (v. 4) make evident, the address itself, not the content ( Chrys.), is meant; hence appeal (Lft.), and that too in virtue of and , a religious appeal, not without reference to (5:20, 1Co 14:1, 1Co 14:39; Rom 12:8).
is to be supplied in view of (V. 4). The habitual principle (Bengel) is intended. As the Thess. could have no direct knowledge of Pauls custom elsewhere, he does not in vv. 3-4 appeal to them in confirmation (contrast vv. 5 ff).
. Our religious appeal does not come from delusion, for our gospel is of God. , as shows, is not deceit (active) but error (passive), the state of delusion (Lillie). Homo qui errat cannot but be undecided; nor is it possible for him to use boldness without consummate impudence and folly (Cocceius, quoted by Lillie). . Nor does it come from an impure character. (elsewhere in N. T. only in Paul, except Mat 23:27) regularly appears directly with or in contexts intimating sexual aberration. Hence here, as 4:7, Rom 6:19, the reference is not to impurity in general, not to covetousness, but to sensuality (Lft.). The traducers of Paul, aware both of the spiritual excitement (5:19 ff.) attending the meeting of Christian men and women and of the pagan emotional cults in which morality was often detached from religion, had subtly insinuated that the missionaries were no better morally than other itinerant impostors. That such propagandists would be repudiated by the official representatives of the cult would aid rather than injure a comparison intended to be as odious as possible.
St. Paul was at this very time living in the midst of the worship of Aphrodite at Corinth and had but lately witnessed that of the Cabiri at Thessalonica (Lft.). The exact nature of this latter cult, the syncretistic form which it assumed, and the ritual which it used are uncertain, but Lightfoots phrase, the foul orgies of the Cabiric worship, may not be too strong. The maligners of Paul may have had some features of this cult in mind when they charged him with The cult of the or (perhaps from the root ; , (, ) ) originated, it would appear, in Phnicia and was carried thence to Lemnos, Samothrace (cf. Herod. 2:51), Macedonia (cf. Lactant. div. instil. I, 1518 and Bloch, cols. 2533-34) and elsewhere, and became in the Hellenic-Roman period second in importance only to the Eleusinian mysteries. That it was well known in the seaport town of Thessalonica. is evident from coins and from Jul. Firmicus Maternus (de errore prof. relig. 11). On the Cabiri, see Lft. Bib. Essays, 257 ff. where the older literature including Lobecks Aglaophanes, 1202 ff. is given; also the articles by Hild (Cabires in La Grande Encyc. 606-610) and by Bloch (in Roscher, 1897), Megaloi Theoi, cols. 2522-2541.
. Nor is it with craft, with any purpose to deceive, for they are ever engaged in pleasing not men but God. Over against the of origin, denotes the atmosphere of the appeal. It is not clothed with deception or deceit, that is, with any deliberate intention to deceive (Ell.). This charge may have suggested itself to the critics in view of the devices of sophists and the tricks of jugglers and sorcerers (cf. Chrys.) by which they sought to win the attention and the money of the crowd (cf. 2Co 12:16).
The reading before is well attested, but the of KL after an has a parallel in Gal 1:12 (BEKL); cf. Bl 77:10. Note in 1 Mac. (1:30), (7:10), and (13:17).
4. With (as v. 2), the origin and purpose of the are positively affirmed. we are wont to speak resumes (v. 3) and (v. 2). As already noted, the points made in v. 3 are reckoned with: The gospel is of God, hence they are not deluded; they were commissioned to preach, hence their character is not unclean; they are pleasing not men but God, hence their appeal is not meant to deceive.
On the correlation 2Co 1:5, 2Co 8:6, 2Co 10:7, etc.; on not as such who but as such who, cf. Col 3:22.-Like Apelles (Rom 16:10), they are their is not – (Gal 1:10) indicates action going on; on the Pauline (2:15, 4:1, Rom 8:8; 1Co 7:32), cf. Num 23:27, Psa 68:32; on , cf. Gal 1:10; on (Col 3:22 = Eph 6:6), cf. Psa 52:6.-On (Gal 4:8, Php 3:3) with participle instead of (v. 15), see BMT 485.-=prove, test (of metals Sir. 2:6, 34:25), as in Rom 1:28, Sir. 39:34; on the perfect approve after test, cf. Sir. 42:8, 2 Mal 4:3.
. As the motive is in question, Paul refers to God as one who sounds the depths of the hearts, the inner life (Mar 7:21). refers to Paul and his associates (contrast 3:13, II 2:17, 3:5).
In Psalms and Jeremiah, of Gods testing is frequent (cf. also Sap. 3:6); e. g. Jer 12:3 , , , ; cf. also Psa 16:3, and with the possessive omitted, Jer 11:20, Jer 17:10.
5. parallel to in vv. 1, 3, resumes (v. 3) and further explains that what is true in general (vv. 3-4) of the principles of the missionaries, about which the readers could not know directly (hence no appeal to their knowledge in vv. 3-4), is also true of their behaviour in Thessalonica of which the readers are directly aware (hence the as in VV. 1-2). As in vv. 1, 3, the clause is negative; and again as in v. 3, there are three separate charges denied, each one being phrased differently: not , not , and not . The points are similar to but not identical with those made in v. 3: corresponds, indeed, rather closely to , but is less specific than and is distinct from it in meaning, and is quite different from . Following the clause (vv. 5-6) is the clause (vv. 7-12; cf. vv. 2, 4) in which the three points of vv. 5-6, are positively answered,- in vv. 7-9, in v. 10, and in vv. 11-12.
On (vv. 5-6), cf. Rom 8:38 ff. 1Co 6:9 ff.; on cf. Gal 6:15.- = ever is common in Paul and Lxx- governs first a dative with (), then a dative without (), and finally a participle (). Since = (1:4), we may render: Indeed we never came before you with cajoling address ( as in 1:4), nor using (dative of means) a pretext inspired by greed, nor demanding honour, etc. (participle of manner). -The before which Tisch, Zim, Weiss retain, is probably to be omitted as conformation to the first (Bc WH., Dob.).
. With cajoling address. is here (as 1:5) speech, as , and (vv. 2-4) demonstrate (Ln.). is either flattery, the subordination of ones self to another for ones own advantage; or, as intimates, cajolery, a word that carries with it the additional notion of deception. The genitive describes the character of the speech. The hearers could tell whether Pauls address was straightforward or not; hence .
(Test. xii, Jos 4:1). In classic usage (cf. Schmidt, Syn. 1879, III, 438 ff.), (not in Gk. Bib.) indicates flattery in the sense of complimentary remarks designed to please; (not in Gk. Bib.) means any kind of subordination by which one gets ones own way with another; while (1 Esd. 4:31, Job 19:17 Sap. 14:17) hints at guile, a flattery calculated to deceive; cf. Aristophanes, Eq. 46. ff. . is only here in Gk. Bib. Ell. notes Theophrastus (Char. 2) and Aristotle (Nic. Etk. 4:12 ad fin.): he who aims at getting benefit for money and what comes through money is a
. The cloke of covetousness is literally pretext of greediness. The point is that Paul did not use his message as a foil to cover selfish purposes (cf. 1Pe 2:16). As the appeal to God ( ) indicates, the motive is in question (cf. Chrys.). The genitive is subjective, a pretext which greediness (Lft.) uses or inspires. here is not excuse but specious excuse (cf. Php 1:18, Psa 140:4, Hos 10:4). is more general than and denotes the self-seeking, greedy, covetous character of the
The context here does not allow a more specific meaning of In the Lxx (Jdg 5:19 (A) Ps. 118:36, Hab 2:9, etc.), advantage in respect of money is sometimes intended, cupidity. In 4:6 below, it is joined with ; but it does not appear that can be independently used in the sense of fleshly concupiscence (Robinson on Eph 5:5; but see Hammond on Rom 1:29 and Abbott in ICC on Eph 5:5). Lft. (Col 3:5) translates: greediness, an entire disregard for the rights of others.-On (sc. as Rom 1:9), cf. not only Paul (Php 1:8, 2Co 1:23) but Jewish usage (e. g. Gen 31:44; Gen_1 Reg. 20:23. 42 Sap. 1:6 and especially Test. xii, Lev 19:3).
6. . Nor did we ever come (v. 5) requiring honour, etc. The participle of manner, in apposition to the subject of (v. 5), introduces the third disclaimer, which, like the other two (v. 5) may reflect the language of the traducers (Zimmer). Paul denies not that he received honour from men, not that he had no right to receive it, but that he sought, that is, required honour from men either in Thessalonica or elsewhere.
. Although we were ever (sc. from v. 5) able to be in a position of weight (i. e. honour) as Christs apostles. This concessive clause, subordinated to , qualifies the fact, we never came requiring honour, by asserting the principle (cf. II 3:9) that the authority to demand honour inheres in their place of preponderance as Christs apostles.
= honour, as in classic usage. There is no evidence that it is equivalent to honor in the later sense of honorarium. On the rare , cf. Gen 43:8, Nah 3:11, Eze 22:30; and for the rarer cf. Barn. 21:6.-Since may mean not only burden (Gal 6:2, 2Co 4:17, Sir. 13:2) but also importance (as in later Gk.; cf. Soph. Lex sub voc. and 2Co 10:10), it is possible to take (a unique phrase in Gk. Bib.) as equivalent to (Chrys.), in pondere esse (Calv.), the indicating the position in which they were able to stand and from which, if necessary, they were able to exercise authority; to take a preponderant place (Ruther). On the other hand, may = to be burdensome. In a letter to the present editor under date of March 15, 1910, Dr. Milligan writes that he is inclined to think the more literal idea of burden, trouble was certainly uppermost in the Apostles thought and that the derived sense of gravitas, honor was not prominent, if it existed at all. He calls attention to P Oxy. 1062:14 (ii, a.d.) ; and to BGU, 159:5 (a.d. 210) Assuming the translation to be burdensome, expositors find a reference either (1) to the matter of a stipend (cf. v. 9, II 3:8, 2Co 12:16 and especially 2Co 11:9 ); so for example Theodoret, Beza (who takes = ), Grot., Flatt, Zim, Drummond, and Field (Otium Norv. III, 122); or (2) to both the stipend and the authority; so Chrys., Crocius (non tantum de ambitione sedet de avaritia), Lft., Find., Wohl., Moff. and others. The immediate context, however, does not distinctly suggest a reference to a stipend, unless =honorarium; furthermore the omission of (Dob.). which Vulg reads (cum possemus vobis oneri esse), makes the translation to be burdensome less likely than to be in honour, in pondere esse (cf. Erasmus, Hammond, Pelt, De W., Ln., Ell., Schmidt, Schmiedel, Born, Dob.).-On cf. 2Co 11:3. Paul uses not only of himself and the twelve, but also of Silvanus and Timothy (here), Junias and Andronicus (Rom 16:7), Apollos (1Co 4:9), Epaphroditus (Php 2:25). See further 2Co 8:23, 2Co 11:13, Act 14:14 and McGiffert, Apostolic Age, 648. The word occurs once in Lxx ( 3 Reg.14:6 A). As after (v. 1) and (v. 3), so after , a comma is to be placed.
7. . On the contrary, we became babes in the midst of you. is parallel to in v. 4 and controls vv. 7-12, the (v. 9) resuming the here. A colon is to be put after Although they were entitled to demand honour as Christs apostles, yet they waived that right, choosing to be not apostles but babes in the midst of them. To contrast with and to fit , we rather expect not an adjective but a noun. (Gal 4:1, Gal 4:3, 1Co 13:11, Rom 2:20, etc.), with its implication of the unripe and undeveloped, far from being meaningless (Schmidt) is a capital antithesis of . Not only does fit the immediate context admirably, it is also in keeping with the spirit of brotherly equality that characterises Pauls attitude to his readers not only in I but also in II. He is just one of them, (Chrys.).
Not only is admirably adapted to the context, it is also the better attested reading (BDCGF, Vulg, Boh, Ephr., Ambst, Orig. ad Mat 19:14) as Tisch admits; and is accepted by WH., Zim, Baljon, Lft., Find., Wohl. Indeed WH. will not allow an alternative reading (cf. App.2 128). On the other hand, Weiss is equally insistent on as alone worthy of attention (AEKLP, Pesh Arm; Tisch, Ell. Schmiedel, Born, Dob., Moff.). While on purely transcriptional grounds may be accounted for by haplography or by dittography, internal evidence favours -Six of the ten cases of in N. T. (including Eph 4:14, Heb 5:13) are found in Paul; is found in the Gk. Bib. only 2Ti 2:24. The objection (urged by Ell., Schmiedel, Born, and others) that mars the metaphor in the succeeding comparison (whose point, however, is not gentleness but unselfish love) is met by Lft. who observes that rhetorical rules were as nothing compared with the object which he had in view. with gen. occurs only here in Paul; it is frequent elsewhere in Gk. Bib.
7-8. As a nurse cherishes her own children so we yearning after you were glad to share not only the gospel of God but our very selves as well, because you had become dear to us. The change from to is due to a natural association of ideas. The point of the new metaphor is love, the love of a mother-nurse for her own children. Not only did the missionaries waive their right to demand honour, they waived it in motherly affection for their dear children (cf. 1:5 ). No punctuation is necessary before (cf. v. 4 and Mar 4:26).
The construction is similar to Mar 4:26 (AC) On the difference between = (A) with subjunctive indicating the contingency of the act and with the indicative, note with Viteau (I, 242) 2Co 8:12 . here as elsewhere in Gk. Bib. (Gen 35:8, Isa 49:23, Isa 49:4 Reg. 11:2 = 2Ch 22:11) is feminine. = to warm is used of the mother-bird (Deu 22:6, Job 39:14) and of Abishag (3 Reg. 1:2, 4; cf. 1:2 ff); here and Eph 5:29, the secondary sense to cherish is appropriate (see Ell. on Eph 5:29). Neither nor suggests that the are ; hence it is unnecessary to press the metaphor in the clause with as some do (e. g. Ln.). Grot. compares Num 11:22 (Moses) (nurshing-father as Isa 49:23) , a passage, which, according to Zimmer, may have been in Pauls mind.-If is emphatic, as in classic usage, the nurse is also the mother; if it is = (Bloomfield apud Lillie; cf. Moult I, 87 ff.), the nurse may or may not be the mother. Zimmer, accepting as emphatic (cf. v. 11), but finding difficulty with the idea of a mother-nurse in service, takes metaphorically, understanding that the professional nurse treats the children of her mistress as if they were her own; cf. Chrys.: Are they (the nurses) not more kindly disposed to them () than mothers?- in Paul, when used with the article and substantive, has regularly, as in classic Gk., the attributive position (2:8, 12, 4:4, II 3:12); the exceptions are Gal 6:4, Gal 6:8, 1Co 11:5 (B) 2Co 3:13 (D), where the position is predicate.
8. yearning after you (Lillie; cf. 3:6). With the affection of a mother-nurse, they were eager to share not only what they had but what they were (Schmidt), because, as is frankly said, the converts had become dear to them, (1Co 4:14, Eph 5:1).
(the breathing is uncertain) is found also in Job 3:21 (Lxx) and Psa 62:2 (Sym.). In meaning, it is similar to and (see Wetstein, ad loc.); but the derivation is unknown (cf. WH. App. 151, 159; WS 16:6; Bl 6:4). Thackeray (Gram. O. T. Greek, I, 97, note 5), following Moult, thinks the comes from a derelict preposition There is therefore no connection between and -The usual reading (B has ; so WH., Weiss) is not here a present (2Co 5:8) but an imperfect, as (v. 7) and (v. 8) demand (cf. Zim). is common in later Gk. (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 131). In Lxx is sometimes a variant of (Jdg 11:17, Jdg 11:19:10, Jdg 11:25), sometimes a parallel (Psa 50:18) to it. In papyri, is often used of consent to an agreement (P Oxy. 261:17 97:24; cf. Mill. ad loc.). In Paul, is frequent with infin. (3:1, Gal 1:15, etc.), but rare with (1Co 10:5, 2Co 12:10; Lxx frequently) or with dative alone (II 2:12; cf. Sir. 18:31 A); the construction with accus., with and dat. or accus., or with does not appear in Paul.-The construction is found also in Rom 1:11, Tob. 7:18 (B); the accusative is of the part shared; hence is not a zeugma for . (2Co 12:15) is plural, for Paul and his associates are in mind. like (v. 4) is the inner self. On for , cf. WS 22:10; on , see 1:5.
(2:18, 4:6) is regularly because in Gk. Bib.; in 2 Mac. 7:37, it may mean that (Mill.); cf. WS 5:7 d. After in Paul we expect a genitive (Rom 1:7) not a dative; but cf. Sir. 15:13
9. . you remember of course brothers (v. 1). The resumes (v. 7) and further illustrates (v. 6). Instead of requiring honour of you, we worked hard and incessantly to support ourselves while we preached to you the gospel of God (cf. II 3:8).
is indicative as (vv. 1, 5, 11) suggests. The accus. with occurs only here in Paul; Lxx has both gen. and accus. (cf. v. l. in Tob. 4:19). The phrase is Pauline (II 3:8, 2Co 11:27); cf. also Jer 20:18 Test. xii, Jud 1:18:4. In fact in Paul always appears with (cf. Hermas, Sim. V, 6:2). Beza, with Lillies approval, makes labeur, peine, travail the equivalents respectively of , and Grot. (cf. Lft. and Trench, Syn. 102) considers passive, in ferendo and active, in gerendo. Lft. translates: toil and moil.
Without connecting particle (EKL insert ), the ceaselessness of the labour and the purpose of it as a labour of love are indicated. They worked not through the whole night and day (accus.) but during the night and day (gen.). The purpose of this incessant labour ( II 3:8, 2Co 3:13) was to avoid putting upon the converts individually or collectively a financial burden. marks the circumstances attending the preaching. As in Corinth (1Co 4:12, 1Co 9:6) where there were not many wise, mighty, or noble, so in Thessalonica (II 3:8 ff.) where the converts were mainly working people, Paul finds it necessary to work with his hands (4:11, 1Co 4:12, Eph 4:28) for wages.
The phrase occurs in Paul elsewhere only 3:10 and II 3:8; cf. 1Ti 5:5, 2Ti 1:3, Mar 5:5, Judith 11:17. In the Lxx the usual order is (e. g. Jos 1:8, Jos 1:3 Reg. 8:59, etc.; cf. Luk 18:7, Act 9:24, Rev 4:8, etc.). a late word, appears in Gk. Bib. elsewhere only in Paul (II 3:8, 2Co 2:5) and is nearly but not quite equivalent in meaning to (Ell.), which is found in Gk. Bib. only 2Co 12:16 and Mar 14:10 (cf. 2 Reg. 13:25, etc.). With Paul uses (Gal 2:2, 2Co 1:19, Col 1:23), (here, as Grot. notes, for dative), or the dative (1Co 9:27 and here)-all permissible Attic constructions (Bl 39:4). The phrase recurs in Mar 1:14; cf. Gal 2:2, Col 1:23, Mar 13:10, Mar 14:9.
10. . As vv. 7-9 referred to the charge of (v. 6), so this verse refers probably to the charge of (v. 5), and vv. 11-12 to that of The of v. 7 still controls, as the asyndeton (H inserts ) suggests. The fact that Paul and his associates carried themselves in a pious, righteous, and blameless manner (on the adverbs with , cf. 1Co 16:10, Tob. 7:11) is evidence that they were not using the gospel as a foil to cover greedy ambition (v. 5). As witnesses of their behaviour, they invoke first, since the actual conduct not the motive is mainly in mind, the believers, and then to strengthen the appeal, God himself.
A man is who is in general devoted to Gods service; a man is who comes up to a specific standard of righteousness; and a man is who in the light of a given norm is without reproach. All three designations are common in the Lxx and denote the attitude both to God and to men, the first two being positive, the third negative.
= how as in Php 1:8. (not in Paul and rare in N. T.) is common in Lxx (especially Ps. Prov. Sap. Ps. Sol.); (not in N. T.) occurs in Sap. 6:10, Ps. 17:26, Psa 17:2 Reg. 22:20; (Eph 4:24, Luk 1:75) is found in Sap. and elsewhere in Lxx; in Gk. Bib. elsewhere only Sap. 6:10, 3 Reg. 8:61, is frequent in 1 Clem.; cf. also P Par. 63 (Deiss. BS 211) – and are frequently parallel (Pro 17:26; cf. Sap. 9:3, Luk 1:75 I Clem. 48:4). For and cf. Sap. 10:15. is more frequent than in Gk. Bib., but is found elsewhere only 5:23, 3:13 (BL) and Est 3:13 (13:4); cf. I Clem. 44:3-63:3. The adjective (3:13, Php 2:15, Php 3:6, Luk 1:6, Heb 8:7) is frequent in Job, sometimes (e. g. 1:1, 9:20, etc.) with -The addition of to is designed, if at all, not to contrast Pauls attitude to the non-Christians with his attitude to the Christians (so some older comm.), or his attitude to the converts as converts with that to the converts as pagans (Hofmann, Dob.), but simply to meet the charge that his attitude to the believers was influenced by selfish motives.
11-12. . Not as a (v. 5 but as a (1Co 4:15, Php 2:22), they urged the converts individually ( ; cf. II 1:3, Eph 4:7, Col 4:6), each according to his specific need, as the added and intimate. The faint-hearted, they encouraged (5:14 ); to the idlers (5:14), they gave a solemn protest. is general, and specific. Hence is to be construed only with (cf. 2Co 1:4; also below 3:10 and II 2:2). We were urging both by encouragement and by solemn protest, that you walk, etc.
(3:6, 12, 4:5), found frequently in Paul and in Exodus, is equivalent to the less Attic – as in v. 10 = (GF).-, a favourite word in Paul and susceptible of various translations, here means urge, exhort.- a rare word in Gk. Bib. (5:14, Joh 11:19, Joh 11:31, Joh 11:2 Mac. 15:9), means here and 5:14 not comfort but encourage. On and , cf. 1Co 14:3, Php 2:1, Php 2:2 Mac. 15:8-9. (Gal 5:3, Eph 4:17, Act 20:26, Act 26:22, Judith 7:28, 1 Mac. 2:56 ) is stronger than and means either to call to witness or to protest solemnly; in later Gk. (cf. Mill. ad loc. and 1 Mac. 2:56), it approximates (hence DG have here ).-The participial construction ( for ) is quite admissible (cf. 2Co 7:5 and Bl 79:10). Some comm. repeat (v. 10), attaching the participle loosely; others supply a verb like (Lft.).-The (which omits) after resumes
. The object ( ) of the fatherly exhortation is that the readers conduct themselves in a manner worthy of their relation to God who calls them, through the preaching of the gospel (II 2:14), into his own kingdom and his own (sc. ) glory. , an infrequent word in Paul compared with the Synoptic Gospels, denotes the redeemed society of the future over which God rules, the inheritance of believers (Gal 5:21, 1Co 6:9, 1Co 6:10, 1Co 6:15:50; cf. Eph 5:5), and the consummation of salvation (II 1:5, 1Co 15:24). Foretastes of this sway of God (Rom 14:17 cf. 1Co 4:20, Col 4:11) or of Christ (Col 1:13) are already enjoyed by believers in virtue of the indwelling power of Christ or the Spirit. is parallel with and suggests not only the radiant splendour of God or of Christ (II 2:14) but also the majesty of their perfection (cf. Psa 96:6, Rom 3:23).
, found elsewhere in Gk. Bib. only Col 1:10 (), is common in the Pergamon inscriptions (Deiss. NBS 75 f.), and appears also in the Magnesian inscriptions (Mill. ad loc.); cf. 1 Clem. 21:1 Polyc. 5:2.- like in the ethical sense is both a Hebrew and a Greek idiom, KL read here, as in Col 1:10, Eph 4:1, – (5:24, Gal 5:8, Rom 9:11) is timeless like (1:10). Paul prefers the present to the aorist participle (Gal 1:6. Gal 1:15 and A here) of On after cf. II 2:14, 1Co 1:9, Col 3:15.-On , cf. Sap. 10:10, 2Ch 13:8 Ps. Sol. 17:4; on Christs kingdom, cf. Col 1:13, Eph 5:5, 2Ti 4:1, 2Ti 4:18, Joh 18:36. does not of necessity indicate a contrast with Satans kingdom (Col 1:13, Mar 3:23 ff.). On the meaning of see Gray, HDB II, 183 ff.; Kennedy, Last Things, 299 ff.; Gunkel, Die Wirkungen des heiligen Geistes, 108 ff.; and SH on Rom 3:23.
(3) Welcome in Persecutions; the Jews (2:13-16)
After the defence of his visit (2:1-12), Paul turns again (cf. 1:6, 9) to the welcome received. Repeating in v. 13 the thanksgiving of 1:2 ff., he points out that just as he is conscious of preaching Gods gospel (vv. 1-4) so the readers welcomed his word as Gods word. That it is not a human word, as the Jews alleged, but a divine word, operating in the hearts of believers, is demonstrated by the fact that the readers welcomed it in spite of persecutions (v. 14 resuming 1:6 ff.), persecutions at the hands of Gentiles similar to those which the Jewish Christians in Juda experienced at the hands of Jews. Then remembering the constant opposition of the Jews to himself in Thessalonica, Bera, and Corinth, and their defamation of his character since he left Thessalonica, and the fact that though the Gentiles are the official persecutors yet the Jews are the prompting spirits, Paul, in a prophetic outburst (cf. Php 3:1 ff.), adds, neglecting negative instances, that the Jews have always opposed the true messengers of God, killing the prophets and the Lord Jesus, and persecuting Paul; and prophesies that this their constant defiance is bound to result, in accordance with the purpose of God, in the filling up of their sins always, and in judgment at the day of wrath. Indeed, to his prophetic vision, that day has come at last.
13And for this reason, we too as well as you thank God continually, namely, because when you had received from us the word which you heard, Gods word, you welcomed it, not as a word of men but as it really is, as a word of God which also is operative in you who believe. 14For you, brothers, became imitators of the assemblies of God in Juda, those, namely, that are in Christ Jesus, in that you underwent the same sufferings at the hands of your own countrymen, as they themselves at the hands of the Jews-15the men who killed both the Lord Jesus and the prophets, and persecuted us; who please not God and are against all mankind 16in that they hinder us from talking to the Gentiles with a view to their salvation,-in order that they might fill up the purposed measure of their sins always; but the wrath has come upon them at last.
13. . And for this reason we too as well as you give thanks. refers, as the resumptive shows, not to the entire contents of vv. 1-12 but to the salient principle enounced in vv. 1-4, namely, that the gospel is not human, as the Jews alleged, but divine. The in indicates a reciprocal relation between writers and readers. As the Thessalonians, in their letter to Paul, thanked God that they welcomed the gospel as a word from God, so now do the missionaries reciprocate that thanksgiving.
like is frequent in Paul, but (Mar 6:14 = Mat 14:2; Luk 14:20, Heb 9:15, Joh 5:16; Barn. 8:7 Ign. Mag. 9:2 Hermas, Sim. VII, 2, IX, 19:1 ( as here)) occurs elsewhere in Paul only II 2:11; hence D here and II 2:11 omits It is probable that in Paul this consecutive and subordinating has always some reference to the preceding even when the primary reference, often general, is supplemented by a secondary, often specific, reference introduced by as here and often in Jn. (cf. Gen 11:9, Gen 21:31, etc.; Diogn. 2:6 Hermas Vis. III, 6:1), by (2Co 13:10, Phm 1:15), or by some other construction (II 2:11, 1Co 11:10, Heb 9:15). On cf. 3:5, Rom 13:6, Luk 11:49, Mat 24:44, Joh 12:18; on = because, Rom 1:8.- before , if it retains its classic force, is to be construed closely with Its precise significance here is somewhat uncertain. In a similar passage (Col 1:9), Lft. observes that denotes the response of the apostles personal feeling to the favourable character of the news (so here Mill.). Wohl. thinks that, Paul tacitly refutes the insinuation that he is not thankful to God. More plausible here (as in Col 1:9, Eph 1:15) is the conjecture of Rendel Harris (op. cit.; cf. Bacon, Introd. 73 and McGiffert, EB 5038) that presupposes a letter from the Thess. to Paul (cf. 4:9, 13, 5:1) in which they thanked God as Paul now thanks him. Dob. however, following the lead of Lietzmann (ad Rom 3:7), feels that is not to be joined closely with , but serves to emphasise the with reference to in 1:2. In support of this usage, Dob. refers to in 1Co 2:13, which goes back to the in 2:6.
. The distinction between the external reception () and the welcome () given to the word, a welcome involving a favourable estimate of its worth, was early recognised (cf. Ephr.). That the diostinction is purposed, that Paul is tacitly answering the insinuation of the Jews that the word preached was not of divine but of human origin (vv. 1-4) is suggested by the striking position of (which leads P to put before and induces Schmiedel to consider a gloss) and by the emphasis on the fact that this word, heard, received, and welcomed, also operates in the inner lives of believers.
= ; cf. Sir. 42:1 = (Smend). Grot. notes Heb 4:2 The gen. is appositive.-Since with gen. (rare in Paul) is used, apart from Rom 11:27 (Lxx), with verbs implying (II 3:8) or stating the idea of receiving (e. g. 4:1, II 3:6, Gal 1:12; Php 4:18; Eph 6:8), it is more natural to take with than with , although, as Beza remarks, the sense is the same in either construction. On , cf. 1Co 15:1, Gal 1:9.
. Not as a word of men but, as it really is, as a word of God. Since there is a distinction between and , the latter implying an estimate of worth, and are to be taken predicatively. The precise point appears to be not that the word is true, for this is first stated in , not that the hearers welcomed the word as if it were true, for there is no (contrast Gal 4:14), but that they welcomed the word as a word of God (cf. Ephr.). Since receives the emphasis, refers not to but to The indicates not only that the word is heard (), received (), and welcomed (), but also that it is an active power (Rom 1:16) operating constantly (pres. tense) in (Col 1:29) the hearts of believers. The word is living, for the power of God is in the believers (1:1 ) as it is in the missionaries (2:2 ).
Eighteen of the twenty-one cases of in the N. T. occur in Paul. In the active, it is used of superhuman operations, usually divine but once (Eph 2:2) demonic. (II 2:7, 2Co 4:12, Col 1:29, Eph 3:20; cf. Rom 7:5, 2Co 1:6, Gal 5:6) may be passive to remind us that the operation is not self-originated (Robinson, Ephesians, 247) or middle, without such a reminder (Mayor on Jam 5:16). It happens that is never expressed. In actual meaning and come nearly to the same thing (Robinson, l.c.). Grot. remarks: sono Passivum sensu activum. See further Robinson (op. cit. 241-247).-The Old Latins and some comm. (Ephr., Th. Mops., Piscator, Bengel, Auberlen refer to , an interpretation which is contextually improbable and which is precluded if is passive.
14. . For you became imitators, brothers, of the Christian congregations in Juda in that you suffered. connects the points of welcome and steadfastness under persecution, and at the same time illustrates and confirms the reality of the indwelling word of God. The of 1:6 is obviously resumed; but the persons imitated are not the missionaries and the Lord Jesus, but the Jewish Christians in Palestine, the analogy between them and the Thessalonians being that the former suffered () at the hands of the Jews as the latter at the hands of the Gentiles. The reason for referring to the persecutions in Juda is unknown. It may be that the older churches are selected as pertinent examples of steadfastness to the younger communities; or that, and with greater probability (cf. Calv.), the Jews in Thessalonica had insinuated that Christianity was a false religion, inasmuch as the Jews, the holy people of God, were constrained to oppose it. If the latter surmise be correct, the force of Pauls allusion is that the Jews persecute the Christians because they always persecute the true followers of the divine will, and that it is the Jews who incite the Gentiles to harass the believers. may refer to a single event in the remoter (Gal 1:13, 1Co 15:9) or nearer (Dob.) past, or to a series of persecutions, considered collectively (BMT 39c). In the latter case, the reference would include not only the case of Jason (Act 17:9), but the persecutions which continued since Pauls departure (3:3), the Jews being the real cause of Gentile oppression in Thessalonica, as they were the actual persecutors in Juda. The defence of his failure to return (2:17-3:13), which follows immediately after the prophetic outburst against the Jews, confirms the probability that the Jews are at the bottom of Gentile persecutions in Thessalonica after Pauls departure, as well as during his visit, and makes unnecessary the rejection of vv. 15-16 (Schmiedel) or of vv. 14-16 (Holtzmann, Einl 214) as interpolation. This phrase, mainly Pauline (II 1:4, 1Co 11:16), might of itself denote Jewish assemblies or congregations; hence the distinctively Pauline (see on 1:1) is added here, as in Gal 1:22, to specify the communities as Christian.
, the Greek term for the assembly of citizens (cf. Deiss. Light, 112 ff.), is used by Lxx regularly for and rarely for ; on the other hand usually renders the latter, and rarely the former. The terms are virtually synonymous in Jewish usage; cf. (Deu 23:1 ff. Mic 2:5, Neh 13:1 ( AB ) 1Ch 28:8); (Num 16:3, Num 20:4); also Pro 5:14: (see Toy, ad loc. in ICC) and I Mac. 3:13 How early the Christians began to restrict to the Jewish and to the Christian assembly is uncertain (cf. Jam 2:2 and Zahn, Introd. I, 94 f.). The plural occurs once in N. T. (Rom 16:16), but the singular () does not appear, except Mat 16:18 (), before Ignatius (Trall. init. and 1:2). On , cf. 1Co 1:2, 2Co 1:1.
. In that you suffered from your own fellowcitizens the same as they did from the Jews. The point of imitation, introduced by , is obviously not the fact of but the steadfast endurance manifested under persecution. The comparison is intended to express not identity but similarity. are Gentiles as shows.
After (Rom 2:1, 2Co 1:6, Php 3:1, Eph 6:9) we have not the expected (2Co 1:6) but the looser Ell. cites Plato, Phaed. 86 A: ; cf. also Sap. 18:11 , -For the correlative in , cf. Rom 1:13 and Bl 78:1.- is constructio ad sensum for ; cf. Gal 1:23 – is a kind of passive of (Bl 54:2); hence (D cf. Ep. Jer_33, Mar 5:26, Mat 17:12-D omits
Like , a classic word not found in Gk. Bib., , only here in Gk. Bib., means either tribesman or countryman (cf. Hesychius: ); it is similar to (Eph 2:19). The tendency in later Gk. to prefix prepositions without adding to the original force was condemned, as Ell. remarks, by the second-century grammarian Herodianus: Paul, however, is fond of such compounds with even when they do not appear in the Lxx (e.g. Php 2:2, Php 2:3:10. Php 2:17, 2Co 6:15, Gal 1:14, etc.).-, common in Gk. Bib., may in later Gk. mean either proprius (Vulg) or vester.
The term (see Zahn, Introd. II, 306 ff.) is not of itself disparaging. It is frequently employed by Jews as a self-designation (Rom 2:17, Jer 39:12, 45:19, etc.). Paul, however, while he speaks of himself as of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Benjamin, a Hebrew and an Israelite (Rom 11:1, 2Co 11:22, Php 3:5), rarely if ever employs as a self-designation (Gal 2:15), but uses it of the Jew who finds in Christ the fulfilment of the law (Rom 2:28), of the Jew contrasted with the Greek (so regularly as here), and of Judaism in contrast with Christianity (1Co 10:32, Gal 1:13 f.), no disparagement being intended by the word itself.
15-16. The past experiences in Thessalonica and Bera (Act 17:1-15), the insinuations alluded to in vv. 1-12, and the present troubles in Corinth (3:7; cf. Act 18:5 ff.) explain sufficiently this prophetic denunciation of the Jews (cf. Php 3:1 ff.). The counts are set forth in a series of five participles in close apposition with . Of these, the first two ( and ) are aorist and refer to the past: who put to death both the Lord Jesus and the prophets, and persecuted us, that is, Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy (their experiences particularly in Thessalonica and Bera being looked at collectively). The next two participles ( , and understood after ) are present and describe the constant attitude of the Jews, a description qualified by the fifth participle also present (, introduced without ): and who oppose the will of God and the good of humanity in that they hinder us from speaking to the Gentiles with a view to their salvation. For such obstinacy, judgment is prepared. In accordance with the purpose of God, the Jews are constantly filling up the measure of their sins; and to the prophetic outlook of Paul, the wrath of God has actually come upon them at last.
The denunciation is unqualified; no hope for their future is expressed. The letters of Paul reveal not a machine but a man; his moods vary; now he is repressed (II 3:2 ), again he is outspokenly severe (Php 3:1 ff.), and still again he is grieved, but affectionate and hopeful (Rom 9:1 ff. Rom 9:11:25).
. Both the Lord and the prophets. correlates the substantives. The prophets are not Christian but Hebrew (Rom 1:2, Rom 3:21, Rom 11:3). By separating from , Paul succeeds in emphasising that the Lord of glory whom the Jews crucified (1Co 2:8) is none other than the historical Jesus, their kinsman according to the flesh (Rom 9:5).
That the first two are correlative is the view of Ell., Lft., Dob. et al. and is confirmed by 1Co 10:32. Flatt, De W. Lillie, Auberlen, Ln. Schmiedel, et al., interpret the first to mean also. Erasmus and Schmidt translate not only the Lord and the prophets but also us.-Some comm. take with Since, however, , a rare word in Paul, is used literally by him only here and Rom 11:3 = 3 Reg. 19:10 ( ), the construction with suggested by the correlative is preferable, apart from the consideration that the argument would be weakened were attached to (cf. Luk 13:34 = Mat 23:37).-For with participle, we might have had with finite verb (Rom 8:34, Rom 16:7). On of the death of Jesus, cf. Act 3:15; also (Act 2:36, Act 2:4:10, 1Co 2:8) and (Act 2:23, etc.). On cf. 4:2, II 1:7, 2:8, 1Co 16:23, 2Co 4:14, 2Co 11:31, Eph 1:15, Phm 1:5. According to Tert. (adv. Marc. 5:15), Marcion prefixed to (so KL, et al.), thus making the reference to the Hebrew prophets unmistakable.
. And persecuted us. It is uncertain whether here means persecute or banish; it is likewise uncertain whether the aorist indicates a single act of or a series of acts taken collectively. The word would recall to the readers the harassing experiences of Paul and his associates () in Thessalonica and perhaps also in Bera.
Ell. emphasises the semi-local meaning of , and renders drive out; he sees a specific allusion to Act 17:10. But may be equivalent to , as the use of these words and of in Lxx suggests (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 37).
. This present participle and the succeeding (sc. ) state the constant obstinate attitude of the Jews to God and men, a statement to be understood in the light of the explanatory (v. 16), added without The Jews please not God by resisting his purpose to save the Gentiles; they oppose all men not, as Tacitus (Hist. 5:5) and others have it, in being adversus omnes alios hostile odium, but in being against the best interests of humanity, namely, their salvation. It is not talking to the Gentiles that the Jews are hindering but the talking to them with a view to their salvation (cf. Act 17:6 ff.), the (v. 2) (5:9).
On Tacitus and the Jews, cf. Th. Reinach, Textes Relatifs au Judasme, 1895, 295 ff. is rarely used of persons in the Gk. Bib. (cf. Num 1:53 (AF) 2:2 and 1 Esd. 8:51 ). On , see v. 4; on , cf. Rom 12:17 f. 1Co 15:19, 2Co 3:2, Php 4:5, etc.; , 1Co 14:39; , 1Co 14:19; , 1Co 10:33.- and (5:8-9, II 2:13) are Jewish terms borrowed by the early Christians to designate the blessings of the age to come under the rule of God the Father. To Paul this salvation is future, though near at hand (cf. Rom 13:11); but there are foretastes of the future glory in the present experience of those who possess the Spirit (Rom 8:23), and thus belong to the class the saved (1Co 1:18, 2Co 2:15; contrast II 2:10 ). need not be negative except when (Rom 5:9) or the like is mentioned (see on 1:10).
. They killed both Jesus and the prophets, they persecuted Paul and his fellow-missionaries, they are hindering the Gentile mission, with the distinct purpose (-not on their part but on Gods part) of filling up the measure of their sins (B carelessly omits ) always. Grammatically, with infin. (see v. 12) may denote either purpose or conceived result; logically it may here denote purpose, for what is in result is to Paul also in purpose. The obstinacy of the Jews is viewed as an element in the divine plan.
The metaphor underlying is to be found in the Lxx (cf. Gen 15:16, Dan 8:23, Dan 8:2 Mac. 6:14). A definite measure of sins is being filled up continually by each act of sin, in accordance with the divine decree. The aorist infin. is future in reference to the participles in the preceding context, but the tense of the infin. itself indicates neither action in progress nor action completed; it is indefinite like a substantive. The infinitive rather than the noun (cf. 2 Mac. 6:14 ) is chosen in reference to , the point of the adverb being the continual filling up. This , while logically progressive, is regarded by the aorist collectively, a series of being taken as one (cf. BMT 39).
. But the wrath has come upon them at last. (that is, as DG, Vulg explain, ; see 1:10) is not so much the purposed or merited wrath (cf. Sap. 19:4) as the well-known principle of the wrath of God which is revealed (Rom 1:18) in the ends of the ages (1Co 10:11) in which Paul lives, and which is shortly to be expressed in the day of wrath (Rom 2:5). In view of the eschatological bearing of , the reference in ( = ), not withstanding (1:10), cannot be to a series of punishments in the past (cf. the catena of Corderius on Joh 3:36 in Orig. (Berlin ed.) IV, 526: ); nor to a specific event in the past, whether the loss of Jewish independence, or the famine (Act 11:28), or the banishment from Rome (Act 18:2; cf. Schmidt, 86-90); nor quite to the destruction of Jerusalem, even if Paul shared the view that the day of judgment was to be-simultaneous with the destruction of Jerusalem; but must be simply to the day of judgment which is near at hand. is accordingly proleptic. Instead of speaking of that day as coming upon the sons of disobedience (Eph 5:6), he speaks of it as at last arrived. Such a proleptic use of the aorist is natural in a prophetic passage and has its analogy in the Lxx (Dob. notes Hos 9:2 f. Hos 9:10:5).
In the N. T. occurs, apart from Mat 12:28 = Luk 11:20, only in Paul, and is always equivalent to except in I 4:15 where it is synonymous with (Mat 17:25). In the Lxx it means regularly to come; occasionally to anticipate (Sap. 6:13, 16:28; cf. 4:7, Sir. 30:25). Elsewhere in Paul, is construed with (Rom 9:31, Php 3:16; cf. Dan. (Th.) 4:17, 19, 6:24, 12:12) and (2Co 10:14). For , cf. Mat 12:28 = Luk 11:20; Jdg 20:34. Jdg 20:42, Ecc 8:14 ( and ) Dan. (Th.) 4:21, 25; for , cf. 2Ch 28:9 Dan. (Th.) 4:8, 7:13, 8:7.-For the use of the English perfect in translating the Greek aorist, cf. BMT 46.
. At last. That the temporal meaning of is here intended and that too not in the sense of continually, forever, but, as demands, at last is evident from the parallelism of the clauses:
For = postremo, cf. Stephanus, Thes. col. 9224. In the Lxx (apart from of many Psalms and of Jos 3:16 F) is used both intensively utterly, completely, and temporally forever (Psa 48:10; cf. as a variant reading (Psa 9:19) or as a parallel (Psa 76:7, Psa 102:9) of ); but the translation at last is in no single case beyond question. In Gen 46:4 = Amo 9:8, represents the so-called Hebrew infin. abs. (cf. Thackeray, Gram. O. T. Greek, I, 47, note 1). In Luk 18:5 forever = continually is equally possible with finally. The difficulties in rendering may be observed in any attempted translation of 2 Clem. 19:3 Ign. Eph. 14:2 Rom 1:1, Rom 10:1. In our passage, however, demands the temporal sense and that, too, because of , at last.-When is taken intensively, is joined both with and , and is tacitly supplied after (cf. Job 23:7, Eze 36:10); or is supplied after to make an end of them (De W.); or is supplied before (the article could easily be omitted; cf. 2Co 7:7, 2Co 9:13), the wrath which is extreme; or is taken loosely for , (Dob.). For a conspectus of opinions, see either Lillie or Poole.-The reading of B Vulg f is to be observed: . With this order, we may translate either the wrath has come upon them at last or the wrath which was against them has come to its height (cf. 2 Mac. 6:15 and 6:14 ; also Sap. 12:27 ; and 2 Mac. 7:38). In the latter translation, is construed with as in Rom 9:31, Php 3:16. The order of B is, however, probably not original; it inverts for emphasis as in 5:9 (Zim); furthermore the parallelism with v. 16 f. is broken. The reading (BD) makes explicit the prophetic sense of ; there is a similar variant in 1 Mac. 10:23, Son 2:12.-If the literal sense of is insisted upon, and if of the many possible references to the past the destruction of Jerusalem is singled out, then either the entire letter is spurious (Baur, Paulus,2 II, 97) or the clause is an interpolation inserted after 70 a.d. (cf. Schmiedel, ad loc. and Moff. Introd 73). In view of the naturalness of a proleptic aorist in a prophetic passage, the hypothesis of interpolation is unnecessary (cf. Dob. and Clemen, Paulus, I, 114).
Relation of v. 16c to Test. xii, Lev 6:11. That notwithstanding the textual variations there is a literary relation between our clause and Lev 6:11, is generally admitted. But that Lev 6:11, is original to Levi is still debated. Charles in his editions of the Test. xii (1908), following Grabe (Spicileg. 1700,2 I, 138), holds that 6:11 is an integral part of the original text of Levi and that Paul quotes it. The text which Charles prints ( ) is supported by c h (om. ) i and a e f (except that these three read not but , and is apparently to be translated: but the wrath of God has forestalled them completely. In his English version Charles has: but the wrath of God came upon them to the uttermost, a translation that seems to presuppose the text of b d g and the first Slavonic recension (d omits and prefixes ; b S1 invert the order to read: )-In favour of the view that Lev 6:11 in some form is original to Levi, it is urged (1) that this passage, unlike 4:4 ad fin. (where both Charles and Burkitt admit a Christian interpolation, although some form of is attested), is not specifically Christian and hence is not likely to be an interpolation; and (2) that 6:11 is prepared for by 6:7 ff. where Levi sees that the against Shechem and the Shechemites. On this theory Paul quotes Lev 6:11 from memory.-In favour of the view that Lev 6:11 is a Christian interpolation from Paul, it is urged (1) that the striking parallelism of members already observed between our clause and v. 16b points to the originality of v. 16c with Paul; (2) that the textual variations in Levi reflect those in Paul; for example, (a) , which is used absolutely by Paul in a technical sense, does not appear in Test. xii, while is found both in Lev 6:11 and Reuben 4:4; to be sure in Paul DEGF, Vulg add , but not BAPKL (CH are wanting); (b) in b, S1 of Lev 6:11, the order of words is that of B f Vulg of Paul; (c) six of the nine Gk. Mss. of Levi (c h i a e f) omit the , a reading similar to that of the catena of Corderius already noted: ; and (d) above all, the first Armenian recension omits Lev 6:11 altogether. (That is used absolutely in Test. xii elsewhere only in the poorly attested Lev 5:6 is not significant, in the light of the frequent use of in the Lxx). According to this theory, Lev 6:11, instead of being the original which Paul quotes, is an interpolation from Paul (the various Greek forms of the interpolation being influenced largely by the variants in Paul), and is thus an early witness to the presence in Paul of v. 16c(Dob.).
The question may be considered as still unsettled. Conybeare (RTP 1908, 375) seems to agree with Charles; Burkitt (JTS 1908, 138) and Plummer (Matthew, 1909, xlvi) dissent; as does also Dob. (48), who, however, prefers (115) to leave it, in the present state of investigation, ganz unsicher. Lock (HDB IV, 746a) surmises that the use of the phrase in the Test. xii Patr. perhaps shows that it was a half-stereotyped rabbinical formula for declaring Gods judgment, but does not adduce any rabbinical parallels. Rnsch (ZWT 1875, 278 ff.), according to Dob., finds the origin of both Lev 6:11, and our verse in a divergent conception of Gen 35:4 f. (cf. also Jub. 30:26). Burkitt (op. cit.) regards the text of Levi as a Christian interpolation or at any rate as having been modified in language by the translator or by an editor who was familiar with 1 Thess.
(4) The Intended Visit (2:17-20)
These verses are to be joined closely to the succeeding sections of the epistolary thanksgiving, viz., the sending of Timothy (3:1-5), his return with a report on the whole favourable, though there were some deficiencies in their faith (3:6-10), and the prayer that the apostles might be able to come back to Thessalonica (3:11-13). The emphasis upon the fact that they wanted to return, that Satan was the only power to hinder them, that Timothy, the trusted companion, is sent to take their place, and that they are praying God and Christ to direct their way to them, intimates rather strongly that 2:17-3:13, with its warm expressions of personal affection, is an apology for Pauls failure to return (cf. especially Calv.), prompted by the fact that the Jews (vv. 15-16) had insinuated that he did not return because he did not want to return, did not care for his converts, an assertion which had made an impression on the warm-hearted and sensitive Thessalonians, in that it seemed to lend some colour to the criticism of Pauls conduct during his visit.
Although 2:17-3:10 is a unit, we subdivide for convenience as follows: The Intended Visit (2:17-20); The Sending of Timothy (3:1-5); and Timothys Return and Report (3:6-10).
To allay their doubts, the readers are reminded (vv. 17-20) that the apostles from the very moment that they had been bereaved of them were excessively anxious to see them, that Paul especially, the centre of the Jews attack, had wished, and that too repeatedly, to see their faces again. Indeed, nothing less than Satan could have deterred them. Far from not caring for them, the missionaries insist, in language broken with emotion, on their eagerness to return, for is it not, they ask, above all, the Thessalonians who are the object of their glory and joy both now and in that day when the converts, having finished their race, will receive the victors chaplet.
17Now we, brothers, when we had been bereaved of you for a short time only, out of sight but not out of mind, were excessively anxious to see your faces with great desire, 18for we did wish to come to you-certainly I Paul did, and that too repeatedly-and yet Satan stopped us. 19For who is our hope or joy or chaplet to boast in-or is it not you too-in the presence of our Lord Jesus when he comes? 20In-deed it is really you who are our glory and our joy.
17. While introduces a new point in the letter, the apology for his absence, it is also adversative, introducing a contrast not with (v. 14) but with the Jews (vv. 15-16; so Ln.). Over against the insinuation that Paul did not wish to return, that his absence meant out of mind as well as out of sight, he assures the distressed readers, with an affectionate address (), that he had been bereaved of them ( is temporal, not both causal and temporal) only for a moment, a bodily absence that did not betoken forgetfulness when he and his companions were excessively anxious to return.
. Paul is not only (v. 7), (v. 7), and (v. 11), but also, if with Th. Mops. we press the metaphor here, ; for although is used with some latitude of reference (Ell. who notes inter alia Plato, Phaed. 239 E), yet the specific reference is here quite pertinent, as Chrys. insists: He says not not, not, not, , but He sought for a word that might fitly indicate his mental anguish. Though standing in the relation of a father to them all, he yet utters the language of orphan children that have prematurely lost their parent (quoted by Lillie, ad loc.).
is found only here in Gk. Bib. Wetstein notes it in schylus, Choeph. 247 (249). (not in Gk. Bib.) takes the gen. The with is in lieu of a gen. of separation; cf. 2 Clem. 2:3: , and Bl 40:3.- frequently as here (cf. 2:1, 4:1, 10, 13, 5:1, 12, 25) but not always (1:4, 2:9, 14, 3:7, 5:4) marks the beginning of a new section.
. This idiomatic expression for a very short time is to be connected closely with Calvin observes: It is not to be wondered at if a long interval should give rise to weariness or sadness, but our feeling of attachment must be strong when we find it difficult to wait even a very short time. And the reason for the emphasis is that the Jews had insinuated that Paul had no intention to return, on affection to inspire such an intention.
The phrase only here in Gk. Bib. appears to combine the classic (1Co 7:5, Luk 8:13; Pro 5:3 Sap. 4:4) and the later (2Co 7:8, Gal 2:5, Phm 1:15, Joh 5:35); it is perhaps a Latinism in the ; cf. momento horae.
. In face not in heart; physically but not in interest; out of sight not out of mind (Ruther). The phrase is interjected in view of the assertion of the Jews that Pauls absence is intentional not enforced.
We have not (cf. 1Co 5:3), not (cf. Col 2:5), but, as in 2Co 5:12, On the idea, cf. 1 Reg. 16:7:
. No sooner had we been separated than we became anxious out of measure to see your face with passionate desire (Ruther). The verb receives two parallel modifiers, , in the elative sense of excessively, and The repetition of a similar idea and the resumption of in (v. 18) serve to indicate not tautology, and not simply intensity of affection, but a tacit defence of Paul against the slanders of the Jews.
Since in later Gk. the comparative tends to usurp the function of the superlative, while the superlative tends to become an emphatic positive (Bl 11:3; Moult I, 78, 236), it is probable that is here not comparative but elative as in 2Co 7:13 ( ) and 7:15 (where Bachmann (in Zahns Komm.) notes a similar use in BGU, 38010). does not occur in Paul; is found chiefly in Paul (cf. 2 Cor.).-Interpreters who hold strictly to the comparative force of explain the meaning variously (see Lillie, ad loc.). (1) The more fervently did we endeavour, as knowing the perils that beset you (Fromond, Hofmann, Schmidt, Schmiedel); (2) the love of the apostles instead of being lessened by absence was rather the more inflamed thereby (Calvin, Lillie, Lft.); (3) the repeated frustration of his attempts to get back to Thessalonica, far from deterring Paul from his intention, have rather still more stirred up his longing and increased his exertion to visit the believers in Thessalonica (Born; cf. Find. Wohl., Mill.).-Other expositors, taking as elative, find the reference in the confidence of Paul that the separation being external cannot in Gods purpose be for long, a fact that prompts the eagerness to overcome the separation (cf. Dob. who refers to Php 1:14, Php 1:25).- (Gal 2:10, Eph 4:3) is always in the N. T. and occasionally in the Lxx (Judith 13:1, 12, Isa 21:3) construed with the infinitive. (3:10; cf. Col 2:1, Col 2:1 Mac. 7:30) = (3:6; Rom 1:11, 1Co 16:7, etc.), as in P. Par. 47 (Witk., 64).- is used here and Php 1:23 in a good sense. On see on 1:5. The phrase is not the cognate dative (Luk 22:15, Gal 5:1?), though this dative is common in Lxx and occasional in classic Gk. (cf. Conybeare and Stock, Septuagint, 60-61). Note the various expressions of desire: , , , (3:1) and (3:6).
18. For we did wish to come to you. becomes and becomes ; the parallel expressions are virtually synonymous. The repetition is purposed, for he is defending himself and his associates; hence also he adds, and Satan stopped us. Inasmuch, however, as the Jews had singled out Paul as the chief offender, he interjects , In the light of (Deu 9:13, Deu 9:1 Reg. 17:39, Neh 13:20, Neh 13:1 Mac. 3:30), the first may be ascensive, and the interjected phrase as a whole be translated: Certainly I Paul did ( ) wish to come, and that too repeatedly.
here as v. 8 is not wherefore (; so DcEKL) but because; a comma suffices after . (cf. 4:13, II 3:10, 1Co 16:7) occurs in Paul about twelve times as often as In Paul it is difficult to distinguish between them, though seems to pass into wish, while remains in the realm of deliberate plan. Had Paul here intended to emphasise distinct deliberation, be would probably have used as in 2Co 1:15. The actual resolve following and comes first in (3:1).- occurs in every letter of Paul except II and Phile.; in about one-third of the instances it is solitarium.-Apart from the superscriptions and the (II 3:17, 1Co 16:21, Col 4:18; cf. Phm 1:19), appears in every letter of Paul except Rom. and Phil.-For , cf. 1Co 5:3; for , 2Co 10:1, Gal 5:2, Eph 3:1, Col 1:23, Phm 1:19.
The meaning of , a collocation found in Gk. Bib. only here, Php 4:16 and Neh 13:20 (c. a; the correct reading is ), is uncertain. Usually the four words are taken together to mean an indefinite succession of occurrences, often, repeatedly (e. g. Grot., Pelt, Lft,; Wohl., Dob.), or else, definitely (cf. Herod. II, 121, III, 148, cited by Wetstein on Php 4:16 and Plato, Phaed. 63 E init.: = both twice and thrice), both once and twice, that is, twice (Mill.). Zahn, indeed (Introd. I, 204 f.; cf. Find.), conjectures that Paul attempted to return first when in Bera and a second time when waiting in Athens for Silvanus and Timothy. In the Lxx, however, we have simply which in Deu 9:13, Deu 9:1 Reg. 17:39 and Neh 13:20 invites the translation often, repeatedly, and which in 1 Mac. 3:30 ( ) appears to mean , as usual. Similar is the recurring phrase (1 Reg. 3:10, 20:25, Jdg 16:20, Jdg 16:20:30, Jdg 16:31) which seems to mean (Jdg 16:20 A) or (Num 24:1). If the phrase in our passage is not but , then the first is ascensive: and () what is more, repeatedly ( ); and light is thrown on Php 4:16: , which is to be rendered not, for even in Thessalonica ye sent once and again unto my need, but, taking correlatively (cf. Ewald, ad loc., in Zahns Komm.), for both (when I was) in Thessalonica and () repeatedly ( ) (when I was in other places) you sent to my need. The point of Php 4:16 is thus not that the Philippians sent help frequently to Paul in Thessalonica but simply sent help to him there (probably on their own initiative) and frequently elsewhere.
. We were anxious to see you, we did wish to come to you, and yet Satan stopped us (, that is, Paul and his two associates). The contest gives an adversative turn to the copula (Vulg sed). What particular obstacle Satan put in the way of their return, Paul does not tell us. Satan, however, did not thwart all of them permanently; they are able to send one of their number, Timothy, from Athens; and they are confident that God and Christ, to whom they pray (3:11) will direct their way to Thessalonica.
The reference to the work of Satan has been variously interpreted. (1) The illness of Paul is thought of as in 2Co 12:7 (so Simon, Die Psychologie des Apostels Paulus, 1897, 63). But as Everling remarks (Die paulinische Angelologie und Dmonologie,1888, 74), the theory of illness does not fit Silvanus and Timothy. (2) Satan prevented them from returning inorder to destroy the spiritual life of the converts and thus rob Paul of his joy in their chaplet of victory at the Parousia (so Kabisch, Die Eschatologie des Paulus, 1893, 27 f.) But as Dibelius (Die Geisterwelt im Glauben des Paulus, 1909, 56) observes, the chaplet of victory will be theirs if they continue steadfast under persecution; and furthermore, to make the victory sure, Paul himself need not return to Thessalonica (cf. 3:11-13). (3) Satan inspired the Politarchs to compel Jason and his friends to give bonds for the continued absence of Paul (so Ramsay, St. Paul the Traveller, 240; McGiffert, Apostolic Age, 249; Find. and others). This explanation, however, renders it difficult to see why the Thessalonians did not understand at once how Paul could not return (Moff.), and takes the force out of the insinuations of the Jews. (4) Hence it is safer to leave the reference indefinite as Paul does (Everling, Dibelius, Mill.), or at most to think of the exigencies of his mission at the time being (Moff.).
occurs in Gk. Bib. elsewhere only Gal 5:3, Act 24:4; only Rom 15:22, 1Pe 3:1. GF here and some minuscules in Gal 5:7 read (Sap. 18:23, 4 Mac. 13:6; cf. 1:35 ). The Satan of Job, Zech. and 1Ch 21:1 is rendered in Lxx by () except Job 2:3 (A) which like Sir. 21:27 has For , cf. 3 Reg. 11:14, 23. In Paul, (II 2:9; always with article except 2Co 12:7) is (3:5), (II 3:3), (2Co 4:4), , (Eph 2:2). On demonology in general, cf. Bousset, Relig.2 381 ff. and J. Weiss. in PRE IV, 408 ff.; in Paul, the works of Everling and Dibelius noted above.
19-20. In reply to the insinuation that he does not return because he does not care for his converts, Paul insists, with a compliment to their excellence, that he wanted to come to them because they are really his glory and his joy. As he thinks of them now and as he looks forward to the day when Jesus is to come, when the Christian race in over, and the Thessalonians receive the triumphant wreath, he sees in them his hope and joy, and in their victory his ground of boasting. His words are broken with emotion: For ( introducing the motive of the ardent desire to return) who is our hope and joy and chaplet of boasting? The answer is given in v. 20; but Paul anticipates by an interjected affirmative question: Or is it not you as well as () my other converts ? The before is significant (cf. Chrys.): Can you imagine that the Jews are right in asserting that we do not care for you as well as for our other converts? This said, he finishes the original question with the emphasis more on hope than on joy: before our Lord Jesus when he comes? And finally he repeats the answer implied in , but without , in v. 20: Indeed ( = certe, as Calvin notes) it is really () you who are our glory and our joy.
= who (Rom 8:35); on , cf. 1Co 2:14, 1Co 2:7, 1Co 2:2:16 = Rom 11:34. As the hope is present, is to be supplied; goes with the three nominatives. is usually disjunctive but sometimes the equivalent of a copula (Bl 7711); it appears in all the Pauline letters; cf. (Rom 11:2, 1Co 6:2 ff.) or (2Co 13:5); here omits . is used frequently by Paul, chiefly in interrogative sentences (cf. Rom 3:29).- (Php 4:1; 2Ti 4:8, 1Co 9:25) is here not the royal crown (2 Reg. 12:30, 1Ch 20:2: Zec 6:11, Zec 6:14, Psa 20:3; see Mayor on Jam 1:12 and Swete on Mar 15:17, Rev 2:10) but the victors wreath or chaplet; Deiss, (Light., 312) notes a second-century a.d. inscription in the theatre at Ephesus: , (obj. gen.) is the act of boasting. is rendered variously in Lxx: (Eze 16:12, Eze 23:42, Pro 16:31), (Pro 4:9), (Isa 62:3), (Jer 13:18) and (Sir. 6:31; so A in our passage).
. Pauls hope for his converts will be realised when they come before our Lord Jesus, that is, (2Co 5:10; cf. 1Th 1:3, 1Th 3:13 and contrast 3:9), as explains. When Jesus comes, arrives, is present, they will receive not (as the Jews of v. 16) but (5:9).
is used untechnically in 1Co 16:17, 2Co 7:6-7, 2Co 10:10, Php 1:26, Php 2:12 (cf. Neh 2:6, Judith 10:18, 2 Mac. 8:12, 5:21, 3 Mal 3:17). Whether the technical use (2:19, 3:13, 4:15, 5:23, II 2:1, 8, 1Co 15:23; cf. below II 2:9 of ) is a creation of the early church (Mill. 145 ff.; Dibelius) or is taken over from an earlier period (Dob.) is uncertain. (Test. xii, Jud. xxii. 3 is omitted by the Armenian; cf. Charles). Deiss. (Light, 372 ff.) notes that in the Eastern world is almost technical for the arrival or visit of a king (cf. also Mat 21:5, Zec 9:9, Mal 3:1) and that while the earthly king expected on his arrival to receive a , Christ gives a to believers – (3:11, 13, II 1:8, Rom 16:20, 1Co 5:4, 2Co 1:14) is less frequent in Paul than . (1:3, 5:9, 23, 28, II 2:1, 14, 16, 3:18, Rom 5:1, Rom 5:11, Rom 5:15:6, 30, 1Co 2:2, 1Co 2:7 ff, 1Co 2:15:57, 2Co 1:3, 2Co 8:9, Gal 6:14, Gal 6:18, Eph 1:3, Eph 1:17, Eph 1:5:20, Eph 1:6:24, Col 1:3); hence GF add here
. Indeed it is really you who are the objects of our honour and our joy. is significantly expressed, not to contrast the present with the future (Flatt; see Lillie, ad loc.) or with the past, but to contrast the reality of Pauls affection for his converts with the falsity of the insinuations of the Jews. is repeated from v. 19. is new, and may mean glory or honour. In the latter case, the point may be that he does not demand honour from them (v. 6) but does them honour.
Weiss B. Weiss in TU. XIV, 3 (1896).
Lft Lightfoot.
Lxx The Old Testament in Greek (ed. H. B. Swete, 1887-94).
Ruther W. G. Rutherford, St. Pauls Epistles to the Thess. and Corinthians. A New Translation (1908).
Calv Calvin.
A A (e a p r). Cod. Alexandrinus, saec. v, now in the British Museum. Edited by Woide in 1786. Facsimile by E. M. Thompson, 1879. Contains I and II complete.
C C (e a p r). Cod. Ephraemi Rescriptus, saec. v, now in the National Library at Paris. The N. T. fragments were edited by Tischendorf in 1843. Contains I 1:2 -2:8 .
D D (p). Cod. Claromontanus, saec. vi, Graeco-Latin, now in the National library at Paris. Edited by Tischendorf in 1852. Contains I and II complete.
Vulg Vulgate.
Ephr Ephraem Syrus.
De W De Wette.
Ln Lnemann.
Ell Ellicott.
Mill George Milligan.
Born Bornemann.
Lillie John Lillie, Epistles of Paul to the Thessalonians, Translated from the Greek, with Notes (1856).
Dob Ernst von Dobschtz,
Soph. E. A. Sophocles, Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods (revised by J. H. Thayer, 1887, 1900).
Chrys Chrysostom.
K K (a p). Cod. Mosquensis, saec. ix, now at Moscow. Collated by Matthaei, 1782. Contains I and II complete.
L L (a p). Cod. Angelicus, saec. ix, now in the Angelican Library at Rome. Collated among others by Tischendorf (1843) and Tregelles (1845). Contains I and II complete.
B B (e a p r). Cod. Vaticanus, saec. iv, now in the Vatican Library. Photographic reproduction by Cozza-Luzi, Rome, 1889, and by the Milan firm of Hoepli, 1904. Contains I and II complete.
E E Cod. Sangermanensis, saec. ix, now at St. Petersburg. A copy of D.
Bl F. Blass, Grammatik des neutestamentlichen Griechisch (1896, 19022).
BMT E. D. Burton, Syntax of the Moods and Tenses in N. T. Greek (18983).
Tisch Tischendorf.
Zim F. Zimmer, Der Text der Thessalonicherbriefe (1893).
(e a p r). Cod. Sinaiticus, saec. iv, now at St. Petersburg. Edited by Tischendorf, its discoverer, in 1862. Photographic reproduction by H. and K. Lake, Oxford, 1911. Contains I and II complete.
WH The New Testament in the Original Greek (1881; I, Text, II, Introduction and Appendix).
ICC International Critical Commentary.
P P (a p r). Cod. Porphyrianus, saec. ix, now at St. Petersburg. Edited by Tischendorf (1865). Contains I and II except I 3:5 – 4:17.
G G (p). Cod. Boernerianus, saec. ix, now in the Royal Library at Dresden. It is closely related to F, according to some the archetype of F (Souter). Edited by Matthaei, 1791. Im Lichtdruck nachgebildet, Leipzig (Hiersemann), 1909. Contains I and II complete.
Grot Hugo de Groot (Grotius).
Find G. G. Findlay.
Wohl Wohlenberg.
Moff James Moffatt.
F F (p). Cod. Augiensis, saec. ix, Graeco-Latin, now in the Library of Trinity College, Cambridge. An exact transcript by Scrivener, 1859. Contains I and II complete.
Boh Coptic version in the Bohairic dialect.
Ambst Ambrosiaster.
Pesh Syriac Vulgate.
Arm Armenian version.
Viteau J. Viteau, Etude sur le Grec du N. T. (I, 1893, II, 1896).
Moult James Hope Moulton, A Grammar of N. T. Greek, I (1906).
WS P. W. Schmiedel, 8th ed. of Winers Grammatik (1894 ff.).
Deiss. A. Deissmann, Bibelstudien (1895).
Deiss. A. Deissmann, Neue Bibelstudien (1897).
HDB Hastings Dictionary of the Bible (1898-1904).
Kennedy, H. A. A. Kennedy, St. Pauls Conceptions of the Last Things (1904).
SH Comm. on Romans in ICC. by W. Sanday an A. C. Headlam.
EB The Encyclopdia Biblica (London, 1899-1903; ed. J. S. Black and T. K. Cheyne).
Th. Mops Theodore of Mopsuestia, in epistolas Pauli commentarii (ed. H. B. Swete, 1880-82).
Einl Einleitung in das N. T.
Deiss. A. Deissmann, Light from the Ancient East (1910) = Licht vom Osten (19093).
f f Latin of the bilingual F
e e Latin of the bilingual E
d d Latin of the bilingual D
g g Latin of the bilingual G
H H (p). Cod. Saec. vi. Most of the forty-one leaves now known are in the National Library at Paris; the remainder are at Athos, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Kiev, and Turin. The fragments at Kiev contain 2Co 4:2-7, 1Th 2:9-13 ( ) and 4:4-11 ( ); cf. H. Omont, Notice sur un trs ancien manuscrit, etc. 1889.
RTP Review of Theology and Philosophy.
JTS The Journal of Theological Studies.
ZWT Zeitschrift fr Wissenschaftliche Theologie.
Witk St. Witkowski, Epistul Privat Grc (1906).
PRE Real-Encyclopdie fr protest. Theologie u. Kirche (3d ed. Hauck, 1896-1909).
Fuente: International Critical Commentary New Testament
the Fruit of Unsparing Labor
1Th 2:1-12
Paul preached in great conflict of soul because of his passionate desire for the salvation of men. In this, many of the notable servants of God have shared; and we shall not attain to the great end of our ministry unless the seeds we sow are steeped in prayers and tears. The Apostle viewed the gospel as a sacred deposit left with him by God on mans behalf, 1Th 2:4. Do we sufficiently realize that as Christ is our Trustee, entrusted with Gods gift for us, so we are executors of His bequests to our fellow-men, who will have serious charges to bring against us if we hoard for ourselves what was meant for them? The questions which should sustain and quicken us are: What does God think of my service?-Is He pleased?
Combined with Pauls strength of purpose there were the sweetness and tenderness of a nurse. Self-denying labor for his own maintenance took from his eyes their needed sleep, and was another proof of his sincerity and devotion. There was no harm in receiving gifts, but Paul was most anxious to do nothing that would invalidate his testimony, or be unworthy of the Master he served. Admirable example for us all!
Fuente: F.B. Meyer’s Through the Bible Commentary
Review of Ministry (1Th 2:1-12)
In these twelve verses the apostle reviewed the ministry that he and his companions had in the city of Thessalonica. He reminded the believers how he had come to them from Philippi, where he had been shamefully entreated (1Th 2:2). In Acts 16 we find the record of that shameful treatment and we learn that Paul and Silas were unjustly arrested, beaten with thongs, and cast into a dungeon where their feet were put in the stocks.
That night in the prison they prayed and sang praises unto God. Someone has said that the gospel entered Europe in a sacred concert! There were two artists: one was Paul and the other Silas- possibly a tenor and a bass. What hymns they sang we are not told, but the concert was given and it was so effective that it brought down the house. There was a great earthquake and down came the jail. That was the result of the first gospel concert of which we have any record in the New Testament. The jailer was converted.
The following day the city authorities wanted to release Paul and Silas, but Paul said, They have beaten us openly uncondemned, being Romans, and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? So that no dishonor might be connected with the gospel message, Paul refused to leave the prison inconspicuously. He demanded, Let them come themselves and fetch us out (Act 16:37). The magistrates eventually agreed to come.
When Paul and Silas were released from prison, they left Philippi after a farewell meeting with the brethren in Lydias house. The two missionaries went on down the highway to the city of Thessalonica and there preached the word, and many were brought to a saving knowledge of the Lord Jesus Christ.
In 1Th 2:3 the apostle mentioned the holiness of life that should characterize the one who proclaims the message of God. Paul was very careful about his own life. He was able to say, For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile. He and his companions were perfectly open about everything. They had no hidden schemes. They did not go out preaching in order to make money. Their purpose was to exalt Christ and win souls.
The man who preaches the gospel should live the gospel. In his life there should be nothing unclean, no secret evil, nothing that grieves the Holy Spirit of God. If he makes personal gain his object, his ministry becomes obnoxious to God. Of course ministers of Christ have to live and the Bible says, They which preach the gospel should live of the gospel (1Co 9:14). But when ministers preach Christ simply as a means of earning a living, they have missed their path altogether. The Lord will support those who faithfully carry on His work.
Paul repudiated any selfish motive in his own preaching. He said, As we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel (1Th 2:4). That is a striking expression. The ministry is not mans choice; it is Gods choice. Paul looked on this business of preaching the gospel as a privilege that God permitted him to have.
Notice that Paul and his companions were entrusted with the gospel. That is the one great message which the servant of Christ has to give to a lost world. People suggest all kinds of themes to ministers-and a minister of Christ should be interested in everything that is for the betterment of mankind. But his business is to preach the gospel and the Word of the Lord. If we can get men saved, everything else will soon be straightened out. If we can get men right with the Lord, there will be no trouble with other things.
And so Pauls intention was not to give political addresses or scientific lectures. He had but one desire: that men might know the gospel of the grace of God. I determined, he said to the Corinthians, not to know any thing among you, save Jesus Christ, and him crucified (1Co 2:2).
Notice how strongly the apostle spoke in 1Th 2:5-6 about his single-hearted devotion to God. Paul and his companions were absolutely free of selfish motives. They did not think primarily of their own welfare; they thought of the welfare of others and the glory of God. Every missionary and every minister of Christ should have the same attitude.
Verse 7 should be translated, We were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her own children. There might be a difference in the way a nurse would treat someone elses children and the way she would treat her own children. Paul looked on the Thessalonian believers, these young Christians who had so recently come to know Christ, as his own children in the faith. He exerted himself in every possible way to build them up in Christ.
Paul might have said to his children in the faith, Now that you are converted, the least you can do is to be concerned about my support. But he would not bring the gospel down to that low level. On many occasions when he came to the end of his financial resources, he turned to tentmaking in order to provide for himself and his companions. When the saints realized their responsibility and counted it a privilege to care for Paul, he was willing to accept their support, but he never put them to the test.
In verses 8-9 Paul reminded the Thessalonians of his affection for them and of his labour and travail on their behalf. The word travail refers to the pangs of childbirth. Paul used the same word when he wrote to the Galatians, My little children, of whom I travail in birth again until Christ be formed in you (Gal 4:19). Oh, if we only knew more of this agony of soul that characterized Paul! If we knew more of his earnest purpose to bring people to Christ, we might see many more confess His name. We tend to take things in such a matter-of-fact way. It was otherwise with Paul. He suffered if people did not come to Christ because he felt responsible for them. And he cared for young converts as a father doth his children (1Th 2:11). He followed Christ so that they might see in him what it meant to be a true servant of the Lord.
Result of Ministry (1Th 2:13-16)
Paul reminded the Thessalonians of the result of his work among them. Note what the gospel had done for them. Because they had seen evidence of the reality of the gospel in Pauls life, they had felt constrained to listen to his message. As they had listened, the message had reached their hearts and convicted their consciences, and they had believed it.
When they became Christians, they received the gospel not as the word of men, but as the word of God, and it worked effectively in them (1Th 2:13).By the word of the gospel we are brought to repentance, and by that word the Thessalonians were regenerated, being born againby the word of God, which liveth and abideth forever (1Pe 1:23). The word of the gospel brings the message home to the hearts and consciences of men, and by that same truth they are sanctified. Jesus prayed, Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth (Joh 17:17).
This truth led the Thessalonians to take a stand for Christ. Those who were Jewish by birth had to turn away from their loved ones; they had to turn away from their dearest friends, endure bitter persecution, and bear the reproach of Christ. Those who were from heathen backgrounds suffered at the hands of their heathen relatives and former friends, just as the Christian Jews in Judea suffered at the hands of their Jewish friends and relatives.
When mens eyes are blinded to the truth, there is no limit to what their religious prejudice will cause them to do. The unconverted Jews tried to hinder the apostle Paul from going to the Gentiles with the message of salvation through faith in Christ, and thus gave evidence that the wrath of God had come upon them. God is going to deal with those who reject His Son and seek to hinder those who believe in Him.
Reward of Ministry (1Th 2:17-20)
The apostle expressed the earnest desire of his heart to see the young Thessalonian converts again. Whether or not he saw them again on earth, he could look forward with joy to meeting them at the judgment seat of Christ.
Paul wanted to go back to Thessalonica, but Satan hindered (1Th 2:18) by stirring up persecutions against him. All the efforts of the devil would have accomplished nothing, however, if God had not permitted him to work. When there are obstacles in our way and we wonder whether it is Satan or God who is hindering us, we need to distinguish between Gods direct will and His permissive will. Very often people suffer at the hands of Satan and his emissaries, but only if God has given His permission. We may therefore take all suffering as from God Himself.
Even if Paul never got back to Thessalonica, he would see his converts on the day when the Lord returns. They would be his crown of rejoicing, his abundant reward for his preaching, self-sacrifice, and devotion.
The souls we lead to Christ make up our crown of rejoicing. Will you not be sad if, when you meet the Lord, you have no crown of rejoicing because you have failed to lead someone to Him on earth? Have you ever talked to people about your Savior? Have you written friends letters to tell them how the Lord has saved you? Have you given the gospel message to anyone? If you have never led anyone to Christ, determine by the grace of God to point someone to the Savior who means so much to you.
Oh, the joy of winning men, women, and little children to Christ! When we stand in His presence, how precious it will be to be able to say, Behold I and the children which God hath given me (Heb 2:13). What a host will surround the apostle Paul on that day!
Fuente: Commentaries on the New Testament and Prophets
1Th 2:1-4
I. In view of what he had already undergone, and in anticipation of renewed suffering, St. Paul was “bold” in declaring in Thessalonica the whole counsel of God, keeping nothing back. He was all this, too, in the midst of “much contention”-that is, much external conflict and danger from his Jewish and Gentile opponents, and also internal struggles. The secret of this boldness was his realising his message as the Gospel of God,-good news from God Himself, a message from God. Hence, even in the presence of this world’s potentates, as God’s ambassador, “a legate of the skies,” he was bold. He relied on his credentials. He was emboldened by the thought of the trust committed to him. Self-reliance is found in relying upon God.
II. “Our exhortation.” There is much implied in the choice of this term to represent the apostolic ministry of the word. It means more than simple teaching. It is teaching tinged with emotion. The word thus suggested, as it is, of affectionate comfort and counsel, is specially adapted to the circumstances of the Thessalonian believers. The Apostle in the tenderness of his heart yearns over them in their dangers and trials. His sympathy breathes forth even from the very words he employs.
III. After disclaiming all wrong, corrupt elements in his “exhortation,” the Apostle proceeds to describe positively the nature, the manner of his teaching. “But as we were allowed”-i.e., approved-“of God, to be put in trust with the gospel, even so we speak.” He claims for himself in these words a Divine commission. Not that he or any one can ever be chosen of God to salvation and honour because of ability to stand the test of Divine scrutiny. No: that scrutiny, that testing, can reveal nothing but unworthiness. Yet there is a sense in which God does scrutinise His own people, setting aside some and approving others for special work. There are those who, having been proved faithful in little, are exalted to higher posts of service, and also to greater exposure to danger. Thus it was with Paul; first proved, then approved, and so entrusted with the Gospel. The reward of past labour and suffering is simply renewed opportunity for labouring and suffering more.
J. Hutchison, Lectures on Thessalonians, p. 50.
References: 1Th 2:4.-R. Thomas, Christian World Pulpit, vol. viii., p. 33. 1Th 2:5.-Church of England Pulpit, vol. xviii., p. 193.
1Th 2:5-9
The Apostle is very careful in describing the relation in which his ministry stood to the Thessalonians, to defend himself against all false charges, all insinuations or suspicions of insincerity or impurity of motive. There was no element of imposture or covetousness or guile in his ministry. Accredited from on high, he pleased not men, but God. It was enough for him, in seeking the good of his fellow-men, to be approved by Him who proveth His servants’ hearts.
I. He disdains the use of flattery. His exhortation was rather the word of simple unadulterated truth. Had his designs been self-seeking, he would have made use of flattery as one of the easiest keys for opening the door of the weak human heart. His teaching had for its aim first to wound, that, like Ithuriel’s spear, it might afterwards heal.
II. It is a short and natural step for the Apostle’s thought to pass from flattery to that which is the essence, the very soul of all flattery, covetousness: that form of self-interest which is sure to show itself in flattering words. He appeals to God, as if he had said, God knows, and what He knows He will at length testify, so that you too may know that with no plausible words, but in words of sincerity and simplicity, I have preached unto you.
III. He passes by with disdain as an element of his exhortation aught of ambition, desire for glory. “Not of men sought we glory.” His aim was not the honour of men, but the approval of God. The scroll on the shield of the man of the world is, “I follow fame.” On that of Paul it was “Rather use than fame.”
IV. But the Apostle’s yearning towards his Thessalonian friends showed itself further in self-abnegation, in willingness to impart “also our own souls.” That heart of his, which was restless till it rested in Christ, ceaselessly sent forth its love, henceforth sanctified in Christ’s love, towards others. He illustrated in himself the truth of the old Italian proverb, “The teacher is like the candle which gives light to others by consuming itself.”
J.. Hutchison, Lectures on Thessalonians, p. 62.
1Th 2:10-12
There are two points to be noted here in this comparison instituted by Paul between his conduct and that of a father.
I. He could say, as a wise father suits his dealings, both in training and teaching, to the case, the requirements of each child, so he acted towards his converts, “every one of you.” It was no general relation in which he stood to them. He dealt with each individual soul. He adapted his teaching to each case, giving to each a portion in due season. The religion of Jesus Christ takes account of each, tenderly deals with each, and thus advances till the number of His people be gathered in. Its foundation rests on individual conviction. Individualism, not multitudinism, is the word that represents the law of its growth. It makes its appeal to each separate conscience, and it is only in so far as it does so, that it comes to leaven the whole mass of human society.
II. But the other point in the comparison here made is, as a father is eager, intensely earnest, in giving his children right guidance and instruction, so was Paul in his yearning care of his converts. As he had described his general behaviour in three terms, so he describes his ministry in a threefold way. He says-exhorted and comforted and charged. Each one brought under the range of his influence was dealt with in the way most suited to his case; that so all might walk worthy of God, who hath called them unto His own kingdom and glory: one member of the Church needing exhortation, a second comfort, and a third solid charging. But the end aimed at in them all is one and the same, a walking worthy of their calling from on high. Believers walk worthy of their destiny and glory when they lovingly look forward to it, when they are longing of heart,
“Send hope before to grasp it
Till hope be lost in sight.”
And we can rightly look forward to it only when we strive in Divine strength to prepare for it.
J. Hutchison, Lectures on Thessalonians, p. 75.
Reference: 1Th 2:13.-E. Cooper, Practical Sermons, vol. i., p. 1.
1Th 2:13-16
I. In this passage the Apostle states the evidence of the effectual working of the word in the Thessalonian converts. The change it had wrought in them was genuine, for it withstood trial. This is the test of a right acceptance of the truth. The Thessalonian Church was one of the earliest in Palestine to testify their faithfulness in the furnace of affection. They were being exercised in what Melanchthon used to say was the best of the three schools in which a Christian must be trained-the school of suffering. Those of prayer and meditation, he said, were good, but that of trial was the most fruitful of them all. It was so in apostolic times. It was so in the times of the Reformation. It is so still. The way of cross-bearing is the way of light. Christ’s people need to be taught how noble a thing it is to suffer and be strong.
II. The Apostle now turns aside from his theme. He makes a digression. He “goes off” (Jowett) upon the word “Jews” to describe the evil deeds and the merited doom of his own countrymen. The culminating point in Jewish wickedness is the casting out and murder of their Messiah, the Son of God. With fearful perseverance, “alway,” alike before Christ came, when He had come, and after He was gone, they had been filling up the measure of their guilt. The archangel of judgment, with his sword-arm free, was already approaching,-so near indeed, that in anticipation the Apostle could say, “For the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.” Hardly fourteen years after the date of this epistle, it overtook them with a sudden surprise-it descended in the doom of fire upon the once sacred city, the entire overthrow and extinction of the Jewish state, the dispersion of the race, and the centuries of weary wandering appointed them, which are not yet closed. That was the dies irae for the Jews, and foreshadowing of the wrath to come. They who belong to God’s own kingdom and glory, on the other hand, while they see in the fearful judgment which befell the Jews a distinct and manifest type of another and final judgment, wait for Jesus, who is delivering them from the wrath to come.
J. Hutchison, Lectures on Thessalonians, p. 84.
References: 1Th 2:14.-Homilist, 3rd series, vol. iii., p 301. 1Th 2:16. Spurgeon, Evening by Evening, p. 225.
1Th 2:17-20
I. The Thessalonian Christians were peculiarly the Apostle’s hope, being regarded by him, not simply as a conspicuous part of the reward in glory which was in store for him, but also his hope in connection with his present earthly work. Their conversion, their steadfastness in the faith, was largely that on which he built his hopes, under God, of the further progress of the Gospel in Europe. He hoped that yet increasingly from them would sound out the word of the Lord. They were, further, his joy, inasmuch as in their conversion and consistent Christian conduct he saw the evidence that his own labour had not been in vain in the Lord. They were a credit to him in the sight of God and men. Hence, amid all his sorrows, he felt that in them he could find his joy. They were even more to him. They were his crown of holy boasting, for they would prove at last his wreath of victory, his chaplet of ceaseless rejoicing.
II. In the presence of our Lord Jesus at His coming, Paul’s crown of a good name in the presence of Christ Jesus was his converts-those who by his instrumentality had been brought to a knowledge of the truth. The same crown is offered to us all, and is in keeping for us all, if we be but faithful. History tells us that when in Philip II’s reign a rebel claimed and gained the crown of Granada, he bore at the ceremony of coronation in his right hand a banner bearing the inscription: “More I could not desire, less would not have contented me.” These words cease to be presumptuous and become the utterance of truest wisdom only when they are the Christian’s, and refer to the crown of heavenly rejoicing, and when they are the legend of the banner under which he fights, in “the sacramental host of God’s elect.”
J. Hutchison, Lectures on Thessalonians, p. 94.
1Th 2:18
I. There is a hinderer. Not only are there hindrances, there is a personal hinderer. He is not visible, he is not persuadable, he must be resisted.
II. This hinderer assails the most eminent workers in the Church. He assailed the Saviour Himself. In this case he hindered Paul. We are apt to think that the greatest men in the Church escape temptations which fall to the lot of others. The greater the man, the greater the temptation. (1) Our temptations show our unity as members of a common race. (2) Our temptations should awaken our sympathies as partakers of a common suffering.
III. The hinderer seeks to foil the aggressive intentions of the Christian. In being a hinderer the enemy has a decided advantage. (1) It is easy to hinder, that is, to do mischief, to suggest difficulties, to magnify obstacles, etc. (2) It is easier to hinder than to counteract.
Application: Satan comes to us sometimes through the medium of bad men; (2) sometimes through the gratification of apparently harmless wishes; (3) sometimes through friendly but incapable advisers-men who are so far below our level as utterly to miscalculate and misunderstand us.
Parker, City Temple, vol. ii., p. 23.
References: 1Th 2:18.-Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xi., No. 657; Ibid., Evening by Evening, p. 221; Parker, Hidden Springs, p. 203.
1Th 2:19-20
I. The text points to the future. Paul loved the Thessalonians; he made mention of them in his prayers. He remembered without ceasing their work of faith, their labour of love, their patience and hope. Instead of indulging in fond regrets, and lamenting the severance of old ties, and giving himself up to the fascination of sentimental reminiscences, he looks onward to the future cheerfully, anticipating renewed fellowship, calculating upon continued usefulness. His view extends to the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. The death of Christ, the resurrection of Christ, the ascension of Christ-these facts threw majestic shadows over the life path of believers, and were to them fountains of enthusiastic inspiration; but the coming of the Lord Jesus was the bright hope which fixed their eyes and filled their hearts.
II. The text recognises an everlasting bond of union between a Christian pastor and his flock. What is said here implies a mutual recognition at the last day. The true minister toils for eternity. The result of his employment will not appear till time shall end. Many kinds of effort in this life produce immediate results; they can be at once detected and recorded. But not so with what comes of our sacred occupation. The harvest is the end of the world; the reapers are the angels.
III. The text suggests the conditions on which the Apostolic hope may be fulfilled. (1) The conversion of men to Christ through their repentance and faith, through their experience of the change which the Gospel alone describes, which the Gospel alone effects,-that is, the new birth. (2) A second ground on which such felicity rests is the edification, the improvement, the growth in holiness of those so converted. (3) The consolation of the afflicted in this world of trial will add to the crown of rejoicing. The strongest of all ministerial power is sympathy in sorrow.
J. Stoughton, Penny Pulpit, New Series, No. 792.
References: 1Th 2:19, 1Th 2:20.-Christian World Pulpit, vol. vii., p. 241; R. Davey, Ibid., vol. xi., p. 282; Preacher’s Monthly, vol. ii., p. 452; J. Vaughan, Fifty Sermons, 6th series, p. 81.
Fuente: The Sermon Bible
II. TRUE SERVICE,
AS MANIFESTED IN APOSTOLIC MINISTRY
CHAPTER 2
1. Apostolic conduct and service 1Th 2:1-12)
2. Thanksgiving for the reception of the message and the opposition 1Th 2:13-16)
3. Looking forward to His coming 1Th 2:17-19)
1Th 2:1-12
The apostle now enlarges upon the brief statement in the previous chapter Ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sakes. His conduct and character, as well as that of his fellow laborers, corresponded fully with the holy character of the truth they preached. They walked worthy of the gospel and worthy of the Lord. First he makes mention of the sufferings he and Silas endured in Philippi. They had been shamefully treated. They had been stripped and scourged cruelly with the lictors rods and cast into prison with their feet secured to the stocks. The physical discomfort resulting from such a punishment must have lasted for many days, but it did not hinder their going to Thessalonica with confidence in God to speak the gospel there, where they also had much conflict. And what a witness he bore of their unselfish conduct while they were among them! This exhortation was not a deceit, that is, out of error; nor was it in uncleanness, emanating from any low motives of self-interest; nor in guile. God had approved them; their ministry was God-given and they were fully conscious of this fact. Being intrusted with the gospel (and what a trust it is!) so they spoke. They had no need to employ different schemes to be successful; they had full confidence in God and in the message He had given to them to proclaim. Therefore their whole aim was to please God who trieth the hearts and not men. Nor had they used flattery to win them; nor did they resort to flattering words as a cloak of covetousness using sweet phrases to get money out of them; not alone were they witnesses of all this, but he could say, God is witness. They had sought nothing of men, neither money nor glory. They might have been burdensome to them as the apostles of Christ. They did not use their authority, which they might have used, asserting their dignity and demanding something from them. Their whole conduct was in true humility and in great self denial. (Many a leading evangelist of our day stands condemned by this beautiful example of a true servant of God. What God and gospel dishonoring schemes are used! What flatteries as a cloak of covetousness! How much man-pleasing!)
This is the negative side. On the other hand they were full of tenderness and kindness. A boisterous, unkind, impatient spirit was completely absent in their ministry. But we were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children. So being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. What blessed fragrance is, and will ever be, in these precious words! How little of this gracious, loving interest in souls is manifested today among the Lords servants! Then he reminds them what he had done so as not to be a burden to any one when he preached the gospel of God unto them. He and his companion had worked day and night with their own hands. Paul was a tent-maker and worked with his own hands in Thessalonica and elsewhere (Act 18:2; 1Co 4:12). And again he appeals to them as witnesses as well as to God, how holily and justly and unblamably we behaved ourselves among you that believe; as ye know we exhorted and charged every one of you, as a father his children, that ye would walk worthy of God, who hath called you unto His own kingdom and glory. Having such a portion in the coming kingdom and being an heir of glory, the walk of every believer should indeed be worthy of God.
1Th 2:13-16
He thanked God without ceasing for the reception of the message which they heard from his lips. It was the Word of God, which Paul had preached, and hearing the message, they had received it not as the word of men, but as it is in truth, the Word of God. This Word received in faith saved them and also effectually worked in them that believed. It is still the same. Faith cometh by hearing and hearing by the Word of God. The believer is constantly dependent upon the Word of God; it worketh in him effectually through the power of the Holy Spirit. The believers practical sanctification in the daily life is by the Word (Joh 17:17).
They also knew what suffering meant. They became followers (imitators) of the churches of God in Judea in Christ Jesus. Those churches suffered persecutions from the Jews, but the Thessalonians suffered from their own countrymen. And what a solemn charge is brought here through Paul against his kinsmen, the Jews! They had killed the Lord Jesus and their own prophets; they persecuted the apostles. And not satisfied with this, they tried to keep the gospel they hated from reaching the Gentiles that they might be saved. The measure of sins was now filled up and wrath is come upon them to the uttermost. The great apostle of the Gentiles, called to go far hence to the Gentiles, in this his first Epistle is used to pronounce sentence upon his own nation, which has been set aside until the fulness of the Gentiles is come in (Rom 11:25-26).
1Th 2:17-19
He had an affectionate desire for them. Separated and bereaved of them (the more correct rendering) for a little season in person, but not in heart, he had great longing to see their face. Once and again he wanted to visit them, but Satan had hindered him. How the enemy hindered him in carrying out his desire, whether by attacks upon his body (2Co 12:7) or by wicked men, we do not know. He then speaks of that blessed time when all hindrances will cease, when Gods people are no longer separated, when those who ministered the Word and the fruits of their labors are gathered in the presence of the Lord Jesus Christ at His coming. For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of glorying? Are not even ye before our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming? for ye are our glory and joy. Here again the apostle mentions the coming of the Lord. The gathered saints before the Lord Jesus Christ will be the crown of glorying and the joy for the faithful servant, who then finds in the presence of the Lord, in the day of Christ, the fruit of his labors. To this consummation in glory Paul directed the attention of the Thessalonians and he speaks of them as his glory and joy, for ye are our glory and our joy.
it should be observed here, that the special fruits of our labors are not lost; they are found again at the coming of Christ. Our chief personal joy is to see the Lord Himself and to be like Him. This is the portion of all saints; but there are particular fruits in connection with the work of the Spirit in us and by us. At Thessalonica the spiritual energy of the apostle had brought a number of souls to God and to wait for His Son, and into a close union in the truth with Himself. This energy would be crowned at the coming of Christ by the presence of these believers in the glory as the fruit of his labors. God would thus crown the apostles work by bearing a striking testimony to its faithfulness in the presence of all these saints in glory; and the love which had wrought in Pauls heart would be satisfied by seeing its object in glory and in the presence of the Lord Jesus. They would be his glory and joy. This thought drew yet closer the bonds that united them, and comforted the apostle in the midst of his toils and sufferings (Synopsis of the Bible).
Fuente: Gaebelein’s Annotated Bible (Commentary)
our: 1Th 2:13, 1Th 1:3-10, 2Th 3:1
in vain: 1Th 3:5, Job 39:16, Psa 73:13, Psa 127:1, Isa 49:4, Isa 65:23, Hab 2:13, 1Co 15:2, 1Co 15:10, 1Co 15:58, 2Co 6:1, Gal 2:2, Gal 4:11, Phi 2:16
Reciprocal: Act 20:18 – after Phi 1:23 – in 1Th 1:5 – what 1Th 1:9 – what
Fuente: The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge
IN HIS FIRST chapter the Apostle had alluded to what manner of men he and his fellow-workers were among the Thessalonians when they first arrived amongst them with the Gospel, and intimated that the power which had accompanied the message was largely connected with the unblameable character of the messengers. He returns to this subject at the opening of chapter 2.
Paul and his friends found at Thessalonica a door opened of the Lord, and they consequently gained a most effectual entrance into their midst. This was the more striking as they had just come from suffering and shameful treatment at Philippi as recorded in Act 16:1-40. However far from being cowed by this they had such confidence in God that again they boldly spoke forth the Word. The power of it was such that some even of the Jews believed, and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief women not a few (Act 17:4). Thus did God grant to His faithful servants a time of much encouragement after severe suffering and before they were plunged into further troubles in Thessalonica itself. We must remember of course that the violence at Philippi did not mean that but little was accomplished in that city. On the contrary, Pauls Philippian converts were among the brightest trophies of grace.
The Apostle puts it on record in verse 1Th 2:2 that he preached the gospel with much contention. By contention we must not understand heated argument. The expression is literally, in much agony, or conflict. The New Translation renders it, with much earnest striving. Paul preached in an agony of spiritual conflict that the truth might be effectual in his hearers! No take it or leave it gospel was his! He was not the mere theologian or Christian philosopher contented with the truth correctly stated in his lectures; nor was he the dreamy mystic wrapped up in himself and in his own impressions and experiences. He was a man with a message, and burning with zeal, and in agony of mind to effectually convey it to others.
What amazing power this must have given him! He may have been weak as to bodily presence and contemptible as to his powers of utterance- rude in speech as he elsewhere says-yet the inward agony of spirit with which he spoke must have made his rude words like a whirlwind. Multitudes were converted under them, and still greater multitudes were lashed into fury against him! Where do we see power like this today? We hear Gospel addresses that may be characterized as good, clear, sound, striking, intelligent, eloquent, sweet. But they do not achieve much either in conversions or in stirring up the powers of darkness. Yet the need is as great and the energy of the Holy Spirit is the same. The difference lies in the character and calibre of the messengers.
In verses 1Th 2:3-6 we are given a glimpse of what Paul and his helpers were NOT, and thereby we may learn the things that are to be studiously avoided by every servant of God. First of all every element of deceit and unreality must be put away. It has been very rightly said that,
Thou must be true thyself,
If thou the truth wouldst teach.
Not only so but all thought of pleasing men must be banished. Any service we have had committed to us, however small it be, has been given of God and not by man. Hence to God we are responsible and He tries not only our words and acts but also our hearts. Paul was put in trust with the Gospel in an altogether exceptional measure, but the three words, PUT IN TRUST may well be written upon all our hearts. We must never forget that we are trustees.
If we bear it in mind we shall of course avoid the use of flattering words, and the cloak of covetousness, and the seeking of glory from men, of which verses 1Th 2:5-6 speak. These three things are exceedingly common m the world. Men naturally seek their own things and hence are ruled by covetousness, though they may disguise it under some kind of cloak. Glory from man is also very dear to the human heart; and, whether they pursue possessions or glory, they find flattering words a useful weapon, for by them they can often curry favour with the influential. All these things were utterly refused by Paul. As a servant of God, with God for his Judge and God for his Witness, they were altogether beneath him.
The positive characteristics of Pauls ministry come before us in verses 1Th 2:7-12, and it is worthy of note that he begins by comparing himself to a nursing mother and ends by comparing himself to a father. We may find it difficult to imagine how this exceedingly forcible man could have been gentle, as a nurse would cherish her own children, but so it was. Physical force is usually brutal. Spiritual force is gentle. There was plenty of the former to be seen in Thessalonica when the Jews which believed not, took unto them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort… and set all the city on an uproar, yet it all ended in nothing. Pauls gentleness, on the contrary, left lasting results. It was the gentleness begotten of an ardent love for these young converts. He cherished them; that is, he kept them warm, and how could he do this except his own love was warm. It was so warm that he was ready to impart to them not the Gospel only but also his own soul or life. He would have laid down his life for them.
However he was not called upon to do that. What he did was to labour with his own hands by night as well as by day in order that, being self-supporting, he might not be any charge upon them. He refers to this again in his second epistle, and from Act 20:34 we glean the astonishing information that he not only met his own needs in this way but also the needs of those that were with him. Elsewhere he speaks of night and day praying exceedingly, and we know how abundant were his labours in the gospel.
Under these circumstances we may well marvel that this extraordinary man could find any time for his tent-making, but somehow the thing was done and thus he made the Gospel of Christ without charge, although the Lord had ordained as a general rule that those who preach the Gospel should live of the Gospel. It is very evident that manual labour is honourable in the sight of God.
To all this the Thessalonians were witnesses. Himself marked by holiness and practical righteousness he had been able to charge them that they should follow in his steps and walk in a way that was worthy of God-the God who had called them that they should be under His authority and enter into His glory.
What has occupied us thus far has been the manner of life that characterized Paul and his fellow-labourers: with verse 1Th 2:13 we turn again to that which marked their converts in Thessalonica. Receiving the Word of God through channels such as these men were, they received it as the Word of God. This verse plainly indicates that the Word of God may be received as the word of men, and that it is not one whit less the Word of God if it be so received. If you happened to get hold of a camera with a defective lens you would find the subjects of your films strangely, and often grotesquely, distorted. You must not however blame the objects which you photographed. The objects were all right though your subjects proved all wrong. We must learn to distinguish between the objective and the subjective, as the Apostle does here. The objective Word of God was presented to the Thessalonians and the subjective impression made in them was according to truth. Had they received it as the word of men its effect upon them would have been but transitory. Receiving it as the Word of God it operated in them powerfully and produced in them just those effects that had been seen when first the Gospel had been preached in Judaea. Though tested by persecution they stood firm.
Act 17:1-34 shows us how quickly the storm of persecution burst in Thessalonica. The house of Jason was assaulted and Jason himself and certain other brethren haled before the magistrates; the instigators of the riotous behaviour being Jews. The Apostle here shows them that they had only been called upon to suffer like things to the earlier converts in Judaea, and that the Jewish instigators of their troubles were true to type. This leads him to sum up the indictment which now was laid against them.
Of old Gods great controversy with the Jews was on account of their persistent idolatry. Of this the Old Testament prophets are full. The New Testament adds the even greater charge that they killed the Lord Jesus. Added to this they drove out the Apostle by their persecutions and, as far as in them lay, forbad the going forth of the Gospel to the Gentiles. They refused to enter the door of salvation themselves and as far as possible they hindered others doing so. How striking is the description of this unhappy people, They please not God, and are contrary to all men.
It is pretty evident that the nations generally are contrary to the Jew. Verses 1Th 2:15-16 of our chapter shows us the reason why. They themselves are contrary and nationally they lie under the Divine displeasure, hence nothing is right with them, though of course God is still saving out them a remnant according to the election of grace (Rom 11:5 ). Earlier they had been under trial. Even after the death of Christ an offer of mercy had been made to them consequent upon the coming of the Holy Spirit, as recorded in Act 3:17-26. Their official answer was given by the martyrdom of Stephen and by the persecution of Paul who was raised up directly after Stephens death to carry the light of salvation to the Gentiles. They would have slain Paul also had not God intervened in His providence to prevent it. (See, Act 9:23; Act 9:29). As a consequence the wrath long withheld had been definitely loosed against them. They will not have paid as a nation, the last farthing, till the great tribulation has rolled over their heads. But nothing now can stay Gods dealings against them in wrath.
Against this dark background how beautiful is the picture which verses 1Th 2:17-20 present. The Apostle, who was hurried out of their midst under cover of night, was filled with ardent longings towards them. As his spiritual children, begotten of the Gospel, he looked upon them as his hope, and joy and crown of rejoicing. The links that bound them to him were of the tenderest, most spiritual nature. If he looked on, he anticipate having them as his glory and joy at the coming of the Lord. Looking back he recognized how Satan had worked to keep them sundered on earth, as to bodily presence.
This passage plainly indicates that Satan is permitted to harass and hinder the servants of the Lord; yet comparing the story with the history recorded in Acts it is very evident that God knows well how to over-rule Satans hindering work for good. Satan hindered Paul from returning just then to Thessalonica, but God led him to Corinth; and He had much people in that city!
Notice also how happily Paul looked forward to reunion with his beloved Thessalonian converts in heaven. His words would have been meaningless had he not expected to know them each and all in that day. The saints of God will know one another when they meet at the coming of Christ and in His presence.
Fuente: F. B. Hole’s Old and New Testaments Commentary
The Heart Life of the Apostle Paul
1Th 2:1-20
INTRODUCTORY WORDS
The opening verse of this remarkable chapter brings reminiscences of Paul’s entrance into Thessalonica. This should be studied in connection with the sixteenth and seventeenth chapters of Acts which give in detail the data which is suggested in verses one to two.
1. There is a reference to His being shamefully entreated at Philippi. This story takes up the sixteenth chapter of Acts, and it is familiar to you all.
Leaving Troas Paul came by a straight course to Samothracia, and the next day to Neapolis; and from thence to Philippi. We read that Philippi was the chief city of that part of Macedonia. The story of the conversion of a certain woman named Lydia is known to us all.
When, however, a certain damsel who brought her employers much money by her soothsaying was converted, a great storm arose among the people, caused by the men who saw their hope of gain was gone. They caught Paul and Silas and brought them to the magistrate. Thus the scene ended with Paul and Silas being cast into jail, followed by the opening of the prison, miraculously; and the conversion of the jailer and his household.
After their freedom Paul and Silas entered the home of Lydia: and when they had seen the brethren, they comforted them and departed. As they left they bore in their bodies the marks of the beating. This sums up in brief the tragic, and yet blessed events at Philippi.
Leaving Philippi they passed through Amphipolis, and Apollonia, and came to Thessalonica.
2. There is the reference to his manner of entering into Thessalonica. We read in verse two, “We were bold in our God to speak unto you the Gospel of God with much contention.” Paul’s method of entering into Thessalonica was the same as that which he used everywhere. In Act 17:2 we read, “And Paul, as his manner was, went in unto them, and three Sabbath days reasoned with them out of the Scriptures.” It would be most interesting to observe Paul’s method of preaching. Our verse two says that he spoke unto them the Gospel of God. Act 17:1-34 tells us what he spoke, and therefore it tells us his conception of the Gospel. Here is the statement: “Paul * * reasoned with them out of the Scriptures opening and alleging, that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again from the dead, and that this Jesus, whom I preach unto you, is Christ.” There are three things in this verse, which Paul calls the Gospel.
(1) There is the statement that Christ must needs have suffered. This carries us back to the Cross, where Christ died for our sins, the just for the unjust. That is the first, the primal message of the Gospel.
(2) There is the statement that Christ was risen again from the dead. This, of course, is the second great message of the Gospel, and it carries us to the empty tomb, and also to the living and exalted Christ. Thank God that the Gospel not only tells us of Calvary, and its redemptive work; it also tells us of Christ living, and exalted who is our great high priest, managing our affairs and giving us power for service and for a holy walk.
(3) There is the statement, “That this Jesus whom I preach unto you is Christ.” This is the third phase of the Gospel. It is definitely stated that Paul preached three Sabbath days. We wonder if the first Sabbath day, he did not open the Scriptures concerning the death of Christ; while on the second Sabbath day, he preached concerning the resurrection of Christ; and the third Sabbath day he told them that the Lord Jesus who died, and rose, is the Christ of God, the anointed one, who is coming again. We are sure that he did preach the Second Coming, which is the third great message of the Gospel, because when he was arrested and carried to the ruler, they cried out against Paul, saying that he taught that there was another king, one Jesus.
3. There is the reference to the reception which the Thessalonians gave to the Gospel. This is found in the last two verses of chapter one, of Paul’s Epistle to the Thessalonians.
(1) They turned to God from their idols. Perhaps they did this as Paul told them about the Christ of Calvary.
(2) They served the living and true God. This was doubtless the result of Paul’s preaching on the risen Christ,
(3) They began to wait for His Son from Heaven. In these three results, of Paul’s threefold preaching, you have both the story of the content of the Gospel, and also of the results of a full Gospel message.
I. PAUL’S INNER LIFE IS REVEALED AS ONE FREE FROM OBJECTIONABLE METHODS (1Th 2:3-5)
1. His exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor of guile. The Apostle was not underhanded, in what he did or said. He spoke in the open. There was nothing covered, and hid away. He did not, and would not deceive the people, under any condition. There was nothing unclean in his methods. No vulgarity. Nothing that would appeal to the vile affections of the wicked people to whom he spoke. There was nothing of guile, as though Paul were trying to carry them away with strange doctrine, and cunning craftiness of men, whereby they lie in wait to deceive.
2. His exhortation was not an effort to please man, but God. He had been allowed of God, to be put in trust with the Gospel. He felt not only the dignity of his trust, but the solemnity of it. He realized that an account must be given to the One who sent him, and not to the ones who heard him. Thus Paul sought to please God, and not to please men.
We fear that there are some who are, as the Laodiceans of old, men pleasers, desiring a name among the people; men who live on human applause, and human praise. Paul preached, realizing that it was God who tried the hearts, and it was God who would try him. It was for this cause that he never used flattering words, nor did he wear a cloak of covetousness, as he came among the people.
We wonder how many of us will stand approved in that day, when we give our account to God. Is that which we build, gold, silver, and precious stones? Or, is it wood, hay, and stubble? If we are men pleasers, we certainly will have had our reward down here. Remember how it is written, “If I yet pleased men, I should not be the servant of Christ.” Listen, therefore, to the words of this matchless preacher of truth. In verse six he says, “Nor of men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others.” Thank God for such a minister.
II. PAUL’S INNER LIFE WAS GENTLE, AFFECTIVE, AND TENDER (1Th 2:7-9)
1. Paul says, “We were gentle among you.” A minister’s power does not lie in his harshness and roughness. One of the fruits of the Spirit is gentleness. Some one may argue, “I preach hell fire and the judgments of God, and His wrath against sin; therefore, I am harsh and vigorous in my denunciations.” It seems to us that that is the very time when one needs to be gentle, filled with compassion, and with love.
The Apostle entered into Thessalonica shortly after he had been beaten, and jailed at Philippi. However, he did not enter with a censorious spirit. The apostle entered Philippi where sin and Satan ruled, and idolatry held the day. Yet, he did not rasp against their wickedness. He was gentle among them, even as a nurse cherisheth her children.
We think of the Lord Jesus, as He pronounced those terrific anathemas and woes, against the scribes and pharisees. It is all recorded in Mat 23:1-39. Can you imagine our Lord yelling out, with flashing, angry eyes those terrific curses? Never! If you would know the heart of Christ as He spoke, read the final words that close the chapter. Here they are: “Oh, Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee; how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not.”
2. Paul says that he was affectionately desirous of them. Think of it all, and you will understand why he was gentle. He was gentle, because he loved them. He was affectionately impelled, as he spoke. He says, “We were willing to have imparted unto you, not the Gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear to us.”
We truly believe no one is fully prepared to preach, until he is consumed with an ardent love toward those to whom he preaches. Think of the dignified apostle, saying, “Ye were dear unto us.” You cannot rightly preach unto the heathen, until they are dear unto you; you cannot effectually preach to the bums and the outcasts, in the mission halls, until you love them. You cannot successfully deliver God’s message to your own church, unless your heart is filled with desires in their behalf.
3. Paul says, “Ye remember, brethren, our labor and travail.” The apostle called his preaching, arduous and painful toil. Listen, he labored night and day, not only with his voice, but also with his hands, that he might not be chargeable unto them, as he preached unto them the Gospel of God.
III. PAUL’S INNER LIFE IS REVEALED BY HIS BEHAVIOUR AMONG THE PEOPLE (1Th 2:10-12)
All unknowingly and unintentionally, the apostle is giving us views of his very heart throbs, and of his daily walk among the people, as he preached to them. We see him, not as a rose in bud, but in bloom. The fragrance of his very being, the throbbings of his very heart, are being laid bare.
1. Paul behaved himself in all holiness among those who believed. There are some people who seem to boast of their evil ways. At least they make light of their sins. The apostle on the contrary said, “How holily * * we behaved ourselves among you.” Is this not the call of God to you and to me? Is this not the will of God, even our sanctification? Indeed, it is written, “God hath not called us unto uncleanness, but unto holiness.”
A preacher said to me the other day, “You don’t want to get mixed up with that bunch. They preach holiness,” That is what they should preach. That is not only what they should preach, but what they should live. We are not speaking of the eradication of the old nature. We are speaking of holy living.
We like that little word “how.” The apostle said how holily we behave. We can say of Daniel how holily he behaved. The enemy could not find anything against Daniel in his dealings with the people. He was just, and honest, and true, both toward the king, and the government, and toward the masses.
How holily must Job have lived. God said to Satan, “Have you considered My servant Job, that there is none like him in the earth, a perfect and upright man, one that feareth God and escheweth evil?” Could this be said of you and of me? If not, and our own heart condemns us, we are not ready to bear the vessels of the Lord.
2. Paul behaved himself in all justness among those that believed. He was not only holy, he was just. Honest dealings, giving every man his due is absolutely required of those who preach for God, and of those who serve Him in any capacity. If we are not treating our people in all justness, and honor, we cannot be accepted of God, nor of them. The scribes and the pharisees laid heavy burdens on their people, which they themselves would not bare. It tells us that they bound heavy burdens, and grievous to be borne, and laid them on men’s shoulders; and they themselves would not move them with one of their fingers. Do we ever ask of others, what we would not do? Do we ask them to give where we give not; to go, where we go not; to suffer, where we suffer not?
3. Paul behaved himself unblameably among them that believed. This was his longing for all saints. He prayed for the saints, that their whole spirit, and soul, and body, might be preserved blameless, unto the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ. Oh, that every one of us might stand approved.
IV. PAUL’S INNER LIFE WAS MANIFESTED, AS A LIFE OF A FATHER TOWARD HIS CHILDREN (1Th 2:11-12)
1Th 2:11 says, “Ye know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you, as a father doth his children.”
1. Let us consider the heart of a father toward his children. You remember it is written, “Like as a father pitieth his children, so the Lord pitieth those that fear him.” The Lord taught the disciples to pray saying, “Our Father which art in Heaven.” When we speak of the Trinity, we speak of God the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. In the Epistle to the Ephesians, we read, “I bow my knees unto the Father.” Again we read, “Through Him we both have access by one Spirit, unto the Father.” The expression, “the Fatherhood of God,” is correct when it is used of the whole redeemed family in heaven and in earth.
Thus we have learned that the word “Father” is used not only to express Paul’s inner heart toward those with whom he labored, but also to express that inner heart of God. If we would be successful in the service of God, we, too, must have a father heart, a father love, a father compassion.
2. Let us consider the admonitions of a father toward his children. The father not only exhorts his children, and comforts them; but he charges them as to how they should live, and what they should do. Here is the father heart of Paul, charging the Thessalonians that they should walk worthy of God, who has called them into His kingdom and His glory.
One of my sons told me, one day,-“Father, my great desire is to so live that I may bring honor to your name, the name which I also bear.” How much more should we seek to walk worthy of the heavenly and holy name which we bear.
3. Let us consider the joy of a father toward his children. Verse thirteen gives this delightful touch: “For this cause, also, thank we God without ceasing.” We will take up the reasons for Paul’s thankfulness in a moment. Now, we merely mention that he gave thanks. He rejoiced in his children, just as the earthly father rejoices in his. He rejoiced in their victories, their attainments, their service. Have you noticed that the Epistle opens with a note of thanksgiving to God for the Thessalonians? Others of Paul’s Epistles open the same way. Paul was not slow to tell those he loved, how he loved them, and of how he was made glad by them.
V. PAUL’S INNER LIFE MARKED BY HIS RECOGNITION OF THE VIRTUES OF OTHERS (1Th 2:13-15)
Let us never be slow to tell those we love, what they mean to us. Why not mention their good deeds, their faithfulness, their kindness, their obedience to God. It is customary to leave the good things we have to say about people, for their funeral. If anyone is evil, we are ready to condemn them. Then, if they are good, why not commend them? It will not spoil your children at home, nor will it spoil your church members, if, in all honesty and sincerity, you thank God and them, for the good there is in them. It will only help them to find the higher heights.
1. Paul thanked God because of the attitude of the Thessalonians toward the Word of God. He said in 1Th 2:13, ” * * thank we God without ceasing, because, when ye received the Word of God, which ye heard of us, ye received it not as the word of men, but as it is in truth, the Word of God, which effectually worketh also in you that believe.” The Thessalonians believed in an inspired book, God-given, and God-written. They believed in a Bible that had power to accomplish great things. It was something that worked within them. From them the Word of God went forth. They not only believed it, but they proclaimed it, they told it out.
2. Can we thank God because our people have exalted His Word above His name?
When we think of the people, and of their attitude toward God, our minds naturally go to the preacher himself. Why was it that the saints in Thessalonica received the truth as the Word of God, and not the word of man? We believe it was because the apostle Paul so preached it. He did not merely say the Bible was the Word of God, but he proclaimed it as the Word of God; showing, withal, by its wonders of statement, so true and so faithful, historically, prophetically, theologically, that it was the Word of God indeed.
If the people in the pew doubt the inspiration of the Scriptures, it is because the pastor in the pulpit is, himself, doubtful thereof.
There is another reason that the Thessalonians, and all believers, believe that the Bible is the very word of God. It is because it perpetually worketh in them. When they read it, something happens inside of them. It brings comfort, and guidance, and light, and life, and many other things, in its inside effectiveness.
VI. PAUL’S INNER LIFE MANIFESTED BY HIS GREAT DESIRE TO SEE THOSE WHOM HE HAD LED TO CHRIST (1Th 2:14-20)
1. Paul desired to see the Thessalonian Christians, to strengthen them concerning their suffering for Christ. In verse fourteen he tells them that they were followers of the churches of God, which, in Judea, are in Christ Jesus. “For * * Ye also have suffered like things of your own countrymen, even as they have of the Jews: who both killed the Lord Jesus, and their own prophets, and have persecuted us.”
2. Paul desired to see them, because there were many who said that the Gentiles could not be saved. They even forbade Paul to speak to the Gentiles, because they were appointed to condemnation. We fear that there is, today, an antipathy against the Jews which almost pronounces them as Anathema Maranatha. The Jews of old refused to the Gentiles the Word of life. Now, in some places, at least, the Gentiles are refusing to the Jews that same blessed Word.
3. Paul desired to see them because he wanted to make up toward them, what was lacking in others. He tells them in 1Th 2:17, “Being taken from you for a short time, in presence, not in heart; endeavored the more abundantly to see your face with great desire.” Others may have refused them. He did not. Indeed, God had called him as an apostle to the Gentiles that he should give testimony before them. Thus it was that after he had left Thessalonica, the Lord stood by him at night, and said, “Be of good cheer, Paul: for as thou hast testified of Me in Jerusalem, so must thou bear witness also at Rome.” As we close this thought, we would like to quote a little verse, which we hope expresses our attitude toward preaching to those who are afar! Here it is: “To preach the Gospel in the regions beyond you.”
VII. PAUL’S INNER LIFE IN ITS GREAT ANTICIPATION (1Th 2:19-20)
The two verses with which we close our study for today, read like this: “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye, in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming, for ye are our glory” in Christ.
1. The Christian hope is the coming of the Lord. We read in Tit 2:11-12 about “Looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour, Jesus Christ.” The Holy Ghost, through John, tells us that he who has this hope set on him, purifies himself. Every believer should live looking for, hastening unto, and occupying, until the Lord comes.
In our day multiplied millions are eagerly watching, waiting, and longing for the coming of the Lord. The midnight cry has gone forth, “Behold the bridegroom cometh.” This is heard on every hand.
2. The Christians’ hope, and joy, and crown, are the saints; in the presence of the Lord, at His coming. To be sure we want to see Christ, Himself, above any other. He is our greatest joy and crown. Yet, we must remember that when the Lord comes, there is to be, first, the resurrection of the dead; and then, the living in Christ will be caught up together with them, to meet the Lord in the air.
First, in the point of time, we meet the raised saints; then there comes the great getting together of the living, with the resurrection saints. After that we are caught up, with them, and the Lord is the central thought of us all. Just now we are considering, however, the great joy and crown of rejoicing which will belong to those who have won many to Christ.
Oh, it would every toil repay
If up in Heaven some happy day
We’ll meet with joy, and hear some say,
You showed to me the Heavenly way.
Fuente: Neighbour’s Wells of Living Water
1Th 2:1. The coming of Paul and his companions to Thessalonica resulted in the conversion of some of its citizens, which proved that it was not in vain.
1Th 2:2
Fuente: Combined Bible Commentary
1Th 2:1. For yourselves know. What I say of our preaching I do not say without warrant, nor need I rest it on the testimony of others, for yourselves are my witnesses.
That it hath not been vain. This is generally supposed to refer not to the effects but to the essential character of the preaching; as if Paul had said, It was not vapid and unreal and powerless. But the tense of the verb indicates that the word vain involves in Pauls mind something still existing; therefore not a quality attaching to the preaching itself, but to its effects; as it be had said, It has not been useless and inefficacious. Without this reference to the effects of his preaching, it is impossible to give its proper significance to the verb (cp. 1Th 3:5; 1Co 15:10).
Fuente: A Popular Commentary on the New Testament
Division 2. (1Th 2:1-20; 1Th 3:1-13; 1Th 4:1-12.)
The witness in which God bears witness.
The second division shows us by the example of the apostle himself, and those who with him had been laboring among them, the character of the instruments with which God works. He may, of course, overrule in any case, and bless the word of truth even from ungodly lips; and so Paul could rejoice if Christ were preached, even though it were of envy and strife. One’s responsibility to the truth is because it is the truth. So that in any question as to this we may dismiss the speaker from our thoughts. Nay, were the speaker, as fully as Paul was, the minister of Christ, he would all the more recognize the very real danger of one receiving the Word as sanctioned by, rather than sanctioning, the utterer of it. For indeed how common a thing is it, thus to make the word of man of what is even owned to be the word of God! The true effect of it is in this way lost for the soul; and as this may be with the truth as a whole, so that the result is mere orthodoxy -a Christianity of only human making, -so it may be with regard to every separate truth -each item of the wondrous whole. How jealous need we to be over ourselves in these things.
Here, however, the apostle is dwelling upon the truth which is thus perverted, but which is no less the truth because of its perversion. The God of holiness is holy in His ways; and His instruments must be suited to this in character. The truth itself is holy; and those who make it known must do so in the effect manifested in their own lives and ways. And Satan, the great opposer of truth, shows his perfect knowledge of this when, as Paul says, he is transformed for his purpose into an angel of light. “Therefore,” he goes on to say, “it is no small thing if also his ministers be transformed as the ministers of righteousness:” even he recognizes the need of suitability morally of end and ways.
1. He can appeal to what himself and his fellow-laborers were, as they went in and out amongst them. The main insistence is upon their manifest unselfishness. They had come from scourging and imprisonment at Philippi; and with the consciousness, as the apostle says elsewhere, that in every city bonds and afflictions awaited them. Certainly it was not their own things that they could find or seek, in pursuing a course which involved such things for them. Yet they did steadfastly pursue it. As bold as ever in their confidence in God, they made known still, amid much affliction, what was none the less God’s good news of joy. They had modified nothing, they had used no flattery, they had sought to please God, not man; Him whose omniscience searched the hearts of those who had to do with Him. From men they had sought nothing -had not insisted on undoubted rights -but found delight in giving what they had to give, yea, and their own souls with it. It was not simply righteousness, but love that sought not its own, and in which they labored, enforcing all their precept by example. And this that the recipients of the gospel might walk worthy of the God declared in it, who was calling men to His own Kingdom and glory.
2. They had not been disappointed at the result among the Thessalonians. The word of God had been received by them as what indeed it was, and, so received, it wrought its divine work. It took them out of their natural place in a world fallen away from God, to make them companions of those rejected by the world, but of whom the world was not worthy. Thus, says the apostle, “ye became imitators of the assemblies of God which are in Judea in Christ Jesus; for ye also suffered the same things of your own countrymen. even as they of the Jews.” Nor need they think this strange who were followers of the Crucified One. Israel, alas! the first in privilege among the nations, had only by this become the guiltiest of all. The Lord Jesus Himself was among them the Head of a long line of martyrs, the prophets, of whom Stephen asks, “Which of the prophets have not your fathers persecuted? and they have slain them who showed before of the coming of the Righteous One; of whom ye have been now the betrayers and the murderers.” Thus the nation chosen out of the world for the blessing of the world became the great opposers and hinderers of blessing. “They please not God and are contrary to all men, forbidding us to speak to the nations, that they might be saved.” Israel are, therefore, for the present, rejected and set aside; they have filled up the measure of their sins, and wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.
Such was God’s heart towards the Gentiles; of which they, His laborers in the gospel, were witnesses and exponents. Bereaved of them for a moment, and having to leave them in the midst of a contrary world, their hearts unchangeably were with them, and desiring to come to them again; yea, Paul himself did, as he assures them; having been hindered, not by lack of heart, but by the great adversary of Christ and His people. And in the meantime he might seem thus to prevail; but faith contemplated another scene when the evil with which we are now in conflict shall have been put down, and, in the presence of the Lord Jesus Christ Himself at His coming, these now afflicted and despised Thessalonians would become indeed, what already faith held them for, the glory and joy of those of whom they were the fruit of love’s sweet labor.
Paul proceeds to show how far from indifferent he had been with regard to the afflictions they had been passing through. These had been foretold them from the first, so that they might not be taken by them unawares; nevertheless he could not leave them to the actual experience of them -so different from the looking forward merely to what had not yet come -without seeking to minister to the need which he, acquainted with suffering of this kind, knew so well. Timothy, therefore, had been sent to confirm their faith; and his return with the news of their constancy had filled with joy and comfort the apostle’s heart. “For now,” he says, “we live, if ye stand fast in the Lord.” It is evident that here is the soul of the true worker manifest, and that this is the object throughout this part of the epistle, to show as illustrated by experience the instruments by which God works in His spiritual harvest-fields. There is no need to dwell upon it, by reason of its being so plain; while the lesson conveyed is of the utmost importance. The apostle uses the most forcible expressions to declare the thorough identification of his heart with them in all their joy and sorrow, -his realization of, and longing in regard to their need, which expressed itself in constant and earnest supplication to God that he might again be with them, and that they might have spiritual increase and establishment in holiness such as might meet approval, in the day of approval, at the coming of the Lord Jesus with all His saints.
3. He passes hereupon into exhortation. Never satisfied with any attainment, he urges upon them still more to abound in that which would please God. Two things he presses; the one complementary to the other: abstention from lust, and abounding in love. The one was even a part of the religion of the heathen; as, in the broader sense of it, it was that out of which sprang idolatry, and through which comes the corruption of the world. In the narrower and grosser sense it was indulged in the very temples of their gods. It is a proof of the moral atmosphere in which they had been brought up, that to Christians so commended as are those here it should be necessary to warn them against the gross immoralities which, however, we find later invading Corinth. For us all, moreover, it is written, “Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall.” We must not, therefore, pass lightly over what is left for our instruction also in the never-failing wisdom of One who knows the hearts of men.
But the remedy is also here, love which is the opposite of lust: the one the dominance and tyranny of self; the other that which seeketh not its own, -the spirit of service and self-denial. True, it is the love of brethren that the apostle here exhorts to, and not love in its universal aspect; but although these are separable, they will not be found, in fact, separate. The love to one another, which Paul reminds them they have been taught of God, cannot exist without flowing out to those who still are what we all once were, when divine grace met and brought us into the circle in which alone God’s love can reflect itself, as being enjoyed. Here the satisfied heart finds deliverance from the lusts of other things, covets but what is its own, and what is secured to it, and that which drives out lust puts in love in its place, to hold the citadel. Love is the bond of perfectness, the active energy of the divine life in the saint, and victorious in every field of conflict. The quiet occupation with one’s own work, and the maintenance by this means of a proper and healthful independence of others, naturally unite with such a care for others as love ensures.
Fuente: Grant’s Numerical Bible Notes and Commentary
Observe here, how our apostle did and durst appeal to the Thessalonians themselves, as touching the sincerity and success of his public ministry among them:
Ye yourselves know. It is not sufficient to a minister’s comfort, that he be well reported of amongst strangers, for his zeal and diligence, for his sincerity and faithfulness, unless he can and dare appeal to the consciences of his own people, and call them to vouch and bear witness to his integrity: Ye yourselves know that our entrance in unto you, was not in vain.
Our entrance in unto you; that is, our first preaching amongst you, was not in vain; that is, say some, it was not in vain in the matter, we did not preach about vain, useless and unprofitable niceties and speculations; but our preaching was substantial, sound and solid: It was not vain in the manner, say others; it was not undertaken rashly, and without a call, nor managed in a slight and vain manner; but the word in vain here, seems to point at these two things;
1. That it did not want power and energy, but had the demonstration of divine assistance to confirm them in the faith that heard it, and also those that preached it, in expectation of success.
2. It was not in vain; that is, it did not want fruit, it was not without a great and gracious success: For the word vain, when it is applied to the message which the ministers of God bring, signifies the not accomplishing the great ends for which it was designed. The word that goeth out of my mouth, shall not return unto me in vain Isa 55:11, but prosper, &c.
Hence learn, that where a minister is regularly called to, and faihfully discharges his duty amongst a people, both by public preaching and private instruction, his labours seldom if ever, want fruit, in some degree or measure, either sooner or later, either manifest or secret, either for conversion or edification.
We have the promise of Christ’s presence with us, Mat 28:20. And if the fault be not ours, we shall certainly experience it; both the presence of his power to strengthen us, and the presence of his gracious Spirit to succeed us. Possibly we do not see any visible success at present; but this may comfort us, there is more good done by the ministry of the word, than we are aware of; and if we reap not the fruit of the seed we sow, they who come after us may; but if neither they nor we reap fruit, our ministry shall not be in vain, with reference to ourselves; yet shall we be glorious, though Israel be not gathered.
But, O! that our people might share in that glory with us, and also shine as the stars, for ever and ever! God grant we may never be called forth by Christ to give a judicial testimony against any of them at the bar of God, for not believing our report.
Observe here, how our apostle did and durst appeal to the Thessalonians themselves, as touching the sincerity and success of his public ministry among them: Ye yourselves know. It is not sufficient to a minister’s comfort, that he be well reported of amongst strangers, for his zeal and diligence, for his sincerity and faithfulness, unless he can and dare appeal to the consciences of his own people, and call them to vouch and bear witness to his integrity: Ye yourselves know that our entrance in unto you, was not in vain. Our entrance in unto you; that is, our first preaching amongst you, was not in vain; that is, say some, it was not in vain in the matter, we did not preach about vain, useless and unprofitable niceties and speculations; but our preaching was substantial, sound and solid: It was not vain in the manner, say others; it was not undertaken rashly, and without a call, nor managed in a slight and vain manner; but the word in vain here, seems to point at these two things; 1. That it did not want power and energy, but had the demonstration of divine assistance to confirm them in the faith that heard it, and also those that preached it, in expectation of success. 2. It was not in vain; that is, it did not want fruit, it was not without a great and gracious success: For the word vain, when it is applied to the message which the ministers of God bring, signifies the not accomplishing the great ends for which it was designed. Isa 55:11. The word that goeth out of my mouth, shall not return unto me in vain, but prosper, &c. Hence learn, that where a minister is regularly called to, and faihfully discharges his duty amongst a people, both by public preaching and private instruction, his labours seldom if ever, want fruit, in some degree or measure, either sooner or later, either manifest or secret, either for conversion or edification. We have the promise of Christ’s presence with us, Mat 28:20. And if the fault be not ours, we shall certainly experience it; both the presence of his power to strengthen us, and the presence of his gracious Spirit to succeed us. Possibly we do not see any visible success at present; but this may comfort us, there is more good done by the ministry of the word, than we are aware of; and if we reap not the fruit of the seed we sow, they who come after us may; but if neither they nor we reap fruit, our ministry shall not be in vain, with reference to ourselves; yet shall we be glorious, though Israel be not gathered. But, O! that our people might share in that glory with us, and also shine as the stars, for ever and ever! God grant we may never be called forth by Christ to give a judicial testimony against any of them at the bar of God, for not believing our report.
Fuente: Expository Notes with Practical Observations on the New Testament
Paul’s Arrival in Thessalonica
Fuente: Gary Hampton Commentary on Selected Books
1Th 2:1-2. Yourselves, brethren, know, &c. What was proposed chap. 1Th 1:5-6, is now more largely treated of; concerning Paul and his fellow- labourers, 1Th 2:1-12 : concerning the Thessalonians, 1Th 2:13-16. Our entrance in unto you With what demonstration of a divine agency it was attended; that it was not in vain Or without success, as Dr. Heylin reads; but was attended with most important consequences and effects, which will be everlasting. The original expression, however, , is rendered by Dr. Waterland, was not vain; and by Dr. Macknight, was not false, or destitute of truth, judging the apostles meaning to be, that his entrance among the Thessalonians was not the entrance of a deceiver, who, with a view to draw money from his hearers, or to acquire power, or to live in pleasure among them, told them stories which he himself knew to be false. To this interpretation, the reason assigned in the following verse agrees: his sufferings for the gospel being the strongest proof that he himself believed it; whereas, of his not having preached in vain to the Thessalonians his sufferings were no proof. Besides, if the apostle had meant to say that his entrance was not in vain, the expression would have been , as in Php 2:16; 1Th 3:5. But after we had suffered In several places; and were shamefully entreated at Philippi Being there stripped and scourged by the common beadle, and thrust into prison, where our feet were made fast in the stocks. Scourging with rods was a punishment so ignominious, that the Portian law, among the Romans, forbade it to be inflicted on any Roman citizen. We were bold Notwithstanding; in our God Trusting in his assistance; to speak unto you the gospel Though we are forced to do it with much contention Meeting with much opposition, or in the midst of inward and outward conflicts of all kinds.
Fuente: Joseph Bensons Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
[In this section, Paul amplifies two statements made in the previous section. In 1Th 2:1-13; he enlarges upon the facts set forth in 1Th 1:5; and 1Th 2:13-16 are a similar enlargement of the matter contained in 1Th 2:6] For yourselves [as distinguished from those above mentioned who carried or repeated the news of the work at Thessalonica], brethren, know our entering in unto you, that it hath not been found vain [that Paul’s coming to Thessalonica had not been vain or fruitless was proved by the fact that in this pagan city a church of Christ was now found]:
Fuente: McGarvey and Pendleton Commentaries (New Testament)
1 Thessalonians Chapter 2
Having established these great principles, the apostle, with an open and overflowing heart, appeals to his whole walk among them as a proof of his having walked in the same spirit as in their own case he was rejoicing in. It was not that he exhorted others, while availing himself of their affection, for his own advantage. It was not that he encouraged them to endure afflictions, without having courage himself to undergo the same. Ill-treated and insulted at Philippi, he was bold in God to renew his attacks on the kingdom of darkness at Thessalonica, and that with great energy. He had not used flattering words to win them; he had set the truth before them, as being himself the servant of God. He had worked with his own hands, that he might not be burdensome to them. All was before God in the light and by the energy of the Holy Ghost, and in a spirit of devotedness; even as he desired that they should walk as they knew he had walked among them, as holily, justly, and unblamably; as also he had exhorted them, with all affection and tenderness, to walk worthy of God, who had called them unto His own kingdom and glory.
We see again in this expression the close relationship of the Christian, in his individual character, with God. He has his portion in Gods own kingdom and glory, and his conduct should become such a position. Here it is his own position in relationship with God, as before it was his relationship with God and the Lord Jesus.
The apostle then speaks of the means by which this world of new thoughts was acquired by the Christian. It was that God had spoken to reveal Himself and His counsels. God had committed the gospel to Paul (1Th 2:4), and he had acted as being in the presence of God, and responsible to Him.
The Thessalonians also, on their part, had received the word, not as the word of Paul, but as the word of God Himself addressed to them by the mouth of Paul. It is interesting, as for us also a serious thought, to observe that (with regard to the manifestation of the power of God down here), although the work is of God, the fruit of His servants labors answers to the character and depth of that labour itself Thus the bonds of grace are established, and communion; there is mutual understanding. The work manifests the workman. The labourer rejoices in that which his heart had desired for the souls that are the fruit of his labour; and these know how to appreciate the walk and the work of the labourer, acknowledging the power of grace in him who was the means of bringing them into this position; and the one and the others, knowing God, rejoice in the fellowship of His grace.
Paul was very largely with God in his own soul and in his work. The Thessalonians had in consequence received the word in the same power; and they with him, were thus in communion with God according to that power and that intimacy.
We see here, in passing, the Jews deprived of this relationship with God, the remnant of that people received, and suffering from the enmity of the mass. The elect from among the Gentiles awakened, on their part, the hostility of their fellow-countrymen by the testimony which they bore against the prince of this world in their Christian walk, and by their confession of a heavenly Christ-a Christ whom the world had rejected.
The religion of the Jews had become pure jealousy of others. The pretension to the exclusive possession of religious privileges-very precious when they enjoyed it with God as a testimony of His favour-was nothing but a spring of hatred, when God in the fullness of His sovereign grace chose to bless others who had a right to nothing. By this exclusive pretension they denied the rights of God, who had formerly chosen them as a people; they denied His grace, according to which He acted towards sinners, and which would have been the source of better blessings for themselves. But meantime their refusal to come in had transferred the scene of our hopes and our joys from earth to heaven, where we know the Lord, and where He will remain until He comes to assert His claims over the earth. Before He asserts them, He will take us to Himself.
Meanwhile the word of God is the source of our confidence-the revelation of glory, of truth, and of love. It is mighty in them that believe. The Jews are set aside. By their opposition to grace towards the Gentiles, they had taken the position of enmity against God in grace, and wrath was come upon them to the uttermost. It was not yet executed; but they had put themselves in this position. It was not only that they had broken the law, they had already killed their prophets who were sent to them in grace; they had already slain the Christ, Jesus the Lord. Sovereign grace alone could bring in a remedy. This they resisted; because, according to that grace, God was good to the Gentiles, and granted to them, at the same time as to themselves, better privileges than those which they had forfeited. Wrath therefore was finally come upon them as a nation. Christians were now in the enjoyment of better privileges in place of the Jews.
It is not here the moment for explaining the future dealings of God with the remnant of that people. The apostle speaks here of the people, in order to shew that the only ones in relation with God were Christians-those who had received the word. It was the reception of the word by faith, and nothing else, which brought souls really into relationship with God. Hereditary privileges were found to be , in their nature, opposition to grace and sovereignty, and thus to the character and rights of God Himself; for God is sovereign, and God is love.
The word reveals grace; it is obeyed by believing it. And, brought into relationship with God, the Christian walks in His communion and in His ways, and waits for the Son, in whom He has revealed Himself to men. This is the fruit of that which the Christian has received through believing-an efficacious principle of life, and a light from God for the way.
The apostle blessed God that it was thus with the Thessalonians; and, having made this point clear, he returns to the joy of his communion with them in the positive blessing which the revelation of God in their hearts by the word had brought them, He would gladly have seen them to enjoy this communion in intercourse with them face to face; but as long as it was by the word only that the knowledge of God was obtained- in a word by faith-as long as the Lord was absent, another result flowed from this fact; namely, that these joys were mingled with conflict-conflict however, which, although to the eye of man interrupting enjoyment, made it more sweet, more real, preserved its heavenly character, and made the Lord Himself, from whom they could not be separated, the center,m the common point in which hearts were united, with the consciousness that they were in the wilderness, and that they were awaiting a scene and a time in which evil and the enemys power would no longer be, but where Christ would be all. Joyful hope, holy happiness, powerful link of the heart to Christ! When He shall be all, our joy will be complete, and all saints will possess it. Paul wished to have seen them again, and had so even twice, but Satan hindered it. The time should come when he would fully enjoy both them and his labour among them, by seeing them in full possession of glory at the coming of Christ.
In the apostle himself, when at Thessalonica, Christian life was fully developed in love and in holiness. He had been among them in tenderness, as a mother cherishes her children; ready to impart not only the gospel to them but even his own life, so dear were they to him. He had been at the same time holy and without blame in all his conduct. What energy of life and love springing up by the power of God, regardless of all the consequences save the blessing of the elect and the glory of God! This is true Christian life. The heart, not filled with questionings through unbelief but strong in faith, counts on God in order to serve God. Thus love is free, beside oneself for God, prudent and full of consideration only for the good of others. And what bonds this creates! Persecution only hastens the work by compelling to go elsewhere, when perhaps the labourer would be tempted to enjoy the fruits of his labour in the society of those who had been blessed through him. (Compare 1Th 2:2) Though absent, the apostles heart was still bound to them; he remembered his beloved ones; he prayed for them; he blessed God for the grace bestowed on them; assuring himself with joy, when he thought of it, of their portion in glory as the elect of God. (1Th 1:3-4;1Th 2:13)
The bond remained firm; and, the way to present enjoyment of personal communion being obstructed by the devices of Satan (by permission of God), his heart rose higher, and sought the full satisfaction of the want produced in it by love, in the moment when a Christ present in His power should have removed all obstacles and accomplished the purposes of God with respect to the saints; when His love should have borne all its precious fruits in them; and when Paul and his dear children in the faith should enjoy together all that grace and the power of the Spirit should have wrought in them. Unable for the moment to satisfy the desires of his heart by seeing them, it was to that hour that Paul looked. And observe that, if he does so, it is because his heart was already filled with it for himself. The power of the Spirit, acting in accordance with the truth, always leads the heart to that hour. It impels the heart to labour in love in the midst of this world, causes thus the opposition of the darkness of this world to the light (whether on the part of man or of the prince of darkness) to be realised, and makes us always feel the need of that day of light, when evil shall no longer be present to hinder the happiness of the new man in his enjoyment of that which is good, in his communion with those dear to God, and above all, in the enjoyment of the presence of his glorified Saviour, who has loved him, and who (for the exercise of his faith) is at present hidden from him.
It is He who is the source and object of all these affections, who sustains and nourishes them, who attracts them ever to Himself by His perfections and by His love, and, in the sorrows of the Christian life, carries the heart onward thus to the day of our being with Himself, to the day of His coming, when the heart will be free to occupy itself with all that binds us to Him without interruption. This thought of His presence has the mastery, when the heart is fresh in the divine joy of redemption. We find this here. We are converted to wait for Him (chap 1); we shall enjoy the communion of saints, and the fruit of our labors when He returns (chap 2); that day gives its force and its measure to our thoughts respecting holiness (chap 3); it destroys the anguish of heart which would otherwise accompany the death of the saints (chap 4); it is for that day we are kept. (chap 5) The coming of the Lord, the presence of Jesus, fills therefore the believers heart, when life is springing up in its freshness-fills it with a joyous hope, the fulfillment of which shines bright before our eyes, there where all our desires will be accomplished.
To return to the end of chapter 2, the link which Satan sought to break by interrupting its enjoyment was but the rather strengthened by bring connected with the coming of the Lord. The current of the Spirit, against which he had been allowed to set up this dike, though turned from its natural bed, could not be stopped, for its waters ever flow; they gushed out in waves that enriched all around them, taking their course towards that sea which contained the fullness of those waters and fed the source from which they sprang.
It should be observed here, that the special fruits of our labors are not lost; they are found again at the coming of Christ. Our chief personal joy is to see the Lord Himself and to be like Him. This is the portion of all saints; but there are particular fruits in connection with the work of the Spirit in us and by us. At Thessalonica the spiritual energy of the apostle had brought a number of souls to God and to wait for Jesus, and into a close union in the truth with Himself. This energy would be crowned at the coming of Christ by the presence of these believers in the glory as the fruit of his labors. God would thus crown the apostles work by bearing a striking testimony to its faithfulness in the presence of all these saints in glory; and the love which had wrought in Pauls heart would be satisfied by seeing its object in glory and in the presence of Jesus. They would be his glory and joy. This thought drew yet closer the bonds that united them, and comforted the apostle in the midst of his toils and sufferings.
Fuente: John Darby’s Synopsis of the New Testament
Verse. 1-3. Ye know our entrance into Thessalonica our exhortation was not of deceit, or error to lead astray the simple, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile, as is the character of the judaizing teachers who sought to destroy us. The apostles language here is similar to that in 2Co 4:1-2, and the case was similar. In both those great cities the jews were strong, and the proselytes numerous. He had therefore to contend with demons transformed into angels of light, whom he calls pleasers of men, and covetous.
1Th 2:4-6. We were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel, and made the stewards of celestial riches. He often notices the distinguishing grace of God which counted him faithful, and put him into the ministry. Let all true ministers often revolve the same thought, that they may shun the sins of judaizing teachers, and speak as in the sight of God. We sought not glory of men when we might have been, , chargeable, or as the Syriac, honourable, as the ambassadors of Christ.
1Th 2:7. But we were gentle among you; , mites, meek, full of parental affection, even as a nurse or mother, who nourishes her children. So likewise ought we to love the souls gathered under our ministry, and committed to our care. Paul fed the Corinthians with milk, till they could bear stronger food.
1Th 2:9. Labouring day and night, because we would not be chargeable to any of you. The manual labour of Paul and of Barnabas, was an exempt case. The fishermen could not make tents. To this instance of holy emulation and triumph over the jews, and the false apostles, the apostle often appeals. He knew that the first charge of those men would be, that Paul preached for gain. He therefore, at first, having no churches to support him, covered his ministry with garments of purity, and disinterested love. But his manual labours were local and occasional only, for he made frequent excursions to distant places. See more on Act 20:33-34. 2Co 12:13.
1Th 2:14. The churches of God in Judea, which are in Christ Jesus. This reference denotes that the general assembly and church of the firstborn, which was in Jerusalem, and in Judea, was regarded in all the primitive ages as the mother and model of all the rest. They were the firstfruits of the apostolic ministry, adorned with grace and truth, and with all the higher endowments of the Holy Ghost. This church had seen the Lord, and knew the truth, and was to others what paradise once was to this desolated earth. From her the gospel law shone out to illuminate the world, from her we receive the model of every active and suffering virtue, from her we receive chiefly the more private rules and advices for the regulation of our conduct, and the discharge of relative duties; rules repeatedly referred to in Pauls epistles, as existing in all the churches. Such also is the proverb, Keep your rules, and your rules will keep you.
1Th 2:18. We would have come to you once and again, but Satan hindered us, by a succession of troubles and persecutions raised by the jews, stirring up the gentiles to oppress and afflict us in all places, so that in some instances we despaired even of life. Here Satan, the grand adversary, is represented as heading all opposition to the spread of the gospel. On the other hand, Christ has said, Lo, I am with you always, even to the end of the world.
REFLECTIONS.
Paul here speaks like himself. He reviews his labours of purity and love so as to induce the saints the more to love the gospel. It was preached among them by men not intimidated by the barbarous treatment they had recently received at Philippi. And the conduct of Paul, and the brethren, became the more illustrious by a contrast with the lives of their persecutors.
Having a pattern so pure and lovely, let us not shrink from the contest, for the portrait of St. Paul is the grand model to be ever kept before the eyes of all christian ministers. And if once the people know us as true pastors of the flock, they will never leave us in the day of trouble, unless for the moment some cloud of error overspread them in the dark and stormy day. Therefore, let all the ministers of Christ be clothed with gentleness like our apostle, and faint not, though the enemy, like the jewish council, should forbid us to speak the harsher truths of God. And what else can we preach, when all the milder means have failed of effect? Let us be willing to burn out the candle of life illuminating the world, or if in extreme cases such be the will of God, even to offer up life itself, attesting the word of truth.
Let us also pray that in such labours and arduous conflicts we may see revivals of religion, and gather handfuls of the harvest, not to say sheaves, and multitudes to the Lord, as in the first planting of christianity. Then rejoicing with the joy of harvest, we shall say in death, I have not run, I have not laboured in vain.
But let us pray for a wise and discerning spirit, to distinguish the commandments of men from the doctrines of God our Saviour. And how much soever Satan may for a time hinder our progress, the overruling providence of God will make bonds and affliction promote and further the work of grace among the people. Let us ever pray for the flock from whom we may be separated, for we shall meet again. They are our crown of rejoicing in the day of the Lord Jesus.
Fuente: Sutcliffe’s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
1Th 2:1-12. Pauls Defence of his Missionary Work.Paul had been charged by his opponents with being a wandering sophist making money out of his followers. He rebuts the charge and incidentally gives us a picture of the ideal missionary.
1Th 2:2. at Philippi: the reference is to the scourging and imprisonment described in Act 16:22-40.
1Th 2:3. Our preaching was not the result of mental delusion, nor of an impure character, nor was it with intent to deceive. Each phrase refers to a charge which had been brought against Paul.
1Th 2:4. pleasing men: Pauls object was not that of the professional sophist, to captivate his audience with a display of rhetoric.
1Th 2:7. gentle: the addition of a single letter to the Greek word meaning gentle makes it mean babes (cf. mg.). If gentle is right (and the context seems to support it) the verse gives us a beautiful picture of Paul as the gentle apostle caring for his converts as a nursing mother cherisheth her children.
1Th 2:9. working day and night: Paul replies to the charge of covetousness by stating that he earned his livelihood (cf. Act 18:3*, 1Co 4:12, Eph 4:28, p. 768).
1Th 2:11. father: a variation of the metaphor used in 7, where Paul describes himself as a nursing mother.
Fuente: Peake’s Commentary on the Bible
We are to consider now that which had great effect in producing the energetic, devoted response to the gospel such as we have seen in the Thessalonians. Certainly it is the Word of God itself that is responsible for this, as insisted on in verse 13. Yet the living effects of that Word in the Lord’s servants had such an effect as to attach the hearts of the Thessalonians to that Word as being not the word of men but in truth the Word of God. How precious is such work! If souls are drawn to the Word of God to receive its truth as living and real because they have seen in others some true, unselfish, self-sacrificing character that has no explanation except as the effects of the Word of God, this is valuable beyond words.
God had opened a door in Thessalonica, and the entering in of His servants was not in vain. They had suffered before at Philippi, being beaten and imprisoned and later asked to leave the city. But this did not discourage them nor lessen their boldness in speaking the gospel of God, though in much conflict. Not that they were contentious, but would firmly declare the gospel in the face of the contentions of others. Their own comfort or safety was nothing compared to the precious gospel of the grace of God. Alas, how weak we are today in comparison to these men in their calm, purposeful devotion to God – men to whom Christ was supreme!
Verse 3 contains three negatives. Idolatry was guilty of all three evils mentioned here, and the Thessalonians would certainly discern a difference in the message of these men. Idolatry itself was religious deception; and many today, as then, are most practised in the ability to deceive, being so deceived themselves that they are blinded to the deception of their own ways. Uncleanness too accompanied idolatry, with a profession of being sanctified because it was for a religious purpose. Nor is it any less evident in the religious systems of men today. In fact many things that even natural conscience condemns are calmly justified by many who glory in their particular religion. Guile too is characteristic of the methods used by idolaters to secure followers. They may give very nice, proper things to begin with, and when one is persuaded to accept what appears to be a drink of cold water, then the poison is slipped in. Every false religion uses such methods. Nothing of this, however, was true of Paul, Silas, and Timothy.
Verse 4 speaks now of that which is positive. It is a refreshing spirit of lowly thankfulness seen in the expression “we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel.” Having such realization, that the gospel was a sacred trust committed to them by the grace of the eternal God, how could they do otherwise than speak it as directly responsible to God? God’s gospel was not for the mere pleasure of men. It is a message of pure truth that the appostle was diligent to speak in the manner that pleased his Master, who tried their hearts. Men could not always decide as to another’s motives, but God knew them perfectly. How vitally important then that the soul should be fully opened as before God, to be diligent to honestly please Him.
Verses 5 and 6 again revert to the negative, and doubtless because, as has been remarked, the accustomed evil practices of idolatry required such evil methods as are here refused and avoided by Paul and his companions. “Flattering words” will secure the friendship of those who are not themselves honorable and cautious, and an honest man will not receive flatery that, of course, puts him in a much better light than is really true of him. It was by flattery that Absalom “stole the hearts of the men of Israel” (2Sa 15:1-6). But the gospel shows honestly the guilt of mankind and the pure grace of God. “A cloak of covetousness” would, of course, be a nice appearance that covers a covetous character. The Thessalonians knew this was not true of these servants of God, and God was witness.
From men they sought no advantage, whether from the Thessalonians or from any others, though as being sent of Christ they may have been entitled to the support of those who had been spiritually blessed through them.
In these verses (4,5,6) there are again three distinctions: the first connected with faith, the second with love, the third with hope. The following three verses also in a positive way deal similarly.
The bold, energetic zeal of the apostle we may not easily connect with gentleness, but this is a side of his character that the Thessalonians knew well. It was not merely his habit to declare the truth, but to care for souls as a nurse her children.
But beyond this their affection for the Thessalonians was such that they were willing not only to give them the gospel freely, but to pour out their whole soul for them. Not thus could he speak to the Galatians, nor to the Corinthians, for in each case there is some reservation of soul demanded by the fact of their evident reservations as regards the truth itself. How can the Lord’s servant be free in his spirit with those who compromise the truth of his Master? But our verse shows the tender pastor’s heart of the apostle, and Timothy was likeminded (Php 3:19-20), while Silas also is included in the “we”.
Verse 9. The character of these servants is also beautifully seen in the fact of the incessant “labor and travail” in which they engaged in order that they would not be dependent on any of the Thessalonians for their support. To do this, and to spend much time in preaching also, was wonderful evidence of the precious effect of the truth of God upon themselves and it wrought effectually upon their hearers. That some of them afterward would desist from working (2Th 3:11) is a strange contradiction, but shows that the truth can be accepted while its evident effects may be ignored.
Observe in verse 10 again the solemn appeal (as in verse 5) to their own knowledge and the witness of God. Precious it is that a servant of God can honorably do this, as we see with Samuel in 1Sa 12:3-5. Now three features of their behavior are pressed upon us: “holily,” which is Godward; “justly,” manward; and “unblameably,” selfward. Men will commonly ignore the first, which is most important of all, and will justify personal evil by claiming that they harm no one but themselves, so that it leaves only one’s relationship with others to be really considered. But the child of God must ignore none of these spheres of responsibility if there is to be wholesome, substantial, dependable behavior.
Verse 11. Exhorting would be the stirring up of faith; comforting, the binding up of love; and charging, the strengthening of hope, as in the charge of the Lord Jesus to His servants, “Occupy till I come.” (Luk 19:13) This threefold ministry was necessary in order that they might “walk worthy of God” – the triune God, who had called them “unto His kingdom and glory.” In Ephesians the calling of God is greatly emphasized, and saints exhorted to “walk worthy of the calling wherewith ye are called” (Eph 4:1); that is, heavenly in contrast to Israel’s earthly calling. Col 1:10 speaks of walking “worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing”; that is, as subject to His authority in a pathway through a world of testing. But here it is God Himself of whom they are to walk worthy. Yet He has called them unto His kingdom and glory.” This is, of course, future, the object of their hope, while in Ephesians the calling involves present heavenly blessings and heavenly position.
Verse 13 shows us the vital secret of the fullness of blessing found at Thessalonica. It filled the hearts of the laborers with unceasing thanksgiving to God that these newborn souls received the Word of God as no mere attractive religion of men, but as directly from God. They were therefore no mere followers of men, though affected greatly by the example of their teachers as subject themselves to that Word which laid hold of their hearts. Paul, Silas and Timothy were not required to remain long enough to thoroughly indoctrinate these disciples as is necessary in the case of false religions; but the Word of God effectually working in them would both teach and preserve them, enabling them to stand with firmest decision and energy of faith. What power indeed in that Word!
Verse 14. In the same sense that they had become followers of the apostles, so had they become followers of the assemblies in Judea. For the same blessed cause they had suffered similarly. Those by nature linked with the Thessalonians were their persecutors, just as the Jews persecuted their own brethren who stood for the Lord Jesus. Indeed it was they who killed their own Messiah, as well as many prophets whose true witness of theLord Jesus had been so hated; they had driven out by persecution Paul and others of their own nation. Certainly this was not pleasing God, no matter how zealous for God they professed to be; it was “contrary to all men,” or “against all men,” for it was against the proper interests of all mankind. Many might agree with them, but it was yet to the actual detriment of them all.
Their intense sectarian hatred too is seen in their forbidding the apostles to speak to Gentiles. We may ask, what did this have to do with them? They had themselves rejected Jesus as an imposter. If the Gentiles, whom they despised, received Him, why did they not gloat over the fact of Gentiles being exposed to what they considered gross deception? Were they afraid, though they hated Christ, that this might not be deception after all, and therefore were really fighting their own badly troubled conscience? But this kind of enmity was the filling up of their sins for which the wrath of God must come upon them, and from that time until now the history of wrath against them has been awesome and emblazoned before the world, soon to culminate in the Great Tribulation.
The apostle does not minimize the enmity, but shows clearly the forces of evil at work – not to discourage saints, but to show that however great the opposition, the grace of God had, and would, enable a true overcoming, strengthening the saints by it in solid, serious, real testimony to the glory of the Lord Jesus. How precious and wonderful the power of God over all the powers of evil!
Verse 17. While the Spirit of God had used Paul’s absence for the good of the Thessalonian saints to strengthen them to stand without his help, yet his heart was greatly with them, and he had evidently sought opportunity to return “with great desire.” Here was indeed the heart of a true shepherd, concerned for the state of the flock and yet hindered from his yearning desire to come to them again. In verse 18 he says “even I Paul,” because as a matter of fact Timothy was able to visit them before this time, as is seen in ch. 3:1,2. But Paul and Silas were hindered by Satan. What form this resistance took we are not told, but Satan’s malignancy against the truth wanted no strengthening of an already devoted assembly. Still, we know God overrules Satan and will permit nothing except as He is able to produce good from it.
In verse 19 three precious things are again mentioned which deeply moved the apostle’s concern for them, for they themselves (in common no doubt with others who had been converted through the labors of these men) were able to be a crowning joy to them at the coming of the Lord. We may say, is it not the Lord Himself who is to be “our hope, or joy or crown of rejoicing?” No doubt this is true, yet He so delights to identify Himself with His saints that the apostle’s heart cannot but expand with joy in the fact of the Lord’s joy in having all His own in His presence, and of course the fruits of the labor of the apostle will there be fully displayed. Not that it was his labors that he was thinking of, but of them in whose blessing he delighted. They were his glory and joy. Indeed the heart of his Master is reflected in this – He who shall see of the fruit of the travail of His soul and shall be satisfied.
Fuente: Grant’s Commentary on the Bible
GOD’S CARE FOR HIS LAMBS.
(Expository Notes by Hamilton Smith). 1 Thessalonians 2.
In touching language, “He shall feed His flock like shepherd: He shall gather the lambs with His arm and carry them in His bosom” (Isa 40:11), the prophet Isaiah likens God’s people to a flock that God delights to feed. Moreover, the lambs of the flock, that might be especially liable to be scattered by the enemy, He gathers with his arms of power, and cherishes in his heart of love. Thessalonians, Ch. 2, presents this special care for the lambs. We see the gracious and gentle way that God takes with these young converts, in order that they may walk worthy of the One who has called them unto His Kingdom and glory (12). The wolf may seek to scatter the lambs, but the great Shepherd of the sheep will gather them with His protecting arm. The enemy may seek to encompass their fall, but the Shepherd will carry them, and bring them home to glory at last. The first twelve verses set forth this loving care, expressed through the Apostle. The latter part of the chapter brings before us the blessed results of this care as seen in the christian characteristics displayed in these young believers.
(a) The grace of the Apostle to sinners (1-5).
To remind the Thessalonian believers of the grace of God on their behalf, the Apostle first speaks of his entrance among them as sinners (1-5); then of his gentleness with them as young converts, even as a nurse cherisheth her children (6-9); and lastly, of his faithfulness to them, even as a father deals with his children (10-12). (Vv. 1, 2) Whether religious Jews, or idolatrous Gentiles, they were sinners needing a Saviour, and as such the Apostle came to them with all boldness. This was the more striking, seeing that the Apostle and his companions, came from Philippi, where, as the result of proclaiming the gospel, they had suffered persecution and insults. Their sufferings had raised no resentment, or made the servants more reticent in publicly proclaiming the truth, as natural prudence might have done. On the contrary, the Apostle can say, “After that we had suffered before, and were shamefully entreated . . . . we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God.” It was not, however, the boldness of nature which often degenerates into the aggressiveness of the flesh; it was boldness in our God. Thus the servant followed in the steps of his Master, who, when His enemies took up stones to stone Him, quietly passed on dispensing grace. No violence of man could draw forth any resentment from Him or wither His grace. Moreover, the Apostle’s preaching was with “much earnest striving” (N.Tn.). It was not with fleshly contention, that only provokes the flesh, but with earnest longing that strives to win the soul. (Vv. 3-5) Furthermore, if the Apostle came to them with outward boldness, it was accompanied with inward purity. If the manner was bold, the motive was pure. There was nothing either in the preacher or the preaching that deceived men. It was not with “deceit” that Paul preached. Nor was his preaching with “uncleanness” that panders to the lusts of men; nor in “guile” that hides the truth. His motive being pure there was nothing in the preaching that sought to please man as man, or that sought the approval of man by “flattering words.” Nor did the Apostle use his preaching to gain anything from man, thus making the preaching a pretext for covetousness. On the contrary, the Gospel that Paul preached, instead of deceiving, opened men’s eyes to their true condition, rebuked them for their sins, told them the truth, even if that truth was neither pleasing nor flattering to the flesh. Moreover, while the gospel brings infinite blessing to man, it is not a means for extracting gain from man, or for making a living. Further, the Apostle can speak with such integrity of conscience, that he can call God, who trieth the hearts, to witness to the truth of what he said.
(b) The loving care of the Apostle for young converts (6-12).
If vv. 3-5, tell us of the purity of motive with which the Apostle preached to sinners, the verses that follow speak of the affection of heart that moved him in caring for young converts. (Vv. 6-9) It was not selfishness, that sought personal gain, that moved the Apostle, but rather the mind of Christ that, forgetting self, served others in love. He was not energised by self that seeks the applause of others, or one’s own glory. He sought no glory from men, and would take nothing from saints, even if he had the right so to do. He was moved by love that sought only the good of others – love that was not requiring from them but imparting to them; that was gentle among them even as a nurse cherisheth her children; that was ready to give even his life for them; that, laboured night and day in order to serve them, without being a charge to them! (Vv. 10, 11) Moreover, if the Apostle was gentle as a nurse, he also faithfully charged them as “a father doth his own children.” To charge others, however, calls for a faithful and holy walk, and such indeed was the Apostle’s walk that he can call them to witness, and God also, that he lived among these believers, piously, holily and unblameably. (V. 12) Living such a life he could, with spiritual power, exhort, comfort, and charge others that they, too, should walk worthy of God, who has called us unto His kingdom and glory. The world esteems it an honour to be associated with those who are high in the kingdoms of this world and its glory; but how far greater the privilege to be associated with those who are called to God’s kingdom and glory. Far greater honour to be found with those who are going to sit on thrones judging in the kingdom of Christ, even if down here they were but ignorant and unlearned fishermen, than to be associated with the greatest potentate of this passing world. Poor the Lord’s people may be, but, “Hath not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith, and heirs of the kingdom which he hath promised to them that love Him?” (Jam 2:5). God would have us to look beyond this world and all its empty honours, and remember the high dignity that He has conferred upon us in calling us “unto His Kingdom and glory,” and, as we pass through this scene to walk and behave in consistency with our position as heirs of the coming glory.
(c) The fruit of the Apostle’s care (13-20).
In the latter part of the chapter we see the beautiful fruits of this ministry of grace, in gentleness and faithfulness. It set this company of believers in the path of faith (13-16); brought them into the circle of love (17-18); and gave them the sure and certain hope of the coming glory (19, 20). (V. 13) First, the Apostle can thank God that the faith of these believers was established on the solid foundation of the word of God. Faith is in Christ; but our authority for believing in Christ is, not the word of a teacher, however gifted, but, “the word of God.” The evidence of the divine authority of the word is that it works effectually in those that believe. The word of God reaches the conscience as no mere word of man can do; it turns the soul to God from idols and produces the great principles of Christianity, “faith,” “love,” and “hope in our Lord Jesus Christ. (Vv. 14-16) Moreover the word of God effectually working in these young believers, led them whole-heartedly to identify themselves with the people of God. They became followers of the assemblies of God, which in Judaea were in Christ Jesus. Not only did they share with them in the privileges in Christ Jesus, but they became their companions in suffering for Christ. The Thessalonian believers suffered from their own countrymen, even as the assemblies in Judaea suffered from the Jews. But even so, the opposition of the heathen Gentiles was fermented by the deadly hatred of the Jews. The Jewish nation had not only rejected the prophets and killed their own Messiah, and thus rejected every proffer of grace to themselves, but they filled up their cup of guilt by seeking to stop the grace of God going out to the Gentile. This effort to stop the grace of God being preached to the Gentile rose to its height in their persecution of Paul, the Apostle of the Gentile. They “please not God,” and “are contrary to all men,” thus bringing wrath upon themselves to the uttermost. (V. 17) Secondly, if on the one hand in taking the path of faith these young converts had to taste a little suffering from their countrymen, on the other hand they enjoyed the love and communion in the new circle into which Christianity had brought them. They were bound together with the Lord’s people “in heart.” Truly, for a time, saints may be bereft of one another’s company by circumstances, and “separated for a little moment”, but, says the Apostle, “not in heart.” We are linked together with bonds that are as eternal as the love that binds us. (V. 18) The practical expression of this communion of saints will involve conflict, for the one great end of Satan will be to hinder its expression. So the Apostle can say, “we would have come unto you, even I Paul, once and again; but Satan hindered us.” Could not the Lord have thwarted Satan’s efforts? Doubtless He could, and does when in accordance with His ways. Shortly He will tread Satan under foot, though at the present He may use Satan as an instrument wherewith to try His people. Had the Lord hindered Satan the saints might have missed the blessing that resulted from the trial of their faith. (Vv. 19, 20) Finally we learn that the love circle on earth with its trials prepares for “the presence of the Lord Jesus at His coming.” This leads the Apostle to refer to “our hope.” Thus the blessed effect of the Apostle’s ministry was to bring these Gentile believers into a new circle marked by faith in the word of God (13); love to one another (17), and “hope” in the coming of the Lord Jesus. The Lord is the true gathering centre of His people, the One that calls out our affections to Himself and thus unites our hearts with one another. In His presence, at His coming, we shall enjoy communion with one another in our common joy in the Lord, where no power of Satan can intrude.
Fuente: Smith’s Writings on 24 Books of the Bible
2:1 For {1} yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain:
(1) That which he mentioned before briefly concerning his apostleship, he handles now more at large, and to that end and purpose which we spoke of.
Fuente: Geneva Bible Notes
B. Reminders for the Thessalonians 2:1-16
Paul next reminded his readers of how the apostles delivered the gospel to them and how they received it to encourage them not to abandon it.
Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)
1. How the gospel was delivered 2:1-12
Paul proceeded to rehearse the events of his ministry among his readers summarizing his motivation and actions. He did so to strengthen their confidence in him in view of questions that may have arisen in their minds and accusations that his critics may have directed against him (cf. Gal 1:11 to Gal 2:21).
Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)
Paul appealed to his readers to remember that his preaching had yielded positive results (cf. 1Th 1:9). It had borne fruit in their lives. He had come to them having been persecuted for his preaching in Philippi, and he had received the same treatment in Thessalonica. Nevertheless he continued preaching boldly (Gr. parresiazomai), even though his message was not popular and might result in public abuse. Parresia, "boldness," is the opposite of kolakeia, "flattery" (1Th 2:5). This is not the reaction of someone who seeks personal recognition or money. Such a person would move on quickly to a more profitable audience.
Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)
Chapter 5
APOLOGIA PRO VITA SUA
1Th 2:1-12 (R.V.)
OUR first impression, as we read these verses, is that they contain little that is new. They simply expand the statement of chap. 1, ver. 5 (1Th 1:5): “Our gospel came not unto you in word only, but in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance; even as ye know what manner of men we showed ourselves toward you for your sake.” But if their substance is the same, their tone is very different. It is obvious at a glance that the Apostle has a definite purpose in view in appealing so pointedly as he does here to facts with which his readers were familiar. The truth is, he is standing upon his defence. Unless it were so, he would not think of writing, as he does in 1Th 2:5, that he had never had recourse to flattery, nor sought to make gain out of his apostleship; nor as he does in 1Th 2:10, that God knows the entire purity of his life among them. Although he does not name them, it is quite plain that he was already suffering from those enemies who never ceased to vex him while he lived. As we learn afterwards, these enemies were the Jews. When they had opportunity, they used open violence; they roused the Gentile mob against him; they had him scourged and stoned. When his body was out of their reach, they assailed him through his character and affections. They crept into the churches which his love and zeal had gathered here and there, and scattered injurious suspicions against him among his disciples. He was not, they hinted, all that he seemed to be. They could tell stories about his early days, and advised those who did not know him so well to be on their guard. Evangelising paid him quite as well as harder work, and his paltry ambition was gratified by lording it over his ignorant converts. Such messengers of Satan had apparently made their appearance in Thessalonica since Paul left, and this chapter is his reply to their insinuations.
There is something exquisitely painful in the situation thus created. It would have been like a sword piercing the Apostles heart, had his enemies succeeded in their attempt to breed distrust in the Thessalonians toward him. He could not have borne to think that those whom he loved so utterly should entertain the faintest suspicion of the integrity, of his love. But happily he is spared that pain. He writes, indeed, as one who has felt the indignity of the charges brought against him, but with the frankness and heartiness of a man who is confident that his defence will be well received. From baseless insinuations he can appeal to facts which are well known to all. From the false character in which he has been dressed by his adversaries he can appeal to the true, in which he lived and moved familiarly among them.
The first point in his favour is found in the circumstances under which he had preached the gospel in Thessalonica. Had he been an insincere man, with by-ends of his own to serve, he would never have faced the career of an apostle. He had been scourged and put in the stocks at Philippi; and when he left that city for Thessalonica, he brought his troubles with him. Here also he had much conflict; he was beset on every hand with difficulties; it was only in the strength of God that he had courage to preach at all. You yourselves, he says, know that; and how, in spite of that, our coming to you was not vain, but full of power; surely it needs no more to prove the disinterestedness of our mission.
From this point onward, the apology falls into two parts, a negative and a positive: the Apostle tells us what his gospel and the proclamation of it are not; and then he tells us what, at Thessalonica, it had been.
In the first place, it is not of error. It does not rest on mistakes, or imaginations, or cunningly devised fables; in the fullest sense it is the truth. It would have taken the heart out of the Apostle, and made him incapable of braving anything for its sake, had he been in doubt of this. If the gospel were a device of man, then men might take liberties with it, handle it deceitfully, make their own account out of it; but resting as it does on facts and truth, it demands honest dealing in all its ministers. Paul claims here a character in agreement with the dispensation which he serves: can a minister of the truth, he asks, be other than a true man?
In the next place, it is not of uncleanness; that is, it is not prompted by any impure motive. The force of the word here must be determined by the context; and we see that the impure motives specially laid to the charge of Paul were avarice and ambition; or, to use the words of the Apostle himself, covetousness, and the seeking of honour from men. The first of these is so manifestly inconsistent with any degree of spirituality that Paul writes instinctively “a cloke of covetousness”; he did not make his apostolic labour a veil, under cover of which he could gratify his love of gain. It is impossible to exaggerate the subtle and clinging character of this vice. It owes its strength to the fact that it can be so easily cloked. We seek money, so we tell ourselves, not because we are covetous, but because it is a power for all good purposes. Piety, charity, humanity, refinement, art, science-it can minister to them all; but when we obtain it, it is too easily hoarded, or spent in indulgence, display, and conformity to the world. The pursuit of wealth, except in an utterly materialised society, is always cloked by some ideal end to which it is to minister; but how few there are in whose hands wealth is merely an instrument for the furtherance of such ends. In many men the desire for it is naked selfishness, an idolatry as undisguised as that of Israel at Sinai. Yet all men feel how bad and mean it is to have the heart set on money. All men see how base and incongruous it is to make godliness a source of gain. All men see the peculiar ugliness of a character which associates piety and avarice-of a Balaam, for instance, a Gehazi, or an Ananias. It is not ministers of the gospel only, but all to whom. the credit of the gospel is entrusted, who have to be on their guard here. Our enemies are entitled to question our sincerity when we can be shown to be lovers of money. At Thessalonica, as elsewhere, Paul had been at pains to make such calumny impossible. Although entitled to claim support from the Church in accordance with the law of Christ that they who preach the gospel should live by the gospel, he had wrought night and day with his own hands that he might not burden any of them. As a precaution, this self-denial was vain; there can be no security against malice; but it gave him a triumphant vindication when the charge of covetousness was actually made.
The other impure motive contemplated is ambition. Some modern students of Pauls character-devils advocates, no doubt-hint at this as his most obvious fault. It was necessary for him, we are told, to be first; to be the leader of a party; to have a following of his own. But he disclaims ambition as explicitly as avarice. He never sought glory from men, at Thessalonica or elsewhere. He used none of the arts which obtain it. As apostles of Christ-he includes his friends-they had, indeed, a rank of their own; the greatness of the Prince whom they represented was reflected on them as His ambassadors; they might have “stood upon their dignity” had they chosen to do so. Their very self-denial in the matter of money formed a new temptation for them here. They might well feel that their disinterested service of the Thessalonians entitled them to a spiritual preeminence; and indeed there is no pride like that which bases on ascetic austerities the claim to direct with authority the life and conduct of others. Paul escaped this snare. He did not compensate himself for renouncing gain, with any lordship over souls. In all things he was the servant of those to whom he preached.
And as his motives were pure, so were the means he used. His exhortation was not in guile. He did not manipulate his message; he was never found using words of flattery. The gospel was not his own to do what he pleased with: it was Gods; God had approved him. so far as to entrust it to him; yet every moment, in the discharge of his trust, that same God was proving his heart still, so that false dealing was impossible. He did not make his message other than it was; he did not hide any part of the counsel of God; he did not inveigle the Thessalonians by any false pretences into responsibilities which would not have been accepted could they have been foreseen.
All these denials-not of error, not of uncleanness, not of guile; not pleasing men, not using words of flattery, not cloaking over covetousness – all these denials presuppose the contrary affirmations. Paul does not indulge in boasting but on compulsion; he would never have sought to justify himself, unless he had first been accused. And now, over against this picture, drawn by his enemies, let us look at the true likeness which is held up before God and man.
Instead of selfishness there is love, and nothing but love. We are all familiar with the great passage in the epistle to the Philippians where the Apostle depicts the mind which was in Christ Jesus. The contrast in that passage between the disposition which grasps at eminence and that which makes itself of no reputation, between and , is reproduced here. Paul had learned of Christ; and instead of seeking in his apostolic work opportunities for self-exaltation, he shrank from no service imposed by love. “We were gentle in the midst of you, as when a nurse cherisheth her own children.” “Her own” is to be emphasised. The tenderness of the Apostle was that of a mother warming her babe at her breast. Most of the ancient authorities, the R.V tells us in the margin, read “We were babes in the midst of you.” If this were correct, the thought would be that Paul stooped to the level of these infant disciples, speaking to them, as it were, in the language of childhood, and accommodating himself to their immaturity. But though this is appropriate enough, the word is not proper to express it. Gentleness is really what is meant. But his love went further than this in its yearning over the Thessalonians. He had been accused of seeking gain and glory when he came among them; but his sole desire had been not to get but to give. As his stay was prolonged, the disciples became very dear to their teachers; “we were well pleased to impart unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls.” That is the true standard of pastoral care. The Apostle lived up to it always “Now we live,” he writes in the next chapter, “if ye stand fast in the Lord.” “Ye are in our hearts,” he cries to the Corinthians, “to live together and to die together.” He not only kept back from them nothing of the whole purpose of God; he kept back no part of himself. His daily toil, his toil by night, his prayers, his preaching, his spiritual ardour, his very soul, were theirs. They knew his labour and travail; they were witnesses, and God also, how holily and righteously and unblamably he had behaved toward them.
As the Apostle recalls these recent memories, he dwells for a moment on another aspect of his love. It had not only the tender fondness of a mothers, but the educative wisdom of a fathers. One by one he dealt with the disciples-which is not the way to gain glory-exhorting, encouraging, bearing solemn testimony to the truth of God. And his end in all this, as they knew, was ideal and spiritual, an end as remote as possible from any worldly interest of his own, that they might walk worthily of God who was calling them into His own kingdom and glory. How far from the rewards and distinctions of the present must that mans mind be who sees, as Paul saw steadily, the things that are invisible. If he who is blind to the golden crown above his head grasps the muck rake tightly and clutches eagerly all it brings within his reach, surely he whose eye is set upon the crown must be superior alike to the gain and the glory of the world. That, at least, is the claim which the Apostle makes here. Nothing could be more incongruous than that a man to whom the visible world was transitory and unreal, and the visible kingdom of God real and eternal, should be eager for money and applause and forget the high calling with which he himself was calling men in Christ. So far the apology of the Apostle.
The practical application of this passage is different, according as we look at it in detail, or as a whole. It exhibits to us, in the charges brought against Paul, those vices which even bad men can see to be rankly inconsistent with the Christian character. Covetousness is the foremost. No matter how we cloak it-and we always cloak it somehow-it is incurably unchristian. Christ had no money. He never wished to have any. The one perfect life that has been lived in this world, is the life of Him who owned nothing, and who left nothing but the clothes he wore. Whoever names the name of Christ, and professes to follow Him, must learn of Him, indifference to gain. The mere suspicion of avarice will discredit, and ought to discredit, the most pious pretensions. The second vice I have spoken of as ambition. It is the desire to use others for ones own exaltation, to make them the stepping stones on which we rise to eminence, the ministers of our vanity, the sphere for the display of our own abilities as leaders, masters, organisers, preachers. To put ourselves in that relation to others is to do an essentially unchristian thing. A minister whose congregation is the theatre on which he displays his talents or his eloquence is not a Christian. A clever man, to whom the men and women with whom he meets in society are merely specimens of human nature on whom he can make shrewd observations, sharpening his wits on them as on a grindstone, is not a Christian. A man of business, who looks at the labourers whom he employs as only so many instruments for rearing the fabric of his prosperity, is not a Christian. Everybody in the world knows that; and such men, if they profess Christianity, give a handle to slander, and bring disgrace on the religion which they wear merely as a blind. True Christianity is love, and the nature of love is not to take but to give. There is no limit to the Christians beneficence; he counts nothing his own; he gives his very soul with every separate gift. He is as tender as the mother to her infant; as wise, as manly, as earnest as the father with his growing boy.
Looked at as a whole this passage warns us against slander. It must needs be that slander is spoken and believed; but woe to the man or woman by whom it is either believed or spoken! None are good enough to escape it. Christ was slandered; they called Him a glutton and a drunkard, and said He was in league with the devil. Paul was slandered; they said he was a very smart man, who looked well to his own interest, and made dupes of simple people. The deliberate wickedness of such falsehoods is diabolical, but it is not so very rare. Numbers of people who would not invent such stories are glad to hear them. They are not very particular whether they are true or false; it pleases them to think that an evangelist, eminent in profession, gets a royalty on hymn books; or that a priest, famous for devotion, was really no better than he should have been; or that a preacher, whose words regenerated a whole church, sometimes despised his audience, and talked nonsense impromptu. To sympathise with detraction is to have the spirit of the devil, not of Christ. Be on your guard against such sympathy; you are human, and therefore need to. Never give utterance to a suspicious thought. Never repeat what would discredit a man, if you have only heard it and are not sure it is true; even it you are sure of its truth, be afraid of yourself if it gives you any pleasure to think of it. Love thinketh no evil; love rejoiceth not in iniquity.